ASanskrit Reader
ASanskrit Reader
ASanskrit Reader
C . R . L AN M A N ,
roo m y or T m; a r n? Try oo m rn r o r TH E
G EB R UDER U N GER,
V OCA B U L A RY A N D N ou ns B Y
Son dn n n no nn s rnu u
'
, 17A, J 8 C U SHI N G
. . CO .
,
Bu m , SW . BO STO N , M435 .
TO M Y TE ACHE RS,
ALBRECHT WEBER
Or Tm: U m m m or Baum ,
RU DOLF ROTH
07 m Um nn srrr or Tnmau ,
AN D
P R EF A C E .
m results
Tr of co mparative philology are now so generally incorporated
into our modern classi cal grammars lex i cons an d te x t books
, ,
-
, that even a
vocabular
y; and few persons can be ex pected to buy the costly dictiona r y
of WIL LI AM S or that of BO EHTL I N G K AND Born , at the outs et, w hen they
for abo ut fty weeks readin g , in a course of three hours a w e ek , and ,
with the text, the appropriate lex ical apparatus . The Rea der is made as
a co mpanion -
volu me to Wmmnrs Samkrit Grammar
'
, and these tw o books
su pply all that is needed for the rst years study .
San skrit accessible to the classical teachers of high schools, academics , and
-
w orthy j ob ect .
So cumbrous orso meagre have been hitherto the appliances foracqu iring
even a moderate knowledge of Sanskrit, that clas sical students , w hen seeking
such knowledge an aux iliar to their special w ork have foun d the labor
as
y ,
attain ment .
In maki ng my selections from the various San skrit w riti ngs I have had
1
two racti c l ims in view : rst to provide abundan t mate rial for thorou h
p a a g ,
drill in the lan guage of the clas sical period ; and , secondl
y , to furn is h a
rather that which is best suited for beginners The easy N ala is the .
Xen ophon
s Anabasis of San skrit students , an d quotations from it appear
ver
y often in the grammars And the rst ve chapte rs here gi ven form a
.
an d to leave it out w oul d have been an in ex cusable o mis sion , u n less , indeed ,
its place w ere taken by the Pan chatantra From this latterwork I . atte mpte d
to prepare so me selection s ; bu t the te x t is i n so un s atisfactory a con dition ,
that I relinqui shed the plan And so , although the Hitopadeca has been.
prin ted very o fte n , I have given a con siderable part o f it here , choo s ing the
fables on the groun d of their in trin sic ex cellence and their in terest as
origin als of well know n occidental stor
-
ies 3
For simi lar reason s the six
tales fro m the Katha- sarit sii gara
-
w ere selected . On account of their easy
style an d si mple narmatterforex ercise in rapid
rative , they furnish admirable
reading The selections from M an u are so made as to i llus trate some of
.
the most impor tant and interesti ng matters of Hindu custom and belief
.
Among the V edic hymn s ( or M an tra mate rial) are rst some of the -
, ,
skri t an d 37 pages of V edi c San skrit ity forthe practi ce of w idow burnin g Com
.
- .
3 ff
3 Nin eteen fables: ther e are for ty three par e also the note s on 57 , and 65-
,
.
2
in all .
with those on an d 97 respec
3 See the in trodu cti ons to the fables in ti vely .
the Note s .
5
Such are selecti ons xxxi . Ri
( g veda i 1 ), .
portan ce .
Forthe most par
t, the hymns given by Ds L s aU Ecx
a repe tition of
Concerning the text, little need be said . I t would have been either
folly or idle prete nse to make elaborate tex t studi es for the short ex tracts -
i n the main , w ith reprinti ng the text of the best edi tion s . M isprints have
o f course been corrected , and I have endeavored to mak e the or
thography
m
confor able to the best standard and consis tent throug ho u t O f so me !
slight eme ndations , due men tion w ill be made in the N otes For the N ala , .
I follow ed the edition of Bvs m aa in his Thi rd Book of San skrit ; " fo r
the Hitopadeca , the text of Bos m max in the second editi on of his
Chrestomathy, and M U E LLER ; for the Katha sarit sagara , Bn ocx mw s ;
- -
1
Such ar
e the V an n a -hy mns ,
selecti ons from Rigveda x 9, 1 4, 1 6, 1 7, 1 8, 53, 1 54, .
2
Such are the hym ns for the dead an d ti on Thi s last hymn is mere trash,
the w eddi n g hymn ; -
lik ewise selecti on m m ,
and w ould n ot have been in clude d amon g
an d se lecti on xxxvi .
( which contains the the texts, had n ot Acw ali yan a ( at i v 6 1 8) . .
versi on of the Hir anya gar bha hymn , Rig - but I could not allow room for the Sun
veda x .and121 , part y i
is gi ven
l n ord e r th a t hy m n s ( si u ry n)
i i a n d t he B le ss in g s
3 Th
us th e B rahm ana se lec ti on s lx vi ,
5 See A W a n n a , I nd isc he S t ud ies. , II 1 51 . . .
7 Bu t some of the i n te r h h
ceremoni al are gi ve n in selection s l v iii ,
lvi i ,
est i n g o
.
rt o r
g pa .
ding
accor to the rules , in or
derto make mo re tangible the difference betw een
homonymo us determinati ves
1
and pos sess i ves .
F or de nomi native verbs , I have chosen the stem form ( e g ma ntraya rather -
. .
catch the eye ; the s ign must not be understood as meaning that such stems
are in any w ise co- ord inate w ith r
oots . The stems of the perfect acti ve
These were placed at my disposal by him w ith the greatest kin dness They .
I have follow ed WHI TN EY I t often happens that there are several forms in
.
actual u se for the same tense ; in such cases the co mmon est on e has been ,
so metimes more than on e for m Although in the case of many roots the
.
w rist is conned al most ex clusively to the V edic lan guage , I have neverthe
less given the aorist in such cases in or der to ll out the conj ugation al
scheme , sin ce this seemed desirable from a ped agogical point of vi ew For .
ped ag g
o ical reasons , also , the secondary con ugation s j have be en for the
most part omitted M any roots which are . regularly in only on e conj ugated
voice show for ms of the other voice in the Epos , especially where the metre
deman ds them I t is very difcult to say j ust how far such forms should
.
be in cluded, and my course in accepting orrej ecting them has been I fear, ,
The Notes , which form the third part of this work , w ill be issued as soon
1
e bhi ma par
Compar i k rama an d t mL 4For exam le the
p , Q atapatha and Alta
reya Brahman .
vocabular ,
y M essrs J S CU SHI NG 65 00
. . . . They have performed their part
w ith s uch intelligence, accuracy, an d sk ill as to merit most dial
cor
recognition .
In conclusion , I desir
e to make public ex press ion of my gratitude to my
honor
ed teacher, Pro f essor WI LL I AM DWI G HT WHITN EY , for his constant
C R L. . .
Decembe r, 1 883 .
THE referen ces to Whitn ey s Sanskrit Grammarw hich are gi ven in Parts I I
. and
III . of this book are , I believe, absolutely correct throughout for the rst ed iti on
of the Grammar . The secon d editi on of the Grammardi d n ot appearu n til afterthe
in the seque nce from 5 98 to 1 08, an d agai n i n the seq ue nce from 5 708 to 5 7 1 3
( w hereby the r efer e n ces to the secti on on the i mpor tan t verb cm are thro w n ou t
of ge ar O ccasi on ally, too a state me n t has bee n take n fr o m one secti on a n d
) .
, p u t
i n to another and more appropria te section : thus the euphon ic treatment of bhos
has bee n shifted from 5 1 7 6a to l 7 4b M oreover the subse ction s are much .
,
seco nd or thi rd edi tion of the Grammar w ill often have to make a sli ght allo wance
for the se changes seekin g for ex ample, 84, 4 u nder 8443, 37 1 u nder 37 1 k an d
,
"
,
the like . med hardly w orth w hile to alter the plates to suit these changes ;
It see
a li ttle practi cal co mmo n sen se w ill u sually oset the apparen t in accuracy M en .
tion of these matter s has already been made by me be low i n the Postscr i pt p 405 ; , , .
but as it see ms usually to be overlooked there, I have thought i t well to re peat the
. . .
JU N E , 1 903 .
C O N TE N T S .
I ntroductory suggestion s
Brief list of books forstudents of Sanskrit
PAR T I .
m
e -
s n os
II .
XXV I
The kin g w ho di dn t kn ow his Sanskrit grammar
.
XX XI . Riddle
XXX . Riddle
Hymn e
to Agn i, the Fir god
I ndra slays the dragon
To Surya, the Sun god -
To Agni .
To Agn i
I n dra an d Atri, an d the Sun eclipsed by the demon
M agic spe lls to produ ce sleep .
To V aruna
To V arun a
To V arun a
To I n dra I ndra an d
. amuchi N .
To the Wate rs
Fun eral hymn -
Fu n e ral hymn
-
Fu neral hymn -
Fu n eral hymn-
The aged
p riest to the youn gprince
Wedding-stanza
The gods install Agn i as ablati on-bearer
Burial s tanza
-
How the gods got immortali ty and how Death got hi s share
Le gen d of In dra an d N amuchi
L JDHI I . N irukta on RV . i 32 l o,
. . selection xx x n .
H . b or
n the Grihya - stras.
burial
PAR T H .
PART II I .
4 B bhtli n gk Otto
. , . Sanskrit Worterbuch i n kii rzerer Fassnn g
-
. St Petersburg
. .
1
To be ordered Parts I to IV have appeared, and reach to th e
through V ess ( see above) . . .
5 B b htli n gk , Otto,
. an d Ru dolph R o th . San skrit We rterbuch-
. St Petersburg
. .
To be ordered through V oss ( see above) . Thi s w ork , w hich is often ca lled the St Peters
.
to mak e any special study of the languag e and literature , it is absolutely i ndispensable .
8 . W illi ams M onier , A San sk ri t En glish Diction ary, etymologi cally an d phi lo
.
-
logically arran ged, w ith special re feren ce to Greek, Lati n , Gothic, German ,
An glo Sax on , an d other cognate I n do European lan gu ages
-
Lon don and -
.
(i d i n En glan d,
. or 824 in the U n i te d State s .
This is the diction ar o f Sansk rit into English w hich approaches completeness
onl It is
y
.
in one com act an han dy vo ume and is very conven ien t for read in w orks of the classi cal
pe riod n f
. ortun ately , the co mm on m ea n i n gs of a w ord are n ot ti u g ui shed from th os e
w hich are se ldom or never foun d All Sansk rit w ords are gi ven in transliteration, and the .
s also .
This g i ves li te ral English translati ons of all the metrical passages, ex plan atory n otes , and
the Sansk ritiza tion of the Prak rit passag es , and all on the same page w i th the text of this,
the most famous of the plays .
8 K i e lh o rn , Franz,
. an d Georg B ii hl e r . Pan chatantra . Edited w ith n ote s .
Bombay . 1 868 .
Trnbn er Co , Lo ndonr
IV ( com ehendi ng book I ) appeared i n a secon d ed i tion i n 1 87
p
b e had se arately for3 shi llin gs
.
a i s eas y and en te r
.
be e n ad mi rably tran slated i n to Ge rma n by Benfey : Pan tschatantra Leipzi g , F A Brock haus . . . .
9 D e lb rii c k
.
. Be rthold . V edische Chresto mathie . M i t An merku ngen un d Glos
sar . Halls Buchhan dlu n g des I V aise n hau ses
, . 1 874 . Pri ce 3 M ark .
Be th tex t and glossary are i n translite ration O n acco un t of the small price of the boo k , its .
menti on may pro ve useful to such as do not w ish to buy the tw o complete edi tions follow i ng
( n umbers 1 1 and
. . . . . .
Price 5 M ark .
text is pri nte d w i th the genui n e accen tuati on ( as i n this Re ade r) The book se rv es a useful .
12 M ull er, F M ax
. . . The Hymns the Rig veda, i n the Samhita an d Pada texts,
of
epr
r in ted from the edi tio pri n ce ps S econ d ed iti on L on.don , Trii bn er 8: .
This gi
edi ti onves t he tw o tex ts co m ple te on pa rallel pag es and i n n ya ri lette rs . The
na mes of the poets, di vi ni ti es , and metr es ar e gi ven at the begi nn ing of each hymn .
13 Gras s man n ,
. Herman n . Worterbuch zu m Ri g veda -
. Le ipzi g, F A Brockhaus . . .
This is dicti on ary, but also a complete concordance to the Ri eda I t is a w ork
not only a .
of wonder ful industry method clearness , and accurac As ide from the t Petersb ur Lex i
y
. .
, ,
con, this dictionary stands n ext i n i mportance , forV ed 0 students , afterthe V edic text tself .
1 4 Grass mann , Hermann Rig veda U e berse tzt un d mi t kri tischen un d erlau
'
-
. . .
studen t ca n almost i nvari abl see j us t w ha t w o rd Grassmann intended as the rende ring of any
gi ven w ord of the te xt 3 w or k is esp ec i a lly use f
.ul as g i vi ng a co nv en i e nt ge n eral vi e w
of the con tents of the Rig veda , and as en ab lin g the student to as p easily m
r
touchin g the metres, the arrangemen t, and the textual conditi on 0 the or i gin al g .
1 5 G e ldn e r,
. K arl , un d Adolf K Kgi . Siebenzig Lieder des Ri gveda U ebersetzt . .
ve n . . . . .
1 87 5 . Price 3 M ark .
1 6 A ufrecht Theodor
. . Das Aitareya Brahman a
. M it Auszu gen au s dem Com .
Bon n , .
This Brahmana belon to the Rigveda The tex t is i n translite rati on The translation of . .
Hang ( Lon don , Trii bner Co 1 863) w ould b e of help ; b ut it is inaccurate and hard to
. t .
these as an n trod uction , and the St Petersbu rg Lexicon forhelp i n hard places ,
. an ad van0
student can mak e good progress w i th thi s text .
g g
e ebe n . I . Acvalayana . Erste s Heft Tex t Le ipzig 1 864 .Price . . .
2 M ark .
Z w eites Heft . U eberse tzun g . 1 865 . Price 3 M ark .
Published by the German Oriental Soci ety, in volumes I I I and IV of the Abhandlungen . .
18 . R o th, R .
, un d W hi tn ey W D . . Atharva V eda San hita
. . Herausgegeben .
This is the most importa nt and in te restin g of the V edas , afterthe Rik . It is full of magic
i ncantatie ns and otherprod ucts of curious superstiti ons .
NALA I. .
W m mm an new
m m sm s s m "as "
ux m m mn as
i
NALA I V
. .
HI TOPADECA .
37
w as gm
s fai a mi n m
M l s m m z
w
W m m m fm
a .
u m zl m l
mm fz m m
m a i fa
i
m
f n
W
as : W W
m um m l s
mfut a i i v amr
l i t'
v s mn
W W M Q EI W
'
G ai n?
XIV . XV XV
. I .
HI TOPADECA .
XV II
.
KATHASARITSAGARA .
XXVII .
MANAVA DHABM ACASTRA I . .
m mm m z llQ ll
m m w m w zl
m a
g az in e "
53 MANAVA DHARMAOASTRA I n . . .
i
M ara m ( sh
-
v i ne? "
m m : lm:
m
Q
sw i m z
q m
i n rm
MANAVA DHARMAOASTRA I I . .
t u f):
r m : m : i ts: as a was"
IIQ Q II
MAN AVA DHARMAQASTRA 11
.
m
.
mi
m rm
ne w :
m : use
"assu m es a
a me n
lu
W r
as -
s e a m
i "W R II
MANAVA DHARMAQASTRA x11
. .
neo n
g m tsv a m n
33
5
3: m m : mlt m u
s
V EDA .
XXXI RI GVEDA
. I . 1 .
i sth m " us
m am m al .
a
a m fm
t
ul us u
must6 m
-
m
w e a n
a z zd s i t
XXX IV . RI GVEDA I 97
. .
ms
s war
V EDA .
XXXV RI GVEDA I 1 65
ml? gmm m
. . .
: ai s m
-
r
: m : a
a mi: m
w m w |
l h aa w m m uw
aw l
a zl
W m m wu
VEDA .
a m m a m v wm
Q a tarFi n i t t mg
g w t m x sa m m
u
mam m i rm at aw ai t
-
n
XXX V I RIGVEDA HI 62
. . .
i d f
i t l
r z u am M o ll
W W W? "
a i r
h
z a
XL RI G V EDA V 40
m m m
. . .
m a m
M
un
m a s m s m m
a m mm m mw m m
V EDA .
XLI RI GV EDA V II 55
m m m
. . .
w .
mm m mgmm u
f
l gd
i
nsn
61 3 th
w lu
m z m
i t az uq n
'
w m w a w v l t
'
hl
i t t m i z m nt n
XLI I RI GV EDA V II 56
. . .
ims c s im m wi 1 w
u w dn uw
all
t
SN T u8
N il
O m ah t gm i h r
z w
ai rsh o w
m
r 511 3 111
W W : neon
XL II I RI GVEDA V I I 86
m ea m
. . .
ns m
-
61 m
VEDA.
XLV RIGVEDA V H 89
m
. . .
wh i f tt
nan
b : W W W I
m nan
a m m t a z
Il8 ll
VEDA
.
m W W W"
a w m
u
M a
a new
V EDA.
m
. . .
f i s l
M ud ats 5
- 6m m
ft :
m nt wu
M w wu w q u
XLVIII RI GV EDA V I II
.
. 91 .
i l ir
h l
w i av ds wfd v nqn
i
wa m w m m
Q O II
M W M HQH W |
M W H I QQ "
M en
an
3
3
5 11 3 3 fl t ! {1 1 a ti sh M 8"
LI I RIGV EDA
. X . 17 .
w za w m m .
V EDA .
s h w a
w
t a atl m n
LII I RI GV EDA X 18
m
. . .
at a
g fg uw m
a i
mdzm i m n
sh a m ani s m
m : m ua
'
gm: uf im
r mn
{ i ml m u
( th i r
d : mi nim: "an
ai m : wi ml vi I
w ai tsmile"
W ai n
a h mw i u m aa ah n
M 3311 ?! nq n
LV RIGVEDA X 40 m
. . . .
l th
a df m v t m
LV I RI GV EDA
. X . 52 .
W i mzmta m
n m m i w m tas nq
i g
ma m m
w w m
M a i
m i ms s m 23 m
m mm h
m q nsn
mi mh
mli m a z w
r m r
fe w m iw m mm
si i s a
V EDA
.
LVII RIGVEDA X
. . 53
.
sun
m n d lm
m a EW M n
a t z
d
l r l
W i ll a? "
{s fu nsnh
m mi
uah f a
V EDA
.
LI X RI GV EDA
. X . 1 37 .
lo w h sr
d i
m aw gdtl
gz nq n
w m m m e mm m
V EDA .
l zt mi w
i r m tm
n m m m m m ma m
m
g m fan n an
sta rch" I
w uw W i z z
i i? 3 ( ar
mP3? i n - : I
i f m m 16 1 1: i mg w nnn
Qi n glm i mnn
wi h s
t
W e am i m an( F
-
M
a
i rt
-i t mz m h ns n
a
lw i m m '
mm
zl
u lrfr
s t l QM W W W l ?! sn
l iw m wmd 1 ~
W '
m m l l s
85mm
M m i rr
i ii t a
M u m
n W mn
m m ma
l i i ft ft sw l
ma z m m mw iw w
n s t m
r
m u i m
l a w wm t svz ur
m n m z m n l m m m m
fg l m l l
w a
'
a
B RAHMANA .
w asz m m as m v
m6
. . .
m m zw n
r n r a
w a m nt
si n i r
tw wm g rwa rn m
a m n m m mw m l
M a
g : Ha m i l? s
3 s e e saw
no m m l sa a m t m
{ m s t m
rr m w
BRAHMANA .
LXXII QATAPATHA
. BRAHMANA XII . 7 . 3
.
W e
m
l s a a m m sf ma
gai n m ma w sa a ah a m a
g
a W H W H
mw l fa n s
m m mi w
tsfa mg
a m m u u am l v m a
ne w mi zl l
LXXI V AQV ALAYANA S GRIHYASU TRA
. 5, 7, s
.
LXXV ACV ALAYANA S GRI HYASU TRA
.
IV . 1 6
.
s w um r
fanfww s r
r
e
asn iku s a d]
in g or agile on e, V aj , 1 1 58 : cf Lat igni s, . . despite the aspirati on .
)
lm p a ri , clasp, embrace
re, ayilia, agile ; akin, poss , is d r
,
.
'
.
ashin g light
] V a fi g move, in deri ve . .
a ng t assever r i le i d ai
n. , a ttve
pa t c .
y g j t
, us
agn i , f
- nrc hour, time forkin dling ai g a , n limb, member; by synecdoclle,
v eli .
-
.
agn i h o t ra - h av a ni , j : re sacrifice-
way,
V ang ]
ladle .
ai g a n i , j : a ( fair) form, i s . . a woman .
a gn y i d h y-
a , n .
placing or settin g up { sts }
of the sacre d r e .
[ acct, ai g i ra , m . coal .
ag ra , n. 1 front ;
. agre, in front, before, ang i ra s , m g p roba bly, messen e
g ;r . 1 . ori .
,
in pr esence of, w
g en 2 be innin
g g; . . . es
p m esse
.n ger be tw een gods an d men ; b
y
ag re, in the begi nni ng, in the rst place, eminence, Agn i ; 2 as pl Angir ases, a . .
a g ra t aa , a dv.
[ 1 098c ] ceived as very in timate ), these for
in front 3 before efathers
;
oK ded as half di vine ; 3 a s s
s self ); w kr, place in fron t,
. cause bein g re gar . .
to lead .
[ g , 098b ]
a ra 1 . the ( mythical) an cestorof the An girases .
a r a
g y , a. e most, best
for . 6
. r
[ g ,
a 1 21 2c] . a ng ul i , j ? n ger .
[ V a iig , 1 1 91 : for mg,
a g h a,
a . di stressful, harmfu l ; as n . harm, cf saga ]
.
ange,
anxi ou s, g
Ger . en e,
narrow ,
Angst ,
a - o a ra movi ng ; as subst plant ( as
,
a . n ot .
o a l a a i mmovab le ; a s m mo un tain
'
stra aten, to narrow an d to a -
,
. . .
chi ef .
[ g
a h a 1 059s ] a - ci tt i , j : un wi sdo m; folly .
hard to overco me ,
or more exactly,
n ot ac c h a , vbl prex . to ; un to ; hi ther; to.
to be 2 n ag, ya, v ah, v r
t ; q en acchi , M
ag h n y i , j : cow .
[ formed as a pen dan t V a j ( j
a ati , te ) d ri ve -
. .
[ orig .
put in
to ashn ya ] moti on
: cf . L at g
. a o, lead, drive ;
ho ,
ben d j ust above the hi p ( where babes, sit a j a, nu . he-goat .
[ prob . the agile one,
tin g astr by Hin du w omen
i de, are carried 9aj z cf . al e,
see i roha
); 3 b ook ; 4 ( like E ng . . . a- j ara , a . n ot agin g ; ageless .
m
. .
, .
,
f re ) V at ( at ti t w an der about [ cf
( o . a , e ; - . .
a i
j ,j
s : she-goa t. [ see a a. j ) V at ] .
a -
j i ta , a . unborn . a - t a n d ri t a , a . un we aried .
a j i n a ,
m .
goat-skin
; pelt .
[ j a az cf alyls,
'
. at , a dv . 1 .
( as a bl
q . ron root a .
V aj i r i y a ( j y
a iri ate ) be sw ift ; .
pre ss ( time ), f
c i . rdhv a m; then, 4 .
sw i ftly onw ar d [ j
a i ra, lO59b) . . from this ( cause ) , therefore , 27
3
, etc .
;
3
a j h a , a . n ot kn owi ng, ignorant ; fooli sh ; w l yatas,
. cor ; hence ; an d so,
re . 36
as m fool
. . 4 2 ; so then, 73
31
[prou root a ,
.
i -
j i ta , a . unkn own .
[ Vj i z cf . dq m os, at i , a dv across, beyon d, past, over, as vbl
.
L a t i gnotus, En g un-couth,
.
-
.
prex , i n c
p ds, to ex cess, excessi ve, see
a j n i t a k u l a qi l a , a whose family
- . and 1 289b ; as r
p p
e . beyon d, over .
[ cf . ( ,
characterare un k n own . further, besides ; L a t et, be si des,
.
a -
j at v i , grd w i thou t k n ow
. in g . a t i k ra m a , m not of over steppin g orover .
a -
j ii i
n a , n. i gnoran ce ; - it a nd -
atas, co min g .
[ V kram ati . )
at i t h i , m guest
ou t of ignoran ce . . . w an derer, V at ) .
V s i c , see V ac . a t i d u rv r tt a , a
- . ex cessi vely wi ck ed .
s i c, as vbl at en d of cp ds [ see 4
07 a ti -
d ra , a . very far or dista n t ; a s n.
turni n g, e cted ;
dir li d-s i c, di rected r di
e.
g .
g e a t s tan ce .
u pw ard. [ for mg , cf . En g .
-
w a rd ( i n a t i b h ara , m
- . excessi ve b urden .
a t i -v r ,
sti j : excessi ve rai n .
V j d( or a an i
j a t i th t kti , t tai di r tl
k t ; i n anj a, i
m
a s a n a n o s a n n g ; es ess na - .
m
.
,
it ; a ; ak tv i ; in . J ive ) [ V athi ) .
cf . L at . ungo, ati -
sa m i dhi n n a , n ex cessive n earn ess. .
gesture of rever
en t salutati on ; a double root a and synony mous w aa. mi n )
han dful ( as measure ) . substa nti vely in i t, 97 1 0
;
5
in thi s case, 31 ;
as j a s , q ui ckly, su d a d v.
denly [ pr
ob adv . . . in that case, 18 1 7
; on this poin t, 299
V a t ( ata ,
-
te ; ati syati ; ati t ; ati tv i ) . occasion, at thi s j uncture , atra
V at ) . 87 1; 3 in . that m
( e ), then,
ti
a nd a, n . egg .
[prom root a,
at ri , m Atri, name . of a famous Ri shi . asi v aha m , I a m ao-and-so, 61 6031
;
t th a ( athi , 248a ), a dv . expresses a sequence, f ollo ws at a dista nce the word to
temp oral or res ulta nt : then ; so ; so then ; which i t re ers, f thus emphas izing it, 23 1 .
e
g a. t i.dra v a, tthi ti pe hi , r u n p a s t, an d t d i t i , a w i th o u t b on d or li m i t ; in n i te ; a s .
[ pp e y a
a a r n t l e d i ti, ac ct, 1 304 s : di ti ,
of dev o, yak ao vi , 8 1 8 so 2 1 2
i n this use, bhi ta , transce ndi ng w hat has existed,
haps from
[ cf . 88a , L at edo, AS eta n, Eng ea t : cf
. . . . s af dyavi , on this day, 1 1 22f,
anna .
) see dyu z cf . L at ho die, .
-
to
a - d a nstri n , a . w i thout tusk s or large bru i sin g the Soma ) ; missile ston e .
ad h a ( sans, 248a ),
'
a d ds pron .
yon , yon der, that, that i . s . besides, i . s.
) an d, [ 1 1 04 8
there, in o
pposition to the one here or j ust cf . atha .
)
mentioned : e
g
. . as i u , 22 7
, that on e ( the a - dha n ya , a . n ot rich ; poor .
( corral. ya ) , 37 u
; as designation f
o
p er 474: of L at inf erus lower ; Eng under)
. .
. .
i
[ y udh sa 1 30 4a ] . a n u ro d h i n , a. having ( so m e ) regard for .
an i ru h y a , grd
-
. without goin g into [ rudh
V 1 an u. )
( danger) [ V ruh . i .
) an -
u l b a ni , a . not lumpy ; mooth or per
s
ani la , m . win d .
[ V an ,
fect ( of a weft) .
i - n i v i qa mi na, a . n ot going to rest . anuv rtt i j : , seq uence, a nd so, con tin u
an -
, gr . . . : anu .
i ni ks , n .
- 1 face ; 2 g appe arance ;
. . . anu sth i na, n . devotion to , observance .
4 front,
. an d so, by s nec
y doche, tr
oop . a n u sth e y a , grdv . to be acco mplished .
a -
n i t i j ii a , a . not know in g discreet con a n u s a ra na , n . a goi ng after, a searching.
duct .
[ r
V t m m]
i nu ,
re
p p . after, along, d;
tow ar w . ace . a n u s t a ra na , a . stre w ing over, covering
alon g or over; after Z anuati
, i . s . accordin g to . over; j rani ) ( se. go , a cow ,
a n u c a ri , a. goin g after; as m . atten dan t ; the pieces of w hich are used forcover
ing
co mpanion .
[ V car an u . ) over the corpse, limb by limb . V
[ att
anu j ivin , a. li vin g upon, dependen t ; as an u . )
m . a dependen t . V
[ j i v an u .
) a n i ci n i , see 807 a nd 784 .
i nn -
t t a , ppl . see V l di anu. an -
rt a , a. un true ; i ur
ta . n . un truth
i -
h u t ta , a. un- moved ,
i . s. i nvi ncible . wrong .
[r
ti , l 288a ]
an - e k a , a. not on e, i . s. more than on e ;
a n u tt a ma , a. most hi ghest ; best, most man y .
ex cellen t ; supreme .
[ lit most best,
a n ek a dhi , man y times
a dv . .
logically a su perl .
) i -
n edy a , a n ot to be blamed ;
. blame
an - u t t a ra , a . not havin g a supe rior, i . s . less .
[ acct,
best .
[ for mg, cf . ni hgreyasa .
) an -
en i s, a. free from g uilt .
[M
tu - u d i ta , a . n o t ari sen . [ V i + ud .
) l 304s .
)
an - u dyoga, m . n on-e x erti on . nu - o mk rt a , a . not ha ving on u ttered, is . .
anun a y a ,
m . conci li ati on .
[ V ui an u .
) un acco mpanied by om .
[ see or
hk r
ta .
)
proximi ty ;
an u k i ri n , n ot doin g or un able to i n ta , m 1 vicini ty, 2
-
p a a. . . .
order .
[ 1 31 0a .
) ci tadel ; inner ment of the royal apart
ma ti j ? approbation ; favor ( of gods gynaeceum harem 2
ci ta del,
n
i nu , [antar , , .
,
r
p p
e .
,
w . Ioc . be tw een a mong ,
w i thi n ; an ty a , a. being at the en d, last ; low est ;
1
alon g w i th, 78 cf . VV 1 , gu n, dhi .
[ cf . of low est caste .
[ i n taJ
L at inter, be tween
. . an ty a -
j i ti , a . having low est birth .
l i n t a ra ,
a. very n ear, only in V . and B . an ty aj i ti t i , j : condi ti on of ha vi ng low
[ see i nta, mg 1, an d est birth .
a n t y a - s t ri ! w oman
2 i n t a ra , a . inner; as n .
- 1 the in terior,
.
, j of lo west caste .
4 di erence
.
,
a t end
of cp ds
[1 3020 5] a dor,
spelt
; AS iita , Eng . . oa t .
)
-
antara, tha t w hi ch has a di erence anna p ri q a-n a , n ri ce-
fee din g, th e rst .
of ie
. . another 38 1o
- 5 . feedi ng of an in fan t wi th rice .
,
occasion, j uncture, 19 11
.
[ anti rz cf . a n n a - ra s a , n food an d drin k [ l 2b3b) . . .
(n o e,
p
inw ards, i n n a v a n t, a .
provi ded wi th food .
lyin g or si tuate in the mi ddle between see ca 3; otherthan , different from, w abl ,
. .
cf .
'
i , as used of the
rb neon r - aerial space ya t hi ma c na , w hate ver else, an ya
traverse d by I ris .
) or s ka anya, the one the other,
an t a ri k sa g a , a moving in the ai r; as - . 29 0
.
[ ci . ( n ot, so me Goth . a n- a r, b
m bird.
[ form g , of khag )
a. . . other,
Eng . other .
)
a n t a ri k sa l o k i , m atmospher e w orld - .
-
an y a t a ma , a. one of several, so me one .
w . i , di sappear .
[ V 1 dhi a n ta r, q v ] . . become otherwise, suffer change, 17
spot .
[ 1 31 0a .
) an y e -
d y li s , ad v . on the n ex t day .
ti , a dv opposi te , in fron t, before ; alter die
i n ear [
n . . o :
[ see i nta : cf hurl,
opposi te, ti n a,
.
-
face an y o n y a , p ron . a . on e the other, f or
face ; before ; a nti cus, L at anyb [ h
nyi 1 75 ] rst be ing
ar
to . a nte, a ,
t e p t a
former, ancien t ; AS a nd s wa r m m
u, Eng .
-
. crysta llized no . s . . w va lue
.
q/
a n-s wer .
] gen . , an on ya
y m prati hr
cchaya anyas
1 an ti k i , n . nei ghborhood or pr
e sence ; ya,
an ya prat i h , love mof on e to w ards .
like i r
'
from ;
see VV i, kr [ cf ha d, L a t . . . ab ,
or words connecti n
g sentences,
a pa k i ra , n.
a inj ury .
[ V l kr p
-
t a a -
.
) api, both and, ca _
a pi,
a pa k i ri n , a . inj urin g .
[ do .
] an d, 0a, ci p i , bo th and
a p a c i ra , m .
goi ng off ; absen ce . a lso, 12 1
ci i v a, ci pi , ci pi,
a pt ] ca. ci pi. ca. cs .
i -
p a ti g h n i , a.
j : not husband-slayi ng . na m pi neither n or
ani mals ) 1 24
[ i pa, off, 5b ) vi vi a pi , ei ther or or e ven
,
. . s
a -
p i d a. footless .
[ ci . h os- sr,
3 . also, to o, i mmediately f ollowi n
g
halt
: 1 304s .
) the e mphasized word,
a p a b h ra e a t ,
a. fallen o ; devi ating ( from mi m api me , too, 4 . even, i mme
good grammar) p
; rovi nci al .
[ V bhranq diately f ollowing the mphasized w ord a nd
e ,
apa .
) often m a rki n
g a circumsta nce un der w hi ch a
m0
,
1 v"
a following on e , i e an other; . . apara a, 51 ; w na, . n ot even , w .
ri d h a , m sin . d
a pa . a -
p i a y a n t , a . n on-oppr
e ssing .
[ p d]
V i .
ri j i t a , mpletely grown ( of r
i i havi ng r d
a- p a a. not co a -
p rv ,
a. p e ece ssor ; uno
n
born [see pa r
.i j i ta a n d re f ) -
. acct, 1 30 4s ) .
i -
p a ri mi t a , a . un measured , unli mited . a p ra j a a havin g n o osprin g childless, .
, .
[ V 1 mi ) .
[p j
ra i 36 7b ) ,
.
from mman d
aw ay co , 1 31 0s : cf. i nu clear ly to be k nown V
[ j i ) . .
a -
p ra t a rk y ,
a a . maginable
un- i .
a p i s , see ap . a -
p ra ti m a ,
a. wi thout ma tch or eq ual ;
i pa s n . w ork .
[ perhaps from V s ap, reach,
un equalled .
[pra ti mi 367b .
)
i
i mi v a ,
n .
,
but genera lly i , j : plague , dis - a - ra p i a, a. wi thout inrmi ty ; w hole .
an i v a hi -
n a . slayin g the torment w .
ga m , attend u pon .
[ adv . ace . of
there .
[ mta] a rf 34
[ 3 d ],
a 1 ea e r es
g , p in on e
s re . . .
o f i
opph a or asmi n lok e
.
( ) [ an d ] .
g ree d y ; 3 h ostile ; . as m . en e my . V
[ r,
a mu y i , a dv so [ m t 1 1 1 2 d ] f r f i rya )
a a, 0 en . . .
go o c . .
a - mf t a '
, a . immortal ; as subst an immor . i - t i eta , a . unhar med . V
[ si i :
-
acct,
a mrt a t v i ,
n . immortali ty .
[ st
ana )
-
. te acher, [ aru ai )
cf . .
,
. . o
cove . a- u n a ti , na e o t e .
1 1 50 l a . .
) a rg h i m w orth ,
.
, price .
[ V a rh ] .
gen . a is is , -
La t . a es ,
metal , bronze AS . ar h
[ g , a
ti r,
bronze, Eng . ore perhaps AS isern . V a re , see Vr
c .
iren, En g iron, .
ferru m, a rc i s , n . ame . V
[ ,r
c
a- y j u a n ot
, pa i re d ; in u. n e ven n u mb e rs j
ar ana , n . acqui si tion .
[ r
V 2 i,
[ cf i .
C
v g -
,
i rj u n a ,
a. si lven w hi te .
[ r
V 3 i q , . v .
)
a -
y u j i a n ot p a i red, u ne v e n [
. cf L fv yos ,
. .
'
,
i rth a , m .
1 m . ai , ob ect, j u
p pr ose ,
ar
i d at end
'
-
y u d d h a , ght [ 1 288a n . no . .
] i
j q qf p ; s 2 ( obj ect, i s ) c . . .
a -
y o d d h f ,
m n on ghter,
0o w ard '
.
-
. thing , matter, aair, cause, b usin ess ; 3 .
a ri , m . spoke .
[ r
V , cau s .
t ( obj ect, i e ) advan tage, prot ( w
. . .
a ri ni , j : piece of wood for kindli ng re ing, that whi ch one goes for, V t,
by attri ti on .
a ra ny a ri -
j y a , n . forest s overei gn ty-
. V a rt h a y a ( arthi yate, -
ti ) . seek for an
a ra ny a -
v i si n , a. dwelli n g in the forest .
j
ob ect. [ ar ha ,
t-
a ra ny i n i , f . wilderness .
[ aranya, cf . a bhi , ask, en treat.
1 223h ) .
p ra , desire, sue for .
[ ]
1 21 a v as i n a
[ v im ] V av ( i va ti ti ; i ii ; ; i va ; i vi t ; avi syi
se e king ; ( beggin g, i .s .
) nee dy .
[ art-
ha. ) favor, wi sh well ; 3 refresh ; -4 ha ve . .
[ artha. l r i [ cf Lat
'
rt h y a , wealthy ) a vr ha ve
a a. .
p easu e n . . e,
a rd h i ,
a. half ; as m . the half .
pleasure i n ,
a ve,
i t p a na n. the sendin g, consi gn ment, en tenti on has co me to mea n act of kindn ess
trusting .
[ caus . of V r) . or
a rb d a gi k h a ra ,
a - m . M illi on peaks -
i v ak i, j gr ass y sw a m pp
- l an :
t,
B lyxa
n ame of a moun tain . octandr a Ri char d .
a ry i ,
a . faithf ul ; attached, ki ndly, 79
av ak i
q i , m 1 ope n p lac e ; 2 (p lace,
. . .
a ry a mi 4 a ] m bosom fr m
n [ 26 i end , .
-
, esp . a av a j il i , j : pt con te . V
[ j i av a : for
b ridegroom s fr Arya mg av ami n m]
i en d, waparupsos , cf .
w ed ding, wi th play upon the and often bei ngs to the earth an epipha ny ; ih
a ppellati ve mg of the w or d) [ an t ] . carnati on , Anglo I ndian - a vati r .
[ r
V t
a rv i k - k i l i k a , a belonging to hi ther . ava . )
or n earer ti me, posterior; -
ti , f l pos teri i v a tta , see 1 0870 .
ori ty .
[ arvi ilc 124911 ) ki ln, av a di na, n . cuttin g off .
[ di
V 2 + av a .
)
a rv i il c a. e cted hi ther
di r wards a v a dy i
s
, a . un-prai sew orthy as n . i mper
w kr
, bring hi ther; w nud, thrust hi ther,
. . fecti on .
i s
. . down wards . V a v a dhi ra y a ( avadhi rayati ) . despi se ;
V a rh ( i s hati ,
- te ; arhi yati ) . deserve ; rej ect .
a rh a , a deserving ; w or
thy ; t . .
[ V arh .
) a v a n a t a - k i y a , a wi th ben t down body, .
a - l a k ea ni ,
a . wi thou t any character
i stic [ V n am ) .
mark ; mark i s plain wi thout speci al , . . i v an i na , m . con tempt ; self con tempt -
,
i l a k si t a a unnoticed
-
[ V lak saya J ,
. . a v a la mb i t a v y a , grdo to be held . on to .
a l a b h a mi n a not catchin g V mb
- a , . .
[ la av a ) .
slothful ; tired . mg
a - l o hb a , m . eed ;
n on-gr absence of cu s v asat a , m . occasion .
[ V sr+ ava : for
mg , cf . Lat . i s us,
cr
occasi on ,
w . ca dere,
i lpa , a . s mall .
fall,
an d Ger Fa ll, . case, in stance,
w .
d, of s mall in f allen,
i
telligence . av a s na, n . l
p ace of rest .
[ V si ava . )
a v a s th i )
a v a s th i
j , : state, condi tion .
[ V athi a -
qa k n u v an t, a . not bei ng able .
[ V
es t ]
av a : for mg , cf . La t . sta tus w . stare .
) a -
ea k y a ,
a . impossible .
V
[ ah,
v mg cf . a vi ai
q ka ) .
a -v i cy a , a . n ot to be spoken to . a
q an i [ V 2 ag )
, n. food .
.
i v i c [409 ]
a , a . di rected downw ards ; ace a - u ci , a
q imp ure . .
i v i , m sheep ; as j : ewe [ f 5 in g,
13, s t i - ge v a , a n ot dear; hostile
. c . . .
.
[c a
v
L at ovis, sheep . Eng ewe ) . . acct, 1288a .
)
a - v i c ch i n d a n t, i ng .
a . n ot se ver
[ V ohid ] . a - ge sa , a . wi thou t remainder, e n ti re ; - tas,
a -v i cc h i n n a , a . not se vered, con tin u ous a dv entirely,. wi thou t ex ceptio n .
d
[ ]
o . i q m a n , m 1 sto ne ; 2 thunderbolt ; . . .
vi d 3 vault of heaven 79
a j n i y a g r w i thou t di scern in g [ j
V i . .
] .
, [ f rs t ,
c .
v i j ii e y a , a un know able [ o]
d
a -
. . . an vil, thun derbolt ; kin shi p w . En g .
[ V da s ) .
i - v i d v i ns , a . unwi se ; as m fool . .
[ acct i qru , n. te ar .
a - v i dh a v i , j ? n ot widow .
[ vi dhi v a Y
rs as, -
di alectic Intros, Lat equus, Old Saxon .
[ V plu vi , q . v .
) gods o f the morn i n li t 15
g g , 85 N [ agv a ]
h . .
tating .
[ vi ak i
g 1 304s .
) octo, AS . eahta , Eng . eight .
)
a -v i sa y a , m . a n on- provi n ce ; so methi ng a st m i
a , a . ei ghth [ a.
ti ,
ou t of one s line or that on e has no busi a st a -v i d ha , a. of ei ght sor ts ; ei ght-fold.
ei , f . a looki n g around . V
[ ail as i i a - .
a -v
y a k ta , a. not manifest ; as m The. an d most profoun d obeisance
face, i s . . a .
All -s oul, 67 17
.
[ dj )
V a . i sti j : atta inmen t
, [ V 1 a
g) . .
chan ge ; unbrok en h d l
[ 1 288a ] . .
p rese n t or on a n ; tak e p ac e happ e n ;
m
,
i n, reachi ng to the fee t ; w e yk a , 0ar
-
- I have ; observe tha t Sht has . no ve rb f or
ried : see also the closely related V 2 na g ) . have 3 . mostf requent as s i mple cOp ula ;
u p a , attain to .
f urther, pp ls:w .
g p
e ri.
pto Bi.
,
art thou
. -
bi t : cf . bhaka] .
,
formed, m
p ra , partake of ; ca us . feed . o 37 ,
3 9 b ; prahr
stah
[ ]
1 24
aha m pron . I .
[ cf .
M ,
L at . ego, i k i ra , make ; shape ; appearance.
s h a l y a, f Aha lya
.
, Gau tama s
wife . space ; sky [p p
ro o utlook , clearness,
. .
ah a s , -
see than . V ki g a ]
a - h a s t a, a . handless .
[ hasta , 1 304a ] . i k ula , a 1 . . bestrewn , covered, lled ;
a h a h a , excl o 3 2
.
fj y o or sorrow .
[ l 1 5a .
] .
g . conf used ; agi tated .
a h i ns i
-
, j : non- in urin g j ( any creatur
e ) . t i E, 1 17811 end ] .
t hi -
o
g p i havin g the dragon
a . as i khyi , j : na me ; a t ca d f
q p dsc , havin g
their keeper .
[ 1 302 me [V t hyi
as na . i ]
a h i v a t , a dv . as a dragon . ak h y sa a a tale , . .
[t yi a,
a h i b at y a , n the slayin g of the dr ag a n t a v y a , grdo see V am H t
'
- ago n ; .
g .
-
.
[ acct, l 272a,
1 21 3c ] .
person ar rivin g V
[ g am i ,
.
a hrni
-
na, a . not bein g an gry .
[ V 2 hp] i g a ma n a , a . a co mi ng hi ther; w puna r .
.
5 11 0 , ex cl .
o f , pl
astonish
ea sant men t or an a r eturnin g .
[ gam
V
pleasa nt .
[ 1 1 35a z euphony, 1 38i ) . i gas, a. si n . [ orig perhaps, .a ,
slip,
w
ah o- ri t ra, a. day and n i ght, p spov V anj : cf .
h as,
g uilt : dierent is h as ,
m)
.
o
f motion 2 con uncti vely, thereto, be
j .
[ s iraa 1 208a-
J
si des ; ca 6, both and, 85 ; 3 a s
5 i c a ma n a , n the r insin g of the mouth . . .
ie [ V cam a ]
en tir
'
4 . as r
p p
e .
,
w . ab l . : hi ther from Se a ma n i y a m di sh for use , , . in rinsi ng
all the om ;
w ay fr an d then all the the mou th [ i cama n a .
,
w ay to, un til, 49 13
,
1 03 105 5
, 1 06 ac i ra m w alk and con versati on ;
. con duct ;
from, w hi ch
faras, 1 05 [ cf obser [ V r + 1 ]
as . L at a, . us age ; vance . ca
V i k a rna y a ( i k a rn y
a a ti ; i k a rni ta ; a j a ra s a m a d v to old age [ fro m the
m
. .
,
[ de n om f r th e po sse s
.s i v e a dj . oi lrar n a ,
i j a ra s i y a , a dv to old age . . .
[ da t .
( 1 1 1 3)
havin g the ear to, ie . . formed fr the precedin g, . as if that were
i k a raa k a , a attractive j : iki
m5
.
; -
i cf try ( w,
[ ns
V a)
- -
. .
[ ]
1 25 [ i
V
(j i i , f . or
der; co mmand .
[ m u - a] i d a ra , m respect .
, n oti ce, car
e. [V 2 dr+
ij y ,
a a. ied
clar bu tter ( for anoin ting , a,
f g r
h t [ V nj 1 i d ah a n a , burni ng place, place of or
a a + see n e
c
-
. . .
of ad
j . cpds
[
see 1 302c 1 ] : - i di , havin g
as the beginnin g, i s . . an d so forth
a a
d y ,
h a . wealthy ; rich .
[ perhaps fr . or,
the qual i ed noun being o mitted ,
an d
the ad
j . cpd being used as subst .
, an d
it ,
a dv . thereupon ; 5d i d , then indeed . so forth .
[ un doub te dly fr V l di . i ,
from that, s, l l l 4
abl of ) take, taki n g hold of,
i s beginn in g,
[ li t . . a . a . .
for mg,
i t i t h y a, n . hospitali ty .
[ ati thi
guest, 1 155 2e . : cf La t ia -cipere, Ger
. . .
f
ou- a n en,
g tak e hold of,
[1 222,
e
g t a
. k a , m
.urder p li ed to th e go ds of th e he a v en l li
y g , h t
V aruna, Mi tra, Aryaman , etc - 2 Adi t .
3 self
; v
.ery o ften so use d as a s i m ple i d i n , a ea tin g,
d ev o ur in g [ V ad , . .
m f d m l [ V d
'
re ex ive pron e
g , yse l , . i e v a n a , n g a b in g place
.
,
. .
-
l i v ,
himself,
thyse lf, 26 15
; in gen iti ve play. + 1 ]
her, 4
his, 6 5
; one s own , 21 1 3
, i d y a , a rst ; . equiv to . Edi in use 2 .
[ ,
i di
4 . n ature, character, peculiari ty ; esp .
at end o
f cpds, see i tmaka ; 5 the . i d h i p a ty a , n. sovereignty .
[ W rath
soul o
ic the soul of the uni 1 21 1 end. )
'
x cf x v,
eath ; i n d s, i d h r
ver [ cf br sy a , grdo to be ven tur ed against ;
se , . .
vapor
; As . Dim, 0 8m,
eath : for
br approachable [ t r s i , 963d ) . .
spirit ] re .
[ V l dhi i,
u
p ,t 1 21 3c .
)
i tn a -
p a k sa , on one s own
.
party . i d h v a ry a v a , n . service of sacricin g
i t ma - p ra b h a , a havi ng his . or their pri est .
[ adhv ary i 1208c .
)
ow n splendor [prabhi . i na du h a a of a bull taurine [anad u ,
.
,
.
i t ma - mi ns a , hu m,
n. one s ow n esh . breather, V an : cf .
poa face, in t
i t ma v at , ad v. as one s se lf
.
[ atma ,
i e . .
nrs and 61 417 4
13, wi th face tur
n e d to
atman for mg ,
: wards,
wi th face averte d : cf .
at ma - h i t a ,
n . one s own v cifar
e . br
ing upon one s self
; i pta: 1 havi n g
.
[prob for i -a
p, 1 0 8
.
g , see ap as : cf .
a w s, i y i ma , on like Eng extent, i . . s
. . len gth .
bring to, i
p p a n ya, to e o ug t . es [ i , 1 1 . . .
cf i y ii : cf a i aw , L at cc vu m, AS 5 10,
to, 63 15 .
- .
-
.
- -
.
E, life~ti me , ti me ; AS di va a Eng a e,
reach through, pervade,
vi
, y . .
i p a ua , on market AS Ef
. .
e ver ; . re, En g . ev-sr .
)
ap a d , j mi sfo rtun e [:lit a g ett i n g i n to . .
i ra ny a k a , pertaining to the wilder
a .
( troub le V
) p ad s : fo r spe ci a
,
li za t i on o f n ess as n. forest tr
e atise ( to be read in -
stands near an other cf i pta ), V i p : cf i ro g y a , n lit dise aseless-ness, i s health
( . . . . . . .
rms, s. v . 5p ) .
i b d i k a , a an n ua l ; d i k a ,
-
s un i s i ,
chi ld i s car ri ed astrid e by i ts mo ther,
abda V ruh
r [ ) a, get upon , take one s seat
lasting yea s . .
w hat is worn,
t r 5 : for mg cf . ogre ss, MB h .
, i ruha mama r
c ni
o mn es
mvihi y
, ,
(pi p e s, gar en t,
w m
. i
pp e , and Ger Tracht, .
yi mi tv i asi ,
get upon my hip,
dress, w tragen ,
. I will carry thee through the
i m a, a raw [ cf . . . h d
c a s,
raw ; L at
. c m art a by tr
, a. vi si ted, esp
ouble ; a icted ; . m
drus, stricken essed
distr [ r
V i , q v for . . .
ama y a , n.
a inj ur
y ; di se ase .
[ cau s of . V am ) . mg, of American slang phras e gone f or)
. .
i ma y i t n u a sickenin g of V am ,
art i f a visi tation ( of evil ) i e trouble
. .
[ cau s .
, , .
, . .
,
i mi sa n esh [ c
,f n d a n d .i m i s ) c f i rt a a nd
. i pa d ) . . . .
i mi si gi n a esh e atin g [ g ]
i im , i r d r
. a a w e t -
.
, . .
amod a a gladdening ,
a s m fr agr. an ce i ry a a belonging to the fai thfu l i s as . .
, .
, . .
,
[ V m u d i ) . m m a n of one s own tr i be an A r y an as .
,
, ,
p la ce o f th e sacred re re p l ac e V
[ y at t r ib es ; as a d j A ry an ; n oble ; r e ve re
,n d -
. .
i y a ta l o ca n a -
, a . havin g long ey es . cf . Aves 1 o iry ,
a Aryan New Persian,
[ V yam
; E dt vii 02,
'
a] i rda ,
Pe a . . ol M580; lua
to or tow ards ; co me ; en te r; 2 . move de ad ; 2 . co me ou t, stick ou t, be prom
on , pass ; 3 go to, i s . . . atta in ( a in cu t .
r
p ya ers, be seech [ w i . .
-
mi s , cf . f p ev, L a t
- . i , go asun der;
v separate ; di sperse,
i-mus, w e go
Goth . i d dj a , AS
-
. eode, e ad on e s se lf
spr over,
i a pervade, 72
. .
gi n ( ste m ya for o a i,
g ga -
bein g the in i . s . fr
ee from
separable prex ),
Eng go, Ger gehen . . see l a m come , together; asse mble .
87 3
; middle adhite [6 1 2 n o te ], go over another; other than , i . s . different from,
l L at iterum,
for one s self, repeat, learn , re ad ; ppl . w . ab .
[ pron roo t i,
. cf . .
adhi t- a ct m , lear
'
a : to n c d 10 a ss an other
g p
-
. . . .
,
mg , learn t, 21 ca us . adhyi pt ya ti Hi s , a dv .
1 . used like the abl qf a pron
. .
4 24m from
[1 0 2e
], cause to learn , te ach . 2 . this ( place ),
u p av a d h i
, dh i
y y a f ro m h
ine re ; h
upiere ; f ro m thi s ( w orld), .
+ a n u , go alon g or after; accompany its-s tatas, here and there ; 3 from thi s .
ppl an
. vi ta; acco mp an i ed by, en dow ed or ( tim e ),
n o w , [p ro n ro o t i ,
.
sa m -
anu ,
the sa me . so ; iti dev i akurvan , thus the gods di d,
96 2 used w all kin ds
an t a r, go wi thi n ; re tire, w ithdraw .
f quota tions
o . .
a v a , approach .
yu m i ti h
va
e as k ed , ,
Who are ye,
abb y i -
, approach, go n ear . so RV .
,
so M S 92 .
,
15
; i ty i ka rnya,
co me un to . on hearin g ( so , i . s .
) the prece di ng clokas,
ppl u.
pet a, g one un to, attende d by, pro usua ll
yf ollow ing it : martavy am iti , at the
vide d wi th . thought,
I must die,
g ard abho
sa m -
u p a , co me hi ther .
ya m iti j ni tv i , recognizin g ( e fact),
th
i , go in to or in ;
This is 2b
n f
o n yaya . an ass , . interr in .
p a ri , go aw ay or forth ; depart .
pla ce f the ex a ct uota tion
o q ki n i ti , a lleg
anu- p a ri , go forth alon g ( a path ) . ing or inte ndi n g w hat, un der w hat pre te xt,
v i p a ri , go aw ay se parate ly
- . wi th w hat in ten tion , 41 5 2c . used
qf
'
na ming , consi dering, etc , . the predica te, i di ni m [pron roo
, t 1, 1 1 0
a dv
3b ) . n ow . . .
marked by iti , is no m .
,
so meti mes ace. V i d h or iadb ( in ddh i dh [783b ] ;
both constructions at 61 , da mayantL i ti i in dhista ; in dhi syhti ; i ddha ; - idhya ) .
3 . used to include under one hea d or a s re place, hearth, dw ellin g ( cf
-
. stove an d
Ge r Stubs, oom
3
in a list several sepa rate obj ects, 21 , 100 , 7 . r aestus, sa id tu4, -
7
4 ovam super heat ; AS itd, funeral pile
'
1 05 ; uous ly a d
. ded,
6 1 . i st, Eng .
dem,
j ust i d h ma, m fuel . .
[ V i dh, 1 1 66 : for mg , cf .
i ti h i si , m . story, legend .
[ agglo mera En g kindlings
. .
)
tion of i ti ha i sa, thus, i n deed, i t w as i d h ma - c i t i , f . fuel pile -
.
1 314b .
) V i n ( in o ti , prop i - - .
-
n 6- ti drive ;
i tthm,
i t th a .
( V . only ) a nd a dv . in this force ; in enas. [ cf . V i nv ) .
beginni n g, i s an d so for th [ s e e i n d
. r a l
. o k i ,
m I n d ra
s w o rl d , he aven .
-
. .
1 302c 1 ] end i n d ra
.
q a t ru ,
a hav in g I n dra as his -
.
thi s, thi s here , rdbe , e
g 87 agni : acct l 255b ) , .
contrasted w asau , .
that one, a m in i n d ri b fh a s p at i m I ndra an d Brihas
-
,
.
this earth, 1 0 iyam a lone , this earth, I ndra, i v great mig ht, pow er, 73 ,
.
w .
refers very o f
-ten , like ibe, to some 2 i n enera l, one
g. of a man
s pow ers, i . e.
51 occa si on ally refers to so mething i onme V i n v ( inv ati ) drive ; send [ sec o n dary . .
j oined w pr onouns k o
y am i yi ti ,
.w ho i ma, pron stem, see i dam . .
comes here ? y o
y a d rgy at e, m i y a c c i ra m, a dv so lon g i
[y a n t ( 1 249a ) . .
here, 70 ; 16
no m . to be ren dered here is or lya u t a. so gre at ; so much .
[ fr .
[ cf L at i -d
,
.Goth i ta, Ge r es, i ra s , n ill will ;
. .
-
. .
-
an ger; assu med as ba sis o
f
2 i d am, om
a dv. now , here, the f ollow in d [ r
V f r i h
g en , go o n os .
[ l l l l a z cf . ti le sen se : cf L at i ra. .
,
9
V i ra s y a ) [ 1 30]
V i rn ay a ( irasyi ti ) . be evil dispose d . i sta l i b b a , - m . acq ui si ti on of a desirable
[ i ras ,
ob ect j .
[ 1 i sth .
)
h
i ra s y st , f ill w i.ll ; -
wrath .
[ V irasya ,
i sti -
p urt , n . w hat is offered ( to the
cf irayi )
. .
gods ) an d bestowed ( upon the m) , i . s . w hat
a nd so desert land [ r
V . 1 1 7 7b : for mg , . afterdeath, a nd so, by metonymy, su ch fruit
cf Pro vi ncial Eng run,
.
of the se offer i ngs as can come to hi m,
.
"
i v a , encl pel 1 as ; like ; 2 used to
. 83 x [.2 M 247, 1 253h) . . . .
mod ify a strong expression, in a mann er; i sti , f sacrice ( simple offering of but .
fr i V
so to speak , 56 as i t w er
e, perhaps ; te r, u t, [ yj
a , 252,
al most ,
3 . so metimes ( like ova ) ,
1 1 57 l a . .
)
just, q u i te naciri d iv ; right soon . i t s, ad v . here, pp qfo . atra 8
( 7
l
) a nd
[ p r
o n ro ot i .
, 1 1 02b .
) a mutra hi ther, here on earth,
ici bas, 27
l i s ( i cchhti i ysg isti s [783b ]; opp . o
f pret V i
y ( ),
a 58 17
;
i i si t ; esisyi ti ; int ; stnm ; 41 m in this book , w lac [c iha
'
) . .
seek ; desir
3
e ; esp w in : [981 ] pass be . .
} . sa maye , in this case, [ pron .
able, [ radica l mg g
,
o, g o fo r,
V 2 i s
bei ng merely a causati ve of V I is : cf .
ip spos
V i k s ( ihas te ; i ksi r
'
ipp epos,
desire ; w i ochi , desire, h cakrs ; i iksista
m
, s
mitt ;
.
AS
ascia n, i te ; iksitnm ; ik sitv i
'
cf . . s iisce,
pe ti ti on ,
w hence
Ger ( h)eischen , En g
. . a sk : -
. look ; look at ; see ;
sk ati , cf V v i ch ) . . behold .
[ desid . of V s ac, see, co ntain ed in
A )
seek after ak - san , 1 08g see aks n.
anu ,
. eye, e tc .
,
:
2 i s ( isayati [1 04211
2
] a lso i syati av a ,
look afte r; look afte ron e s self ,
J ay s ) . se n d ; se t i n sw i ft motion ; i m u pa ,
w . two mgs like Eng , . overlook
pe l, 74 [ V l i scaus
, q v ) . of . . 1 look
. over, i . s. inspect ; an d - 2 .
( more
r
p a, 1 r h
p s y
e ati : se
. nd f orth ; send, co mmonly) look beyon d, i e . . neglect .
e.
g .
2 prsyati
. : drive forth, ii n pe l n i s , look ou t or after; conte mplate .
start up g ( e . .
ga me ) p ri i sam [97os
] p a ri , look a bo ut on e in vestigate
i i cchan , a n d so
sou ght to start u p, 93 con sider .
3 r
p sy a.ti : call u pon or summ o n ( tech v i , look ; look on ; vi ksita, beheld .
i su , m M ( l l s Rt [ 3
i i i
.
f . arrow .
[ V 2 i a,
send : cf . ids, V e e e 62 . . f
per i l s
i ds,
s d ith) su pplicate call . upon praise .
il
p c .
[ lath )
2 . an d
V uiich ] [ 1 32]
dchi tnm) d tt a re na , a dv n ortherly ; n orth oi , m
V n oh ( di cha ti , ni obati . . .
ri
o g
w i p
.e,
or whisk ,
i e sw e ep
: c f A S u t t a ro t t a ra ,
1 a h i g her a
.n d higher
. . . . .
m
.
,
d i gi ta , sa me as ncohi r
wo dy talk, 24 [ uttara ti t-
ta m]
n th , con j . an d also even connecti ng u tt h i ,
see 23311 .
, 84
or (c atha, s py uta, also . V pad + n d ] .
n t t a mb , a. 1 . u -most
p ; highest ; best,
a t end ds ; excellen t ; chi ef 2 ts a v , 1
esp .
qf cp ; . u nu. . an un dertaking, beg in
( out- most ,
is . .
) li t- most ; extre me ; las t ( see nin g ; 2 . feas t day, festi val, 25 -
D ,
i d up, out, V
[ su
2 + ud,
se t a-go ing ; but the de vel
n t ta ma g a n d h i dh y a a rich in ex ,
. op ment of 2 from 1 is n o t clean
]
cellent odor s [ a tta n a gan dha ,
- li d , prex . ne ver used a lone ; up, up forth,
ou t. [ ci . AS fit, Eng . . out : see uttara,
n t ta mi d h a ma madhyama ,
highest u ttam
] a.
; dya ) .
higher; 1 bein g
d tt a ra upper; u d- an , water, cf lib opp, En g wot-er, w
a . . . -
. .
above, pp ( o . adhara ) 70 ; having the
3
n d- ra, otte r, cf lib pa,.
w ater-sn ak
e,
-
cf: dak gi na ),
4 ( like a wspar) the .
-
w ate r .
latte r ( pp o .
p ii rv a ) later fo llo w i n g, a dag - a ya n a, n . n orth-course ( of the
am as 4 5 lf year from the win ter to
a dv na lly, last, 1 0
" h h
-
,
. . sun ), t e a or -
of w gen
. .
[ u ttara J d d a nc [409b ] a di rected upward ; di rected ,
.
u tt a ra - di ya k a , a. i
g in g
v answ er; con n orthw ar d ( on accoun t of the Himalayas ) ,
tradi cti n g .
f
c . uttara ), northerly in cpds, uda k ,
u tt a ra p a gc i m a , a north westerly
-
.
-
. 1 249s .
[ ud s ite,
u t t a ra p u ra s t at , a dv north east
- .
-
of ; u d a y a, m . a goin g up ; rising ( of the sun ).
w gen
. .
, 1 1 30 .
[ V i ( 1 1 48 . 1a) ud .
]
ut t a ra l o ma n , - a. havi n g the hairabo ve , u d ara , n . belly .
[ orig perhaps, risin g,
.
,
u t t a ri , a dv . the rly
no r .
[ uttara , l l l 2e , of bellg to A S belga n, .
u d ii rd , a ( li ke E ng . . ex alted, i . s
.
) n oble,
n t t a r p a t h a , n
-
. the nor
therly w ay ; excellen t . u d,
[ 1 33] [ u pa sth a
n see . u ps.
e x tended .
[ ud bi hu, 1 805, 1307 u ps ]
a d y a , grdo to be spoken or pronoun ced
. . n pabh ft f , . w ooden cn p ( used in sacri
[ V v ad, 1 21 30 en d , of 963c ] . . ces ), see at ti c. to bringer, V bkt
-
( 383b )
n d y a ma , m . raising ( of the hands to u ps ]
w ork ) ; ex erti on . V
[ yam a d. j u p a bhog a , m . en oy j men t ; eatin g .
[ V 2
u dyi na ,
n .
1 . a walki ng ou t ; 2 .
(place bhnj u pa , q ] . v .
V
[ y ma a
'
forwalkin g ou t, i . s .
) garden , park . a npa d
[ p a , . highest .
,
n d y og a , m . undertaki n g ; exerti on . V
[ y j
u as m U pam a cra v as a na me li
.ke M e yw ro ,
'
"
ad, 21 6 L ]
'
. xAips or N a
u- n ils .
u dy og i n ,
-
a . active ; energ c
e i
t .
[ udyoga . ] a p a n mparison image ; a nd
i f , . co , so like
n dv i g n a -
ma n a s , a. havin g a terried n ess re semblan ce ; a t end o
, f cpds , havin g
mind , distresse d . V
[ jv i .
] lik eness wi th lik e [ V 1 mi u pa,
m
.
, .
u n mi rg a g i mi n a going -
,
. in e vil [ 11 s pa ]
u p ari a dv. abo ve r w gen
, ; as p ep .
,
. .
dpa , 1 . ubl p
re x . to, un to, toward; op
p . above ; a t end f
o cpd
[ l 3l 4f ], upon ,
'
of apt ; 2 -
. r
p p
e .
,
w . a cc .
, unto , 81 5
; [ cf irrelp,
. sbw ept, L at . s- uper,
w . loc , i n ,
.
3 . in noun cp ds
[ 1 289b ], dpa l ii , j : u pper mill stone ; c/I dr
ead
-
.
m 3
( g ) kani sthaka , 1222d ] . d p a v i t a, ppl w ound about, esp w i th the . .
be nefactor [ V 1 k ; u pa q v ] .
, . . o unded w i th the
r sacred cord ; the cord
[ v1 k ; up q ]
a v , . . n p a v e ga, m . a si ttin g down .
[ Wi s
upak i ra k doin g frien dly
a, a . servi ce upa .
]
[ hi
ups- m] d p a v e gi , m U paveci, . na me of a man .
n p a c i ra m a comi ng to or w ai ting u
, .
p u p a s a mg r a h a na , n. the claspin g an d
on r
p ge n a ntly ( p oli te ) a tte n ti on ( cor , taki ng to on e s se lf ( the fee t of a n o ther),
51 -
7 104 ,
lyin g u nder, u pa s ev i , j : a servin g ; a being devote d
u p a ty a k i f l d l i the foot of a [ V ]
, a n.
y ng at
( to . ssv u pa .
moun tain ) .
[ u pa ty ]
a . n p a s ov in, a. servi n g ; re vering .
[ V scv
V
u pakh y an a ] [ ]
1 34
appropriation .
[ V 1 di u pa , ,
i , esca pe ; put another in the di stance , i . e .
u p ad h y ay a , m . teacher .
[ V i upav adhi ] save .
[ uru, the distance,
1061
n pi n ah , j ! san dal ; shoe . u rn na s a, ( 1 having bro ad snouts
-
. .
[ 1111 1
V na h u pa ( 247 ) for mg , cf . crass , ( 247 ) ni l , 193, 1 31 5c : acct, 1298b .
]
u l ii k h a l a , n . a mortar .
n pi n t a,
proxi mi ty to th e en d ; e dg ;
ne . d lb a an d tilva, n . en velopin g membrane
immediate neighborhood [ p (
u a m g 3 ) . of an e mbryo .
[ for ou r v4,
Vl-
v r , en
close, 1 190 cf Lat vol- v0 ,
an ta. ] covering,
'
. .
u i
p y a , m appro ach ; th at by w hi ch . one
u p ara, m transgr
e ssion
. .
burn,
an d ustus usta-s
; AS gs le .
-
,
from
u p o si t a , pl ha vi.n g abstained ( i s
. . son ied D aw n ,
.
[ V l v as li ght u p dawn ,
, ,
ing .
[ 3 v as upa, q . v .
] ca usos-a ,
a pa ,
bi n d, fe tte r . d stra , m camel . .
a b hi , a . bo th .
[ cf . 6p m , L at a mbd AS 11 911 6 , a hot
.
[ V n s, 1 1,7 7a . . . .
]
nom fem neut h Goth nom neut ba
. . .
,
. . .
, tu rn, a. bright ; of or perta ini n g to the
ye ar .
u ra g a , m . serpen t .
[
breast going, -
nra ii t i ,
f furthe ran.ce , help, blessi n g ; re fre sh
foruras : formg, cf . khag a .
] men t, food [ V av , .
from d h a n , dha r, 4
ra s , n . br
e ast .
[ perhaps, a cover, ti dhas [ 3oh] ,
n. udder .
VI v r , cover, 1 1 51 l b, w . . a specia li zati on
[ cf . o bOap, L at . ber, AS . iider, Eng .
so, like Eng . capacious ) ex te n si v e , wi de , wa n , lacki n g , wa nian, decrease , En g .
gre a t ; as 11 .
( li ke Ger das . Wei te ) the dis wa ne .
tan ee .
[ V 1 vr , enco mpass ,
l 1 78s : cf . u rn, m . thi ghi [prob .
the thi ck
of the
s ppi d g, -
leg, from un i
r ta ] [ 1 36]
them;
1
r ,
t a t, right ; tru e ; as a [1 1 76a], vealed 2 ptaJ sayas
-
a. . . to -
. u
establi shed or der; esp e terna l or di vine . the many Rishis ; la ter, the se ven stars of
te na r
75 ; - 3 truth,
7
r , ig htly
. .
[p p
ro
tte d, made rm ,
. V r for fo rm o , p ron root i n 6k}, . 0th, ena, OV , ev n .
no mena ,
eg . . dawn ), 7 true to sacred ek e ek e, some other s eke, some
d
( g ),
o [r
ig 247 : for fem , . 435 , or a l most as a n i nde a rticle a or
an , 20 3
[p ro
.n root e ] . .
rt i -
v r dh, a . rej oicing in right, holy eka - t a t p a ra , a solely intent on , .
( M an es ) [M 241 ] . s k a tt a ,
a dv. in on e p lace [ ek a, .
i . s . season ; -
3 the
. menses .
[ r
V , 1 1 6 1 s once upon a time .
[ sk a
e k a d e ga , m
cf dprh w , t together, pre pare ; L at certain place, and so,
.
- - . a a
r p ep w i thout ;
t s, r . exce pt .
[ 1 1 28 e n d, 1 1 29 e k a n a k s a t ra, n lun ar man si o
-
n . con
r ij ti me ; l o4 [ naksatrm
tv oer s
- a . i n g at the appoin ted occurs but on ce, see s .
w hom the r
e are four, htr
, adhv ary u, k a p a tn i ,
-
j : w ife of only one man ,
V rd h ( r
dhn ti ; i nardha , i nr
dh ok a -
b h a k sa , m . sole food ; at end of
ardhi syate ; r ddha ; r dhyats ) thrive ; . cpds havin g as sole foo d, eatin g
tra ns .
[ cf . VV edh, ri dh : cf . dAOop a t,
ge t ek a ma t i , a. ha vi n g one min d, un an imous .
e ka -
rna ,
va a. havi n g one color, not
m pa ss
sa , . be prospere d, i s fullled . . . brin dled .
V lr s ( s ti ;
r a an arsa ow ; glide . sk ak i n , a . soli tary .
[ eka ] .
[ cf dip pp
o os .
-
,
dow in g back , ra Alv - o m
p s, sk i ffj a li , on on e han dfu l . a il ali
[ j ]
dartin g k ad a ga , e le ven .
[ eka daca ,
V 2 1 1 (r aati ; r ata) push ; thrust . . 476
i
ts , m -
1 si nger o f sacred son gs, poet ;
. . ek ad a ca, a. eleventh .
[ 6k 5daca , 487
p ri estly si n ge r; r e
ga rded by la ter genera s ki n t-a ,
m . an end ; a ed
re tir or secret
b a m on e day
w ho the V edas , w hich w ere h
ki [ 2 ]
sa w re s , a a . . .
[ 1 37] [ ai ka ma ty a
[ shi ik a , 2 .
j ust, ex actly, etc . e mpha siz ing the
ek ona, a . 477a ]
lacking one .
[ fi na ,
.
prece ding word ; in this sense V edic ( 69 5
,
str f
ess o precise ly voice
; n o more n orless
this ; refers almost alwa ys to wha t simple mouse ; ci ntayann ov a j ust w hile ,
p re ce de s (e
g 5 1 3
has
.
j u st .
, he w as thin king ; uk tam ova maya j ust ,
or has j ust
ls
happened ( e g 25 ) . .
, what I told thee ; lok i i h ki r
hci d v ak
been mentioned ( e g 25 n
28 ) as being . .
, tavyam ov a , folk s w i ll be sure to say
e t arh i ,
a dv . n ow adays .
[ a et ov a - v id, a . kn owi ng so or such, i . e . w ell
e t a- d i g, a. such ; eti dr
k, a cc . s n . su ch instructe d, kn owi ng w hat s w hat
m i dh
. .
,
V ed h ( 6dhate ; edhi cakrs ; i i dhi sta ; thus, have this kn ow ledge, y a tha
edhi th dhitum) . thrive p ros per . ov a m , as so ; very f q
re uen t w nk tv i .
[ i den t w . Vr
dh, q . v . cf .
g eba w . or
grutv a, u pon sayi ng or hearin g this ;
ev a m ukta, thus addresse d ; w . i mpers .
6n a s , n. sin .
[ perhaps,
deed of vi olen ce,
ov a m , likewi se, 1 03 7
ref ers ba ck ( e .
g 28.
or
g f orwa rd , ( e . . 37 3
used
6n a s v a n t, a . si nful .
[ 6nas .
] p
su er uously w i ii ,
6 1 a s e q u iv to . . ev ad i
502
an d l 1 12a ] .
p n
u lod m [ the natural orderwo uld
by o . vyi hartum api , ki m ca na, can n o t e ven
brew ] 24 11
( tw i ce with, twice without) ; ki r
hcit
O p a ca, m . top k not ; plume
-
.
[ perhaps for hci d,
ki r each a li ttle, 27
w rela ti ve,
.
ya
s av a- V 2 pag ]
p ga,
a . ka cid, w hosoe ver o ver
, w hats e ,
any soever,
a nd en d of V ed a rea d i ng ; qf pranava
-
. . n othi ng, n o, no on e, 20 1
si mple .
ki m prabhu , ku drsti, k o- vi da,
- - a nd see
i d p a v e ci , m pa tronymic of Aruna
. .
[ li pa
w hen ce, how ; rl Lat qui s, qu i d,
-
s, v l, .
- -
[ beadhi tw ai n ; w k a as i ndef , cf v t s, any . . .
-
1 p ron .
1 . in terroga ti ve . who, metallic implements .
ad
9
j
7
w hat ; used as s ubst .
( 7 ) or as .
k a k si f - 1 region of the girth ; -
2 .
m
. .
,
ki m w instr : .
g ki .
yu ddh onea , . .
gi dl
r e,
cin cture;
3 ( like French cein tur e) .
w hat ( is there ) wi th ghtin g, w hat s the cir cularwall ; a nd so the enclosed cour t .
u se of ghtin g , so so ko [ cf kak an
.a : cf La t cinc tus ,
gi rde d ; . .
-
ki m w
rthas, instr a nd for 1 , cf hi p ; for 3, cf ca ne-sr
-
en e
.
g.
g . .
. coxa , .
,
,
so , n .
- na ,
kn . w .
p arti cles : ko ni ma ,
who in let .
[ cf . ka ksi .
]
deed ; k o n u , w ho pray ; k o vi , who pos k a nk i l a , m . n . skele ton .
sib ly, 18 l
k a ooi d , see kad .
k a ru ni -
p a ra a comp assi onate [ 1 802b ],k a v i . . .
, wise, possessed of in si ght ( of gods,
a.
k a rk a ta , as. crab ; -
ak a, the sa me . esp. Agni ) ; as as wise man , seer, sage ; .
k i rna , in . ear .
poet p
;l w i se men o f . eld ( w hose spirits
[ V kr
k a rt s , nu .
( earth ) cut, di tch . t z see hoverabou t the sun ), [ pro p .
seer,
rt ] V ki foresk ii : cf onco ming , w rs
ca s . see, . te
a -
s,
k a rt t, m doer; . mplisher;
acco o mi c ati n g
inspecting the sacrice L at . ca v-re,
priest, V
[ kn]
1
look out, be cautious Ger scha uen , AS
. .
w ashermen . 1 1 14a .
]
k a rma , f or kar an m in cpds, l 249a . k i na y a , a. brazen ; as n. brass .
[ k ni t-L ]
k a rma -
cos ts , f . deed performance ; -
ac k i k a , tn . crow ;
f . ki ki, crow-hen f
; c !
ti on v ayasa, cr
. ow .
k a rma j a , a . om V k i nk s
deed born, resultin g fr -
( ki nksati, te ; ki nk ; -
(lik e co lloq dr i vi n
g, i e hurr i
y gn .k a n a b h ii t i , 1a Ki n a b h t i n. am e. o f a -
.
,
k a l ma sa , n . spot, stain ; g .
,
as in Eng .
[ see l kh 4, an
d
8 111 . ki ma m wish desire , .
, , longing ; love ; at
sion of cri me .
[ V k am ) .
k a ly a , a . well, healthy .
[ cf . n
sa ds, fair
: k ama d uh - - dhuk , -
d uham, - dhug bhis.
prob . n ot akin are AS hdl, En g hale, . . etc .
[ D
1 55 v
- 1 . a. yi eldin g w ishes, g
ran t
in g ever
y wi sh ; - 2 as f , se dhenu, the
. . .
[ k a lya .
] horn of Amaltha ]
[ 1 41 ] [ V ki rta ya
m
. .
, ,
by no means [k 1 1 1 1 b ] . k asth a -
e ch e d a , m . dearth of wood .
k ay a , as body [ V 1 ci ,
. b ui ld,
Whi tn ey k i st h.i k a , m w o odm a n k
[ i stha ] . .
used k i m a n h yd m a bad fr
.
, , ,
l ka4
up , b uild, and En g n oun build, as .
- iend , . .
[ see ,
of a man s
an d
k i ra , a .
;making
m m ak er; dee d thee ? as .
w hat is thy
acti on ; sound [ V 1 1m] . k i m 1 , . as to kl , see In
k i ra na n that w hi ch mak es oroccasion s ; 2 as interr a dv.
-
[1 1 1 1 s ] how ?
73 3
. . .
,
k i ri n , a . causin g .
[ do .
] 4 in . connection w . other
pols : ki mea ,
menti on wi th ki m punar , , ,
g od o f w ar ( so called becau se he w as un de r 1 a ] .
iu n a a n as 1 .
, .
k i m p ra b h u as a bad master -
,
. .
ki -
a
y , g
t rd v to be d on e, faci end us, w the . 1 k a4 , an d .
k i ry a h a n t r , at
- busin ess destroyer, .
-
grea t ; small, [ kh
l or id , 505,
marplot -
.
w ork [ ak sama.
J k i l a , k i a dv. indeed, mphasizing
e
k i l a, m .
- 1 . the right or ro
p p e r or ap
poi n ted ti me; -
2 ti me
. in general ; 3 . h i s , interr pcl so . . at
an , sou
Time, as the destr
oyer, i s . . Death . see 1 1 1 7 : cf ni ki s . .
]
k al a p aca , vs snare of Death
- . . k i ta , m worm; . caterpillar .
V k i e ( kingate ;
-
es ki e
c ; k i ci ta ; -
ki qyi ) . k i d tg, a . of what sort? [ see
be visible ; shin e . k i ri , m .
prai ser .
[ V 2 kr] .
i , look on .
-
1 . . of ; tell ;
p ra , shine out ; become clear .
2 re pea t ;
. call
[ ki rti .
,
[ 1 42]
p ri
a , tell aroun d, ann oun ce . k ul a , n. 1 . d
her or large nu mber or
m ann ounce
sa ,
. swar m ( of q ua dru d
p s,
e birds, insects ) ;
k i rt i f mention ; esp
, . .
good re port, fame .
2 race ; family ;
. a nd so, as in Eng ,
[ h )
V 2 . go od fami ly, noble stock . [ V 8 kr, q . v . :
kn, see l kh 4,
a n d 504 .
k u k k u ra , m . dog .
[ youn ge r form of k u l a - gi l a , a. family and character .
the sa me . k u l i ea , nu axe
-
. .
[ perhaps
cutti n g
l kh4
bawd w ell, , and
k u tta n i , f
'
. . see
k u, k d q a l a ,
- 1 a in g oo d co n di ti on ; e q u al . .
thin g e x tr ao ar
rdi n y ; e ag erne ss ; i t, as -
2 as a w e lf a re,
w e ll bei n g ; k u gal a i
uu . .
-
a dv.
[1 1 1 4b ], eagerly ; 2 i n terest. caused ts, hail to thee .
k u d reti ,
-
j ! a bad or false vi ew ; hete V ki ( k uv ato ) .
f ound onl
y w . i , a nd per
rodox philosophy .
[ see 1 kh 4,
an d haps mea ning see, look .
[pro b for . ku,
.a
see u nderka v i . )
k u n ti , K one of the tw o wi ves of look forward to, i in ten d
'
j : un ti , i ,
. s. .
i klita )
Pan da . .
be come moved or agita ted ; boil ; a nd so mg 2, cf the Swiss peak names, Schreck .
-
2
g as in E ng , be angry ; bo il wi th horn W etter horn e tc ] -
m
. .
.
, ,
k i up a , m
rag e . . cave, hole ; well .
[ cf. ,
p ra ,
the sa me . cave, hu t,
Lat . ci pa , vat,
ni che for
k u m ara, m
.
-
1 . ne w- born child ; boy ; the dead, ow ed
borr Eng . coop, vat,
yo uth,
-
2 The Youth,
. e pi the t o f w hence cooper .
)
Skanda, the youthfu l god o f k rmd , nu tortoise
etern ally
m
. .
g i ve n by the g od h w ti ; kr tt ; ki t tum; kr
-
tvi ; di e;
k u mb h i k i j : pi tcher [k umbha ) ,
. .
- 1 .
pe rfor m , 5 9l
acco mpli sh ; cause ;
k d ru , m . as p l th
.e Kurus, people of
a eect prepare , ; un derta ke,
I n dia ; a s sing . Kuru, the ancestor of that commi t, show : e.g. honor, fami
li arity, mpassion love , 42
people . co ,
l f h K r
li k an aair ll
in trade, 4 "
6 ; a
[ li r O
t g. o y o t e u us, e n v O xh s -
, ; en gage :
acc t, q uarrel, 4
2 1 -
2 do . so mething ( good or
krta k rty a ] [ 1 44]
from
hrta - k rty a , a . havi n g one s duty done + 5, draw on , attract ; draw (a
or en d attained. sour
ce ) .
krta k rty a ti , f . con di tion of havin g ud, pull up, elev ate .
pe f
r or e d one s m
du ty .
p ra , draw forw ard , place in fron t .
hrta - sa mk e ta , a . havin g an agree ment half of the lun armon th, from f u ll to new
made, agreed upon as a rendezvous . moon ; as m .
, se . k
p sa,
a the dark lunar
krt a j a li ,
a . having a made ge sture of fortnight .
[ m ] as ni ght .
k rt av a j il a ,
a. havin g con te mpt ( done , krona - s a rp a , m . a very poison ous b lack
i . e
.
) shown to one, disdain e d .
( a v aj i j Cobra, ColuberN ags .
r
k ti , j : - 1 . the doin g , production ;
the k rsni j i n a, a . sk in of the black an te lope .
- kr
tv as, a nd tha t at the end
of cp ds .
4
( h1 1 1 06 .
V k 1p ( k pate ; ci klp [186 1 ke lp-
7 ; m
krt o a s prep ,
. on accoun t of, for the sak e klpth ; ka lphyati , te ) be m orde r; be -
.
[ loc of k r
ta ,.li t
i n the ma tte r of
( cf . . in order, xed, settled ; ca us
pu t i n .
mg or dain
der; or ; arran ge ; dispose ; x ( i n
k tt t i , f .
pelt, hide .
[ r
Uk t z for mg, cf . the ma nifold applica tions o
f this word as
84 m, m
hi de, an d Gripe, used )colloquially
[ r b ki ar
p o n ot a n e . .
k ttt i k i , j p
! l the Ple i ads
.
[ cf k r
tti . . Goth hilpan, En g help )
. . .
- na kha m
[ Jl kr, 963b en d ] . k
[ ce s q a grn , 1 252 ]
k ft v a s ,
'
a dv. times ; see kr
tu . k lp t i n ta , having its en d pr ibed ;
e scr
k rt s n a, a. whole ; en ti r
e . limi ted .
[ anta .
]
V kr k
p ( ip a te m ou rn ,
lamen t . k t a , m inte ntion ; desire ; will
. .
[ 4ci t ,
kr p i , f pi ty , compas si
. on [ V k e .
look , be i nten t
r
k mi , m w orm . . k e td , m brightness ; pl be ams
. . .
[ i ci t,
v
gr o w l e an .
[ cf . kv x- dvos,
lon g lan k appearan ce, manner ,
i . e .
)
w ay ,
AS .
p e rson ,
M oo ds, so ox-
j os, colossu s hi d,
w ay , manner , con dition ,
En g . hood,
-
heit
- cf . u nder maya ) .
kr a
g , lean , haggard a. [ Jk rc, 958 ] . k ev a l a , a. exclusive ; excludin g all e lse ;
V kr s ( k hrsat i ; k r
sati ; c a kArsa ; akrk alon e ; - a m a dv on ly
m
. .
,
sat ; w
as ; k rak syati , te ; s; -
k qa , on . hair ( of the head ) ; man e .
h astum ; kr st v ii ; kisy )
a - 1 ki rs -
. . kosara .
]
ati : tu g, draw , pu ll ; 2 baati : dra w . k e ga -
pak sa , m do . . the tw o sides of
V k ru d h ( krddhyati '
,
- te cuk rodha ; k sa t ri y a , m .
- 1 . ruler, 75 - 2 . one
m mm
. .
k ru d h , j : anger. V k ee n (M 615. u ;
k rti d h mi or k rddhmin , a. w rathful . ksa th) . harm hurt ; break .
[ closely
call ; howl [ cf s pa n-
M ,
cr
.
y ,
fore x
pa vx n : k.
g a p i , f ni ght [ cf
'
ox sww, cover,
- . .
for1 in place of x, cf . Hr
ya rov,
cruci ble,
can , darkness
for( 9, cf V k sar)
: . .
w .
h
T aw, k sa p i h a , n . a ni ght and day, w x p spov .
u n derkravya. ] V k sa m ( ksamats -
ti ; caksam ; ksam
m
,
k ro dh , m .
1 . breast, bosom ; 2 . in i tte N i tri te ;
. kr i ll hin
terior .
[ form g 2, cf g arb h a . tum ; ksamyate ) .
1 be
pat
.ient ; e n
h
k l e ga , on pain ; trouble .
[ il kli
g] [ ]
890 k sari t ) 1 ow ; 2 liq uefy; . . . .
k v a , V k ti a. a dv
.
1 w h e r e ? w hi ther? melt away ; a nd so, perish [ for
. sk ar . .
h a ci d : anyw here ; i n any case, e ver, l aodp n,
- -
perished : for cf . kaapi ,
w na , never
. .
[ 1 k , . ksiti : for cf . 2 k ai ] .
a nd a s vbl of th e sa me ,
w the m y
abidi n g , V k sa ( ksi ya
.
ti [761 d . s) burn . .
si tuate, in an tar i k sa k si ra , a pun gen t ;-
. . salin e [ V ksi z cf. .
as a dvs [l l l 2b, 1 1 1 4
b ], instantly [ prob . .
b ur nlng, g un
p g e n t ] .
of ika ana ,-
glan ce
: for mg , cf . Eng . ru le,
a tta chin
g themselves to the ste ms k ai
in the tw inkling of an eye, an d Ge r . a nd h i ya respectively ; thus,
Augen blick, -
glan ce of an eye, i . s. mo 1 . kae- ti, 3d pl ksi y anti : abide or .
- o
w hi le or dwell, es
p i n q ui et an d safe ty, .
k sa n i k a , j : i a momentary [ k sa na ] -
,
. . 7 i nhabi t [ k
.
ai ti ,cf
1 k saya , k
.
stra ,
co
p recedi n
g w ord ), 3 . to be sur
e ( con
g a , vbl .
going, inma ny cpds ; si tuate e g ,
. .
cessive
) ,
98 3
. in ma dhyaga as m nomen a ction is the .
,
V k h i , see khan .
goi ng, in durga, suga .
[ gam,
V cf . 333 ]
11 k h i d ( khi dati ; cakhiida ; khi di syato ; g a g a a n , n . sky.
g i g i ,
. r g
.a g
ytto ; k hi dhy ati ) che w ; bi te ; eat, es p . . w in te ns reduplicati on ,
. . 1 002b ] .
k ho -
c a ra , a . moving in the sky. [kha , a
g n a n i f a n u m b e r i n g ca l
, c u la ti o n . ta k , ,
1 250c .
) i ng in to account V
[ g a na y )
a . .
k h e c a ra t v a , 11 . pow er of yin g ( y
b V g a nn y s ( gana ya ti ) number cal culate .
,
.
magic) .
(s n
a s 1 055 .
k h od a , m depression
.
,
sorro w .
[ V khid ] .
g n
a i t a pp l c alcu la t e d ;,
a s n
[ 1 1 76 a ]. .
,
k he d a g
-
vah a vi n g depressi o n
a as , a. calculati on ar i thmeti c V
[ g ny ]
a a a ,
. .
1
n
'
acc , .
- 4 ( havin g arrived at, i s ) . . .
si mple in pass a nd ca us
verb only . .
p ass . si tuate d i n : w acc , w loc , in . . . .
+ 5, -
1 . show , tell ; narrate , 2 . 964d] .
designate, na me ; ca us . a ct. te ll mi d .
g a t a -
p ri n a , a. w hose breath is gone,
have told to one s se lf , 105 7 . dead .
p ra t y a, -
( lit . show back, i s . .
) turn g a t a - sa hk a l pa ,
r a . w hose purpose or
v y i -
, show to discri minately, i . s . ex has gone ( befo r e ),
the fo llo w i ng in the
l
p ain . old ruts .
[ s angati ]
sa m , tell to gether, i . s . reckon up. g a t i n u g a ti k a , a . addicted to following
+ p a ri - sa m , reckon up co mplete ly in the old ra ts .
[ g ati n u ga t h 1 222a ] .
g a tr
u n ,
a . whose life is gone .
[ asu ] .
[ ]
1 49 [ g a rb h a
t i : 1 i of i ability + ad hi 1 attai n 2
g a , j -
go
. n g,
w ay a go n g, , .
go to ; ; .
ge t a t,
to go ; - 2 progr
. ess, eventus, issue, learn, stu dy, read c
f V i adhi .
3 '5
20 w ay of escape, r
. efuge, 62 ; anu go after, follow
, .
thr
ough dieren t bodies, metempsychosis ; a pi , go un to, j oi n, 91
6 .
V
[ gam, 1 1 67 : cf . av a , co me down .
g in g,
o powerto s, 1 .
go to, co me to ; co me
V gad (gada ti ; j ag sda i ; gadi syate ; g ad hi ther, -
2 re turn
. usu
all
y w pun a r,
. etc .
; gata : 1 . ar
+ u i, say . rived, co me 7 ,
9
; w .
}
in : grotan i gata,
g ada , m di sease
. . co me to hear, 28 so 27
1
arrived ( as
g an t a v y a , grdv . eun du m , used i mpers .
guest )
, 28 ; 7 2 . returned, 3 .
fumes .
pass w an en a, this on e w ill come hi ther;
. .
g an d h a rv a, m .
l . orig .
, perho
-
g ,
s the desid desire to re turn , 1 01
.
belongin g to I n dra s court ; as si ng one of . a p g
a a, o ach
appr .
these, a Gandharva . sa m -
u p av a, go to together .
g a b h i ra ,
la ter) gambhi ra,
( V . a. deep . sa m - a, assemb le ; mee t,
j m
agb ; V agan la ter. agamat ; u p a , go un to, appr oach .
m m t i. i s proceed from
r ni r
11
g a i sy ati, t e ; g ata ; g a n t n ; ga - v n 51 gata,
8 m
9 ? s m y i t
e ; isi am i sa ti , .
departed .
g amaya ti , te ) 1 go ,
m ov e
; g -o to , . .
p ra t i , co me back , return .
w .
prati pam , go wron g ; 2 .
go by, pass sa m mi d ,
. co me toge ther, meet ; uni te
of ti me, of come to enj oy ;
days, one s self wi th ; a nd so,
- 3 . co me un to, i s
. . arrive at, w . a cc .
,
3 7
,
ca us . asse mble ,
as tra ns .
84 ; reach, w loc ,
7
. . co me in to, w loc , . .
ga ma a goin g at en d qf cp ds
,
.
[ V g am ] ,
.
4 m h d bh ira
g e t at, .
go to a state or
g a b i rh ,
a ee p c
; f g a . . .
condition : w .
pa ca tv a m , go to di ssolu g a ru t ,
n . wi n g .
m
.
.
cei ve,
g art a ,
m .
( earth- cut, ) di tch .
[ y oun ger
form of k ar
[ Bd rm ( s Basgw, s 7 Fcpj so), go ; L at
Cf
'
th, q v ]
. . .
in Germani c as an sw erin g to the old gv, con cei vin g womb ; abdo gar bhi -d sk i
cf Ger be quem, Old Eng cwem
. .
-
e, con ve dace, in the eleven th year from ( the .
-
w omb, i M il
ni en t, t, pleasant : cf a h and Bdo x s, con ception 2 ( in
.
g oc a . s .
) ; . as
embr 2
e, 10
holders r
ing fru it, yo, sci on ; 2 r
t . . as n . the bein g
a n d so 4 . a n ew-
born child . V
[ gra bh, head of the house, the house kee pin g,
conci pere with garbha in mg 1 , cf . 89 17
.
[gr p ti
hh a
w omb, L ad 4
563,
beach: and 811114
y
s and g i r f in voca t i on, p ra ise , 7
.
- 1 .
me womb, i brother ; in mg 3, cf H 4
3 voice
[ gr
1
sa . s . . .
,
-
, 2 2
Bplcpos,
embry ,
o
an d En g ca l
f i n moon .
g i rl , m moun tain
.
,
ca l :
f in mg 4 cf Goth lcalbo ,
. .
, En g . 4 gu j g
b u v (
o in[
t 1
ens007 cau se to .
m oclai m
rb h t, in r only, pre g n an t soun d, pr [ f 6
7 3, Bah, cry ;
v a n c
g a a a ., . . 0
. .
g a rb h a -
s th a , a. bein g in the w omb, un g u a
n , m 1 . . a single thread of a cord;
born a str
i ng ; esp bow string ; 2 q uali ty;
.
-
. .
g arhi tum; -
garhy )
a . blame, reproach
hilo o hi3 l t h i l t rm
p s p ca ec n ca . e ,
as
m
.
,
river ow in g in to the sea ; Ger quellen , . i ty, vi rtue, 1 etc .
; excellence .
[ for
ow , sprin g, Q uelle, la
p y on mg s l and 4 , see nirg nna an d
g av a , equ iv . o f o
g ,
bull, co w , bee ve, in 18
cp ds . [ see l 209a .
] g u ns -
dev a , m Gunsdeva
.
, a pupil of
g av y ii t i, f .
pas ture-
lan d ; generalized, ter Gu nadhya .
[ li t . havin g vi rtue as his
ri tory, abi ding- place .
[ lit
havin g.food god, l 3o2 ] .
for
o 4z the y v a n t, vir
ca ttle , g + r
rti , see g o is g n na a. tu ous, excellent,
e u phoni c, cf .
[ 1 233 ]
V gi (j g
i i ti ; a at
g ) go ; come [ colla t . .
g n gi
u a li n , a. p sessing virtues, excel
os
rich in virtue i dhya ] ,
+ a bhi , go un to ; w .
cramam, become g u n a n v i t a , a en d ow ed w i th exce llen ce ; .
g at d, m .
1 . motion movemen t , , course ; g u n i n , a . virtuous, ex cellen t [ gm ]
.
- s r sup :
2 progress ; equiv
. . to the Eng .
o
faro i n V s u p (inspa ; o
s py eti ; a i .
w e l far or m , c fare,
(f g f ve rb
e ge t on,
-
.
om, i s
course, i . s .
) refuge, abi di ng place, -
one s self fr shun , dete st ; ppl . . .
[ 485 .
e m
1 1 61 j ng u pai ta, detected, in spiri ng a versi on ,
g i t ra n 1 ,( m ea n s .o f m ovin g i s ) a .
,
. . 69 [ prob . a secondar
y root, ori gina ting
limb of the body ; 2 by synecdoche the .
,
in the den om . verb-s te m gopaya : see this
body V
[ g.i m ov e
1 1 86 a ] ,
,
. and so-
pa ]
g ami n , a. goin g , goin g upon, going to .
g u rd ,
a .
1 . heavy ; a nd so - 2 g . .
( like
r
p g
e n a n cy of sacrices ) [
.
garbha , 1 208f ] . ed tr
honor a r lgoxi w, the teacheror Guru,
natal .
[g arbha ,
1 222 s Guru, in case of a Guru, [ cf.
g p
o a ti ] [ 1 52]
6 t i m l rd f k i 2 l d hold ) gr
h t ( l
kecesu, sei zed
'
g p a
-
, 1 o o n s ; o
.r . . on i a ea ,
V g opa y a .
( gopayati ,
-
te ) . be kee per, leadin g with hi m a lion , 2 take .
keep .
[ o
g p ,
a po ssessi on of , tak e , e
g ,t 3 .
g o -
p i m . 1 . cow-k eepe r 2 . receive, accept, 20 4 . of uids,
k eeper in general ( see go 4, ) prote o take in the l adle , 94 ; 1 -
6 . of n a mes , take
tor, [ p ]
2 i u pon the li ps, men ti on ,
6 .
V s e pi y e ( sepi y ti.
i -
te) be keeper; g .
, as in Eng , grasp, i s percei ve, know ; . . .
7 l
keep, 91 [ o
g p L . et
g , earn ; - oa us cause to lear n . .
ay a , 1 2
g o u . a. bovin e ; as n . . cow [ see un der gar bha : conn ecti on w Eng . .
dun g, 3
dun g i n general ( see g ipe,
r Ger grezfen, exceedi ngly doubtful
. . .
]
i i naduha, dung of a stee r, p a ri 1 hold bo th sides a nd so
go ) w .
, . on ;
[ see ma ya ] . 2 become masterof ;
. master overcome , ,
g o- ra k pa k a a . cattle-kee per,
cow -
herd . vi, 1 hold asun der; . separa te ; make
g o sa k
- h i [343a
] a h avin g cattle as co m a division ; 2a nd so
q u arre l ; ght
m
. . .
,
gi ni k a , f
n i, a -
'
m
. .
l222e 2 j .
gri s ayati ) 1 sw allow ; de vo u r, 1 01
. .
g i u t a ma,
m patronymic f rom Gota ma ; .
2 . of the demon Ri hu, w ho sw allow s,
1 208f .
] akin w 112 gr
,
.
co m pose ( a li terary
-
w ork ) .
[ formgs, cf .
g rah a na , n . the grasping, i . s . acqu s i i tion .
L at mponere mpose [l g h
'
. co -
, pu t toge t er, co
w sermo g ri b h a
also serer e conn ect entwine ,
a sain t g r as
,pin g, gr asp er ,
.
, , . . .
[ l
w gra b h ) .
g ra n t h a , nu l ( a st ri n g of w o rds i e
) g
. ra m s m 1
. i nhabi ted p lac e h am le t , . .
,
. .
, ,
ti on book w ork
, 4
[ g ran,th : for m g s c om m un i t
,y ,
.
g ra n th i n , a . subst. havin g books, booki sh, g ri v an , m . stone ; esp . stone for pressing
book reader -
.
[ grant-hat ] the Soma .
[ V su b ]
g ri h y a, grdo to be g rasped ; perce i vable . .
[ ]
d o
m
.
mgrab : o
g s ; j asri hmi sr ; g
a h ri v i , j : n ape of the n eck ; n eck .
[ for
.
ga' rvi cf . Aeolic ma, J epFa, Epic
gr
hi ta th m gr
h t i h w thr
'
i t
'
gr i tu v -
g y a . Se ), oat,
g ri gn a,
at. su mmer .
g h a r m a ,
n
a w arm th , hea t [ g r
V 2 h : cf. . . 37 46 7
; 77 so metimes af ter ea ch,
Ge m , for
sr -
m ind s L a t f oru ms very rarely af ter the rst o
f a ser ies
m
.
, ,
if h
s (shew i
-.
-
te ; i nsh ; shunt ; 21 z
) va rious irregula r combina tions
on
p g
a e 67 passi m; see also
m
. .
+ p ra t y - abhi
, ca us. sprinkle over re wi se
and sa ca , often at beg qf . cla use
y i , v
s pr in k le h
- ere a n d there .
( e
g
. . so - 3 . an yue ca ,
1 clari ed an d then
g r ,
h t a n. . butter, wi se ;
hardened, Anglo I ndia n ghee, much used -
4 . otiose, 6
6 . connectin
g things
ur
p p oses : c i
f j ya .
,
butter in a y ,
e t -
6 .
( e ven , concess ively, i . e
.
)
melted state - 2 bu tterorfat in genera l,
. though, 26 n
; 7 .
( ike Eng and
l . or an,
also as sy mbol of frui tfu lness and abun a nd I cela ndic en da, moreover, if
ii
dance . 4
[ g
1 br d ri p
1l 76a : formg
, of
, , . see ; cod 8 w . . interrogati ves, rendering
Eng . dripping,
fat whi ch falls in drops the m i nde, see kg ki m .
from meat in
[ L
cf re, d G h h an d
; a t.
que, an ; ot . .
-
g r
h t a - a u
p e , m . sacricial beast made an d Ger ch in ni h an d no-e h, the exact
.
- -
g r
h t a -
ec d t ,
a. ipping with ( ghee, i e
dr . .
) for03 8, of . a re and a i n row s and Doric
time ; Lat quis-que,
fatn ess . a o- n a,
'
at any .
any,
g h o ra -
ca k su s , a . havi ng an evil eye . ca k r , n. - 1 w heel;
. chariot-w heel, wagon
g h b a
s , m . noise . V h
[ g a]
u fr V ukror s ki,
.
roll,
cf . m ain , roll : w
.
V
[ gh i s hau : see 21 6 hweol, Eng wheel ]
'
an
m
. . . .
,
tl h ri (j ighrati j g
a hri u; g hri t ; - cak sya ) 1 r 2 l k u o n
g appe a ; oo p , . . .
see 676 an d 1 0
8g end ] .
ca ,
enc l . con j . and, also, re, que ;
1 a. is v i , appearfar an d wi de, shi ne .
f oun d, esp . in the older literature, w ith both sa m , look upon , consi der .
connected 97 l ha s ad beholding,
p a rts to be ( g e . .
; so k
c h sa ,
s l .
per p j . see
38 7
or only 2 l k
17 wi th look ; [ a]
8
, 1296 end ; . n. eye . ea
ca nc a l a , a. moving to and fro ; trembli ng . orat all, see esp . 1 k 2c, also katham,
[ 11 cal, . eduplication ,
w inte ns r . cf . kadi , a nd kim .
[ cf . L at g . u ms an d -cun
quer-
quer-
as , shakin g wi th fever Ji nn in ni hvas hun, not -
any
c a na k a , m chick pea
.
-
. moon ; the moon god [ forccandrh q v ] -
.
, . .
most despised class of society ( born of ( 383d 6 ) nom candr a mi s and so wi th, . -
,
i a- declension ( cf .
p ,
. n ,
.
,
. . .
o w er E n g f oa
,
m ] . c a n a s a m be a k e r ; c u p m a d e of w ood , .
, .
c a t u r a k sa a foure yed
-
[ see 1 3 00
, b ] . s q u ar e an d w- i t h ha n d le .
[ V ca n o f .
, .
,
c a t u rt h a j 2 i, a four th ; 4 m ad v the
,
- .
,
.
c a t u r v a rg a , m gr
- oup of four c a mp a k a v a n t
. a abo un di n g in Cham .
, .
c at u r v i d h a a of fourkinds ; fourfold
-
, paka trees ; a s f Champakavati name of
.
-
. .
,
i dh 30 2 a for [ 1 233 ]
[ v i 1 c ,
est .
4 a
'
of fou r a quater ni on
, [ oa th 1 78 : 1 2 6 a ] L c i k c a r i.
st a ; ca r is y a ti ; ea r l s ; ct r .
c at u s p a d dr d ll h l b di 2 lik E
- a q u a up e as n s c o e c e a v e n y o es ; ( e ng pr ocee d
L
,
1 78 :
- cf a t pr 6 cdere go on act ; as ppl
.
,
. .
-
, . .
[ 1 0 7 6b ] g
, o o n i e k eep on ( doin g a thing) , . .
,
11
c a t n a p a d a f 2J , a having ( taken ) four
-
,
96 - 3
( li
.k e E n g g o a bo u t i e ) un der . .
, . .
p a s ze w or . . n i v, as yea s 7
vra td m , cat i tmi cant , j i vati , not b eyon d also car ud, and the y oun gercollateral
the decree of the gods, ( not ) even if hun form cal, and un deroa cala : akin is also
e d li ved, does
dr -
one li ve, hence, the V kal ) .
f ee ling f or the nega tion in ca ns in such col anu , move along after, follow .
w i nterroga ti res,
. e mphasizing their i ndenite abhi , go again st, trespass ag ai nst ; esp
sense ; na ki mcana , not any thi n g even be unfai tt ( of a wife ) .
[ 1 55]
w ise ca us. make to kn ow , in struct . ci n ti -
p a ra, a . having sad thought as
[ ex tensi on of V 3 ci : the V cit shows an one s chief thin g, sun k in sad thoug ht .
in trans . aspect,
be n oti ceable or bright, [ 1 3o2b .
]
in k otu : cf . V ci nt .
] ci n ti i sa g h n a ,
v - a . destroying the poi
ra k now son of sor row
p . .
ci t, cb l k nowin g
. .
[ V ci t, 383m] ci n t i t o p a s th i t a , a . w hi ch approache d
ti l [ V 1 1 ] as soon as thou ght of [ li thoug ht of
ei , f . i
p e . 0 . t .
clear ,
i e lou d ; 3 v ar
.i e g at
.ed ,
1 08
. ci t k i ra ,
-
m . the sound ci t, i . s. the bray
va ried ; 4 as n a bright colored thin g, . .
-
in g of an as s .
[ ci t, ono mato poeti c ] .
c i t ri g ra v a s , a w hose pr
- ai se is lou d or V c u d ( co d a ti , to hoodi t
. codhyati , -
ci t ra -
s th a , a . being in a picture ;
pa i n ted .
p ra , ca us . drive on ; further; inspire .
ci d encl
pcl . . 1 . e mphasises , so metimes of a child s
head after the ce re mony of
very g entl
y, the p recedi n
g w ord even , ton sure .
j ust, a
y g ci d, w hat c ii di - k a rma n , n. cere mony of ton sure,
soever u n to 91 so
f ar m g s Cf pi sto ] all those , . n
w a n inter
. n, r endering it indef : ha g cid, n e ; crush ; sma sh [ irna,
c i .
p ro n r oot k a
.
, k i w palata li zation
.
p ra , loose n , un ti e .
1 1 1 1a ] . c t a n a ,
a . n oticing ; cotan i , f . consci ous
ei n t ( ci ntaya ti ,
- to ; ci ntay im i sa ne ss ; mind .
[ V ci t ] .
c ta s ,
n . con sciousness min d heart .
thought ; 2 . set
one s thou ghts upon , e b d , a dv beg of sentence, cla use,
. never at .
think upon or of, consider, turn one s at or ha lf verse if ; apodosis, if it f ollow s,
-
.
ten ti on to ; -
3 . call atten tion make to ; ma rked by tad tatas or not
+vi , re ect .
f m or s a shortened but complete cla use, an d if
sa m , thi nk to on e s self
. not, 27 7
.
[ ca + id, 1 1 33
]
z see ca 7 .
ci n f
ti , .
I . thou ght ; 2 . esp .
( like csti tum ; costitv it ) . move the limbs ;
p pcp ya
) , anx i ous or and thou ght ; sorro w be stir on e s self ; be active ; act .
3 plans, .
[ V ci n t ] . cos }
t ,f
s . acti vi ty ; performan ce .
[ n t]
V e
[ 1 57]
o o sti t a , ppl performed ; . as n . s.
[1 1 76 ]
a , Eng w ate rshed, .
-
tho di vide between tw o
deeds [ V cost ]
.
[ V en d .
] he cu t 06 , fall, be lacking .
m;
. .
,
V cy u ( cyi vati , -
to cu cyuv ;
'
M o [ V chi d .
]
cyosyato ; cyuta; cyhvi tu m; cyi v ayati ) . ch u c c h n n d a ri , m musk rat
.
-
.
1 . , move
be stir one s self ; 2 go 0 6 ,
. ch od a , m . cut ; cu ttin g off ; failure, dearth
disappear; 3 come to n ought, 68 ; 12
.
[ V chi d .
]
4 fall ( from,
.
6 se t a e in ,
g g .
i mpelled om ;
are l -
trc sva and Bopu o o dos
, j h ,
-
'
, , vbl . bor
n; born fr occasioned or
p ra ,
ca us . move or le ad on ward. of j ii, the older for
. m,
j hg a t [460d ] , movable ; as n all that
a . .
m
,
p ra ,
cover clothe on e s
'
self wi th j a ng a n a, a . movable ; as subst . all that
moves , equ iv. to the a ncient
j gat . V
[ g ,
ai n
chandhyati [m g c h a n d a y i m i sa ; k n e e t o a n k le ; s h i n [ p r o b fr V l h i ,
. . .
chan di t h ) 1 ap pe a r s e e m.
; 2 s e e m . m ov e
1 1 4 8 4, cf 1 0 0 2 b ] -
.
,
.
,
. .
g o o d to p lease 3 , ( p le as e a p er so n j a t a , j : m a.t te d h a ir ; ta n g l e d lo c k s , .
child ]
m
, ,
V l c h ad ] .
1 t r a nsi ti ve
j a n h y a t i a nd a cti ve or
f m s .
,
ch i g a m goat , [ fo r s sk i
.
g a : c f G e r . b e g e t ; b r i n g fo rt h ; g e n e r a te o r p r o d u ce ; .
manic slcpo for saq a Ger Schaj ; AS 2 intra ns itive i a ta a nd mi ddle orms
j y f
'
. . .
, ,
m
ch i d v i t i y a a havin g one s shadow
-
j i, ta , see s v
.
[ c f y ye o v s b o
L 7 6 . . . - -
,
,
7
-d
chi ya ; chi d y ato) 1 cu t 0 6 ; hew mg cf kn lina w kula 2 : cf also j am
. .
,
. . .
a xlfss V
'
di vide [ cf . a xtb s p li t ;
. L a t + a b h ,i p s be born un to be destined
a s ,
.
, .
,
p r a mid be born ; ca us pr
,oc rea te j a s ra , a d in
y g . ou t . .
[ Vj aa ] . .
ing arisen .
j i : cf j h later form. o f i
j ] ,
( e.
g . a nd collecti vely in sing .
( e
g
. .
j i t d ppl born ; grown ; co me into being
, .
,
di ivya j ana , hea venly race , the gods . manifest ; produced aroused ; as n a li v ,
.
[ j
V an cf y i vo s, L a t gen us ,
En g ki n . . . in g bein g ; birth . V
[ j an , 966b .
]
Ja t a -
k a rma n , n . birth cere mony -
.
j ana -
p u d d , m ( tribe place i s ) district ; j i t a
.
-
,
. .
-
rnp a , a. havi ng n ati ve beauty ;
mmun i ty
co . splen di d ; -
h
p , n .
gold .
j an i [343C
] f ,
. w oman ; wife . V
[ j a n : cf .
j a ta - v i cv i sa ,
a . ha vi ng arisen con
w oman mg
yw Eng , .
quee n ,
: for , of deu ce, in spired w i th con den ce.
Ja t A- v
od a s , m . Ji tavedas , epi thet of
j an l t ra , n . origin .
[ j
V a n , 1 1 86d .
] Agni .
[ perha s
p , havi ng kn o wledge of
j a n i t v h ,
n . wifehood .
[j an i .
] a ll be in gs, i e . . of g ods and men ,
or, be tter,
j A n i m a n , n .
production, creati on . V
[ j ,
an
havin g all bein gs or thi n gs as hi s pos
1 1 68 2a . .
]
j an if ,
. sa me a s j a ni .
Jat a -
sa mk a lpa , a. havi n g a ur
p p o se or
ti on .
Ja t i n a ran , a. havin g an ger aroused,
j a n -t ti ; m ] . cr
e atu re ; man . V
[ j an . vex ed [ an al.
[ j
V an ] . lled w i th self-con te mpt .
[ ami na ]
a v
j p
a ith j p
a ta ; a
j p i tu m ; j p
,a it v i j p it )
a tv ,
1 1 67
say inmutter un de r-
ton e ; .
Ja t i m at ra ,
-
n . mere rank .
[ see mi tri 2,
j a m a d a g n i m Ja m ad ag
- n i ,
.
,
a Rishi, an d 1 302c
tha [j am a n t
. u ncle ar: see , [ j
V an , 1 1 1 1 d : de ve lopmen t of mg un clean ]
j am b u k a m j a c k a l ,
. .
Ja t o rsy a , a havin g j ealousy aro used .
,
j a r a a g r o
, w i n g o ld . a g i n g [e ] j e a lo u s i r
[ y ] s i ,
. . . u
j a r d d a s t i a - lo n g li v e d [j a r nu t see
, j i n n . n k n ee [ cf -
7 6 W L a t g.e nu E n g , , . . .
,
.
,
.
j a r a d g a v a m - O l d b u l l n am e o f a v ul J i m
, a d a g y
. n a a o f -
J a m a d a g,n i ; a s subst , . .
tur e [j a r a n
. t ] d e s cen dan t of J
.
U am da g n i .
,
j a r a d d i s a 171
-
o l d s l a ve o r se rv an t J,a y i f w if
. e V
[ j a n z f o r m g o f j ani ] .
, . .
,
. .
[j a u n t ] j a r a m p a r a m o u r ,
. .
j a r n u t pp l a i
g g n ; o l d [e z c f
y p o r r a j i l a n n e t
m
. - .
. . .
, , ,
o ld V I i i Udyati te ; j isi ys m -
m
. .
j a r a s j : th e g r,o w i n g o l d ; old a g e [e 4 1a e st a ; j y y
a i s t i t e j r
u isti
- 4 0 ; .
. .
-
.
cf pa s . old ,
j i td ; j e ta n ; J i tv i ; j y )
i t a ov e rp o w e r ; -
.
j a r i t f m i n v o
'
k e
,
r ; si n g e r . c o n q u e r ; w i n ( b a tt les ) ; w i n b y . c o n q u e s t .
j l h n w ate r [ V L ] [ f l f r d f r L
a , s .ee g a . c B a o c e B i e t o o c e ; a t r i r .
, , , .
,
j a l a d h a r -
a m r a in c lo u d [ li t w ate r ,
. vis
g .f o rc e
: c f i -
i ] . .
,
. .
j a li c y
a a , m . w ater-abode ; lak e .
[ i ga y] a .
p a ri , pa ss. be conqu ered .
j ati ] [ 1 60]
iti es) oa u . make any one kn ow or un j h a l la , m . a cu dgel-ghtin g athlete
( do .
ders tan d ; make a represen ta tion to, with scen ded from outcas t Kshatriyas ) .
near .
VI j y i or n ;31 i or . .
. .
aj yi si t ; j yi sy -i ; j ita) Ed a over . , f
o ya, which usua lly precedes
i
2 2 5
32 W
r [ f jy w r d V l i
j, but as.
p o w e c . 1 , po e , a n .
, ,
( com p o f jyi b
.e in g s tron g or superi or
,
,
tbhyo n as bri hi , to us, who ar
e
ldyu t ]
w .
si milarly , w . a verb in the l et or 2d para ,
76 " 83 1 3
rst ; oldest [ sup e rl of jy i , the v bl o f
. .
, . at . other
i i , se e j y yi fm]
i pron ouns : tasya sta sya , of thi s,
j e
y s th a p ra th a ma , -
a. havin g the old yat tad tad, w hat ( w as ) tha t that,
est as the rst . 57 ; ya 7
ta, whoever, anybody, ya
j ti s k tt , light making [j yoti s ta ta, whoever that, q] :
'
y o -
a. -
.
ya
4 a ttenuated i n
. my ( like the Greek 6) to a
[j yoti s z 1 84b .
] eu bhi mas, Bhi ma, 1 [ w . a , li , tad,
j y ot i s , a . light ( of sun , dawn , as
pl . cf 6, .7 6, Goth so , . so, bata , AS . se, se6,
j y ot s n i ,
moon light [j yoti s zcf . . is tud, -
j ri y a s n st re t
c h ; ex p nse
a [e i ] VI t a k s ( tk sati ; tattksa, ta taks ; aka
m
. .
,
V j ri (j rayati ) perhaps go .
, , stride used i t ; ta ; hew ; w ork ( wood ) ;
onl
y w u p ,
a. stretch out to . mak e of wood orothermaterial) fashion .
V j v al (j valati, -
to j j al
a v
a aj vi li t [ cf k s an and
. f lier o r ca r
p enter
; - -
,
, .
-
ivana, n . hi s subsis te nce . .
daylim
p ra ,
ca us . kin dle . l t a d ( ti dayati ;
w ti i sa ; ti diti
4343s ) beat '
. .
+ p a ri , stri ke ; pelt .
j h a t i ti-
,
a dv w i th . a h
j t,
a as qui ck as one ba t h , m father
. .
[ cf . f ern s, L at . tata ,
could sa y
b oo .
h
U t,
a ono matopoe tic
papa
: En g . da d, though milar of si
see 1 1 02a
mid ] . make, has of course no di rect conn ection ) .
tadv at] [ 1 62]
ta d - va t, a dv . in this way, so ; lik ewise . t h n tu , in . ead,
thr metaphorically , of
ta d -
v id, a . knowin g that ; as m . connois [ v1 ta n ] .
tatv i ; tatya ; ta a t 1 t d r i t d l t d
y a - a n a , a w e ari e , on
y w a [ a n . . .
ci rdvv m stretch
; Lat len re, hold,
1 be warm ; burn , intra ns ; 2 heat
[ . u, . .
; . .
ten ders,
stretch
; AS le
v n ia n, Ge r d
.ehnen ,
. make g low i ng ; b urn ,
tra ns .
3 .
g ( like.
stretch : . . . en h et ;
a, e ad
spr o ver; o versprea d ( esp . w ith suffer volunta r i ly, cas tigate on e s self, do
light), beshine stretch ( a bow ) .
pe n an ce .
[ cf . La t tepre AS bea n, .
, .
be
+ p a ri , stre tch aroun d ; surround ; en
velope . u p a ,
heat ; become sick ; sick e n, used
v i, stretch ou t ; ead
spr ou t, cover; i mpers , w . . a ce .
f
o the
person , 1 01
En g Thurs day.
day sacred to the Old -
[ 1 233 a ] ,
.
t a n d , f: o
a. . a a
ow n person , self,
used like i tma n [51 4] a s the eye ; be come pow erless, deaden ed,
re ex ive pron .
, 73 78 ou tw ard form stupeed, n umb, or in acti ve [ orig mg, . .
out thin
, tan : , cf . n ew ,
exten ded,
darkn ess,
L at tenebra e, . ste msra e , dark
Old Hi gh Ger dinsta r, dark ; Old
long , in epds L at ten nis, Eng thin, Ger
. . . ness, .
ta n u -
ma d h y a , a ha ving a slen der mi d . t h ma s , n 1 darkness ; 2 spiritual . . .
uprig ht rd hv a ) ; 3 .
[ orig . mg ,
bear, i . e . hold up
: in the cog
as a dv across. .
[ ti ra s orti t , w aii c,
. 409d n ate s, the mg
bear, i . s . en dure appears
t i l a, m .
1 . the sesa me plan t, Se samum En g . thole,
en dure
; Ger Ge d ul d, .
- -
en
in dicum ;
- 2 its
. see d, whi ch is eaten , duran ce ; also L e an v, bo re, AurAd s, -
- -
furnishes good oi l
an d . mu ch endurin g ; L at ldtus, atl tus ,
.
-
ti e r, fe
m to tri, see 4820 . .
t i ra , n . shor
pelac e of t u l i , f balan ce ; w eight ; equa lity [ v
or bank i ta l .
[ p
pro .
. .
cr ossi ng or goin g in to the w ater, i th ]
w cf Anglo In di an tola , abo ut 1 80 gr ain s .
-
r be s tr [ orig swell, r w t u l ya , keepin g the balan ce wi th ;
pow e ; ong g o : a eq ua l
m1 21 2d 4
. . .
lump,
cf 6 sw elli n g, Corcyraean to ; lik e
. 7 .
[ tu e nd .
]
rii-p o -
s, mou nd
; AS pom .
, the bi g tu ly i k rti , a. havin g lik e appearance ;
En g . thumb further, tum t a, -
alik e .
[ ah ti ] -
fat, strong
; L at . tum-ulus, mo und ,
tu v i , a . in cpds . mighty ; much ; many .
tum-ar, Bt 5
u, 1 1 5 ]
t a, pcl . never a t beg qf. sen tence .
- 1 . w . t u v i b ad h a,
-
a . distressing many ( ene ~
other,
so tu,
tu , na tv V t u t ( td m
ti . 40 : tutti ; tut ti ; tbs
ov a tu, but by no means , ki tum ; tusya ; tosAyati ) become qui et ;
-
.
equiv . to ca, 58 ; q en as 1
a mere caplet sa m , ca us . sa tis fy .
e
g
. . t u sti , j : sa tis faction .
[ Utua]
t u , pron root of 2nd pers see tvad . . t ush i n , a dv . si le ntly, in si lence . [p rob .
t d c , j : progeny [ cf tok a ] . . . fr . an obso lete a tsna, si len t, Vi tus,
L at tundo, tu tud i,
.
- -
strike, struck
; Goth .
[794 e ; ati r
] i t ; tari syati , te ; ti a ; tar -
m
sta uta n, Ge r . stossen , tum ; ti rtvi ; -tirya ; tarayati ) 1 cross . .
over ( a w ater h k 2 r
, i pick astr
t ike at, .
, t e s y) ; ge t ac o ss or .
m 4 lermmus ,
r(
'
d l [ cf boundary
[ idi f r f V t 2 2 ) li d L at
sub s ary o o an a e . repp avv, .
w V tv ar ]
. . see titre. and tires : fortreatment of ro ot
l t u rd , a .
1 . sw ift, esp . of horses ; um, - v ow el, see 242 ]
as a d v . sw if tly , in turaxhga ; 2 qui ck,. av a, descen d, esp . from heaven to
ready, wi lli ng, 78 [ l tun ] earth ; come down esp of divi ne bein gs ,
.
2 t u rd , a strong, . mighty , [ i
w tu ,
w ho beco me i ncarn ate as men ; alight ; be
tak e one s se lf to ; ca us . tak e down or o .
487 vi , cr
o ss through ; traverse .
trti y a , a. third .
[ fr tri, throu g tri ta ,
.h
243, 487 cf . rpl ros, - L at . ter-tius, Eng . ayati ) wi thdraw from; lea ve in the
.
I .
ow . if
( e)
l .
[ cf. a o nt,
shrink back from in
V l tr t
p ( tpyati , tat rpa ; i ti p -
aw e,
at ; trapsyati ; iapta; ttpya ; tar pay ati ) ri leave to fate ( j ackal
+ p );
'
- a , on e s a
become
be sa ti sed ; con ten t ; - ca us . sat ab an don ; leave ( on e s party ) ; r
e li nquis h
V 2 t rp , steal, g i d
not a ctually
n vbl t
y j v bl aba ndon in g ,
w tan ii occurrin . . V
[ tyaj ] .
by the Avesta n V tr
13
a nd f, steal t ra y a, a triple, threefold, 57 ; a s n tria d,
m
. . .
V t n ( ttsyati ; b u ; i ti sat ; tr
-
a .
tri ple t,
rptds
[ tri,
489
J m '
. .
tr [ r t ra s ad a s y u , m h
'
as h ] : thirst . V t a] .
-
asadasyu, a ge nerou s
t tsni , j 2 thirst [ r
V t s,
1 1 77 a] . .
pri n ce ,
the favori te o f th e gods,
a n d de
t j a s, n 1 shar n ess, ed e ; - 2 ti of
.
p g.
p . scended fr om P ur uk uts a .
[ perhaps for
ame or ray ; g leamin g splen dor ,
re ; traaad-dasya , arig htin g the evi l being s,
3 splen dor, i
( . . e .
) beauty of person 8 ff ,
1
.
, see 1 309 "
V tram]
4 ( like E ng re
. .
,
i s ) en ergy vigor, pow er; V t ri
. .
, ( tri ti tri te , tri yate [76 1 c];
5 moral ormagic pow er 1 1
.
, in uen ce , tatr ; atri s ta ; tri syats ; tri ta ; tra
di gni ty maj esty , , V
[ jti : oh tum ; tri tv i ) p rot ec t ; rescu e ; re sc u e .
t en a a dv i n that w ay 47 ; so ;
,
1 1 .
, therefore, (
ge t through or a cross w . a caus . mg ,
18 7
, etc .
; ya tas or
y a d or y ena tsn a,
bring through oracr
o ss
ti on an d mg is rei ]
n t ri sa da sy a v a m descen dan t of Trasa
,
.
ti i ld , n . sesa me oil .
[ i] ;
t 1 208f end
l .
] dasyu, 87 [ trasM asym
t o k a, n . creation, r
p geny
o .
[ cf . V tak s an d t ri [482C] , nu m three . .
[ cf. rpei s, f
pla, L at .
an d . .
t o ra na , n . arched portal ; arch .
passa e
g , t ri nqat f . thi rty .
[ cf. tri .
]
V tur, subsidi ary form of V tr
,
cross, t ri k a d ru k a , 111 .
pl .
perh p
a s designa tion
t y a [499a ], pron that ; that well kn own ( like .
-
f
o certa in Soma - vessels, three i n n umber .
La t ills )
. .
[ cf . tri an d kadr ] .
ty a k ta -
j i v i ta , a . havi ng life set asi de t ri k al a ,
-
n . the three ti mes, presen t, past,
riski ng one s
life, brave . and fu ture .
( ki ln, mm :
'
tri k laj ii a]
t ri k al a -
j ii a , a . kn owi ng presen t; past, tv a d so-ealled ste m [494] of 2d pen
an d fu ture ; o mni scien t .
pron tho u ; . see tvat .
[ w the re al
. root tn,
t ri d a ga [declined like k
-
, m 111 .
p l . cf . Doric 7 6, Lat ti .
, AS 517, Eng . . thou,
roun d nu mbe rs for the 33 deiti es 1 2 Adi t V t v a r (t rate ; tatv arb tiit ua [c 957b ],
as 8V asus, 1 1 Rudras, 2 Acvin s ), i e the tvarita ; tvarayati ) hasten tv arita ,
y , . . .
gods .
[tri daga , 4770 : cf . trinqat ] havin g hastened, in haste .
[ see VV tur, ti n
]
t ri d a g o qv a ra , m pl lords of the gods, t v a ri , f haste [ V tv ar ] . . . . .
run a, an d Yama
'
[q
i v aran
] 2 h vashtar, th e ar ti.cer of the gods .
t ri d h i t a ,
- havi ng three parts , tri par a .
-
Sarany [ V tv a ks,
j : -
i, a ta en t e e
m
- . . .
steps .
[ tu -
J
t ri ri t ra,
- n . space of three nights, tri
n octiu m .
[ ri trh 1 31 5b, 1 31 2 cf . the d a, gi vi vbl
n g, i n cpds. .
[ V 1 d i , 333,
Eng . usage in sen n ight, -
f ort- ni
h
g ]t . V d a ng or dag ( dagati dudanga ;
i dy i sci ence s, i e V edas
t ri - v
,_
the three . . .
[ 1 31 2 bite .
[ cf . 84am ,
bi te Goth . tah
j an,
[ v i dhi ,
1 3020 5 : acct, 1 300c .
] d a nga , m gad y [ V debug ] .
-
.
t ri -
v i
'
t, a . threefold, tri partite -
. turn d anstra , 111 large tooth ; tusk ; . fang .
V e das .
ya te ) a ct su i t ; m i d be s hle or d e xt e rous
. . . . .
t ri s , a dv thrice . .
[ se e tri : cf . rpls,
'
L at ter, d ak aa , a able, dex te r
. o us, str ong ; as m . .
s te rs ,
thrice
: En g thrice is . a gen form ,
a.bili ty , facu lty, s tren gt h , pow e r; esp p
s ir .
t rai v s d i k a , a. relati n g to the three right, and dakai na J
V edas .
[ tri v eda ,
1 222e 2 ] . d t k si na , a 1 clever, able ; a nd so . .
u
festa ti on s . of the hand, ha sta, e g 1 02 ; so pi ni, . .
t v aj j i -
paramour [tv ad,
ra , m thy . . dak si ni sc . o
g , the able , i . e. frui tful cow ,
in gen relation ] . . beads, L at derter, .
clever,
right ; Go th .
da ya] [ 1 68]
d a yi j ,
m : sympathy ;
p assi on [ V th yJ co . -
.
d a y av a n t a compassiona te
'
d d
[ y ]
a i ,
. . be pa in e or tortured ; 3 dagdha , see .
d a ra , m . cleft, hole .
[ dr]
V 1 . Eng day, Old Hi gh Ger ta lc,
. .
poor; as as .
poor man .
[ fr i n ten s . . of vi , inj ure by burni n g,
V l dra,
run abou t,
1 14
7b : for mg, cf . sa m consume ,
.
En g . tramp, in i ts Amer
i can sense of l di ( dadi ti dadati [668] , dadi ti, dad
v agran t adi t, adi ta di syati , te ; da tta -
mdi
,
comi n g vi sible ; the n e w moon ; the day n oun ce a curse ; sfmbhi gya i
( g e,
v
d a rga k a a 1 seein g 2 , (f r ca us ) .
- . . . sell, w .i nstr o fp r ice,
. nttara mdi
sho w i n g maki n g cle ar [ r
d
, g] . . make an sw er;
gri d dh a mdi pe rfor m a
p e a ran ce , [ r
V d g] . so
) gra n t,
a dmi t ; ppl an a tta
[1 087e ], ad .
d a rga p rna - -
mi s a, dual m . n ew an d mitted .
d ag; nu m . ten .
[ cf . Gi na, L at decem, . u pa v
i , receive, appropriate .
Go th ta ihun, En g ten, Ge r
. . . zehn , te n ;
p a ri , de li ve ro v er; co mmi t ; en trus t.
En g teen i n sir teen, etc ]
.
- -
.
p+ra , g i ve ; gr an t ; i m part ( scie nc es );
d a ga m a f ,
.
-
i ,
a . te n th ; dagami , se . ti thi , l
pp j p
: rat t i [1 08
.7 e ], g i ven i n m arr i a g ,
e
. . . di yate ) . bind .
[ cf . Bi o , my
di
also bt u , , vbl
giving, i n cpds [ V 1 d i.
] .
i
s ;t dh a k sy ti : dag dha ; dagdhum ; 1 1 50: cf Lat donum, . .
[ 1 69]
di na - d h a rma , m the . virtuous practice ety mology as aura om
fr asura.
of al ms givin g - .
1 d i n u , f Di nu , . na me of a demon , 1 14
7b J .
2 d i ma n a bond
[ V 3 di 1 1,
68 ] . di shi n e w shif ted acct
] .
,
,
. .
of three days .
1 di ya, a. giving .
[ V l di ] V di v : there is no verba l root di v in Sa nskrit
2 d i y a, m portion inheritance
.
,
.
[ V 2 di z f:
c noun div a nd VV l a nd 2 di v or ( i ii .
cf . Ba ts,
portion, di v [361d], m .
- 1 . sky, heaven, g e . . 7
2
di yak a , a gi ving
. .
[ 1 di ya ] Heaven, personied a s e
g Fa ther, . .
d i ri d ry a , n. poverty .
[ da ri dra .
] Dawn, dau ghter of the sky or of Heaven ,
[ see the equi v . dt d an d tam : cf . 86 m , tha t di v is someti mes fem in V eda , so 92 "
,
.
v
w ood, beam,
shaft
tree, oak ; RV . x .
Goth tri o, w ood, tree ; Eng tree, wood
.
.
[w .
gen . di v 65 , -
cf . the geni ti ves A 163,
mg ) ,
a woo den bar
( i n whi e Times de g, Eng Tues day : Ti w corre .
-
servant of a od
g , 69 n
.
[ w . dndga, cf . dyi da, cf 2 4563, s Aj m is : w voc dyi ng .
mm
. .
perfect i n di ca ti ve wi thou t themati c vow el, Father w . ddhi tar di v as, cf . ah a -rep
correspondin g M to i cam -
but both Ai ds, M p or
AMva, Oedi pus Rex 1 59 : cf .
Greek forms became conn ecte d in the also 8703, heavenly L at . no m D iovi s
.
-
,
p p
o ular min d wi th sna p ,
god heaven , J Jv em, Jove ; sub dio,
of
-
V d i s ( only w ith abhi, abhi di sati ) be ar un der the sky ; En g Tewes Icy,
.
Ti w s
.
-
ill will to ; tr
-
y to harm [ cf V das , das a
y 8 . . lea, p la
ce ian Surr ey) .
acte r a mer
ni te char e pen dan t to adi ti as , [ cf Gelx rvj u ,
.
sh ow ; L at d i co ,
show ,
.
also AS i dh te, .
-
wh-te, Eng . ta ught, show e d, -a m as adv ,
co mp dri ghi yi nl , . superl.
in structe d ; AS ti on, En g . . token .
] dri ghistha [ V dri gh : cf Boni xds, . .
v y
-
apa , make a false show of . cat .
+ 5, po i n t out to, i
g ev a directi on to, d i rg h a ri - va , m Long yell
.
-
or-Far-
howl,
di rect .
na me of a j ack al .
( The ir ho w lin g is both
sa m - i , poin t ou t to, direct ; co m long continued -
an d farreachin g -
.
)
mand . d i rg h a v a rna , 1a - . a long vowel .
S, . W .
,
an d NE .
, SE , SW ,. . 57 di d, see 765 an d
1
V d
[ i g,
to moan bemoan ; ca us the so me p a ri , , . .
.
.
,
s a m pa ss ( be plaster ed together he
,
.
,
,
. .
- . .
p a ce ; an ge r .
desid of V da k s,
make one s
self sui table dur -
j ana, m evi l pe rso n ; scoundrel
m lty
. . .
or ready
: 1 08g .
] dur d i - n ta , a . o verco me w i th di cu
i n sn di ti [ V R
C 1-1 57 . . a lion .
didi v i , a . shinin g . V
[ ,di dur -
n i v ara , a w hose . wardin g-O E is hard ;
'
at dna i d u rh u d d h i , m
'
go ld coin .
[ borrow ed fr L r us, . . a a. of ( bad,
i s . .
) all s wi t ;
silv er coin w orth ten asses ] foolish .
by l aq,
q w da d h ga , cf tev
.a , . .
m so used of a li on oreven of a
j ackal
saw
: cf Goth ga -tar
. h-j a n, mak e a show .
( 36 a
) f
; q u een [perhap
.s fr the n oun . .
div ( l 2o9i ) z cf Lat deus, god : the al
. .
p ra t i , pa ss appear over against . one leged root di v , shine, has no existence .
]
or befor
e one s eyes . d s v t - k ama , having lo ve forthe gods
a. .
show one s
self, appear, pre te n d to be ( g
e a bstrac t . . and as concrete dev ata, instr, .
dyes, as 1 a 7 a , o behol ng ; -
. . o
g s .
forbeholding .
[ do .
] d e v a - p n a , a serving the gods for .
d re ad , j
! sto n e ; esp ne th e rm ill ston e d e v a -
y i n a ,
n p ath o f t h .e g od s , on w hich - . .
drsta, ppl qf V dr c , q v d e v
. a ra , m hu sb a n d s b ro ther . . .
.
m
d e v a raj i , m kin g of the gods, i s I ndra - . . . .
3 glan ce look ; 4 vi ew
.
[ V drg cf d e v a l i ,g a , n go d c harac t eri sti c, mark . . . -
.
-
Mp5 ,
sen se of by w hi ch a god may be di stinguished from
V drh ( dfnhati , te [m g 1 c
f :'
df h y a ti -
, ,
dr h
d [a 1 1 76a
] rm ; 2 be r m 3 d e v a a a,m n i d h i m pre se n ce o f th e g o ds - .
-
.
-
,
. .
L at fortis. . [ a c ct l 274 ] , .
dr lh d sa me a s dr dh
, V dr h W hi tn ey 5 4 d e v i see d ev i , , .
, .
d e v a f devi ,
1 a heaven ly 74
.
m 13
town, . .
, , .
( point, i s ) place, 41
m
A
3
a class all the separate gods , efZ ll sai n ts,
-
( 1 0 95 , . 1 . . .
1"
a nd see v i vd ev a
c ); 20 devi, . The God -
2 country, 24 see 98
.
5 3 place ,
- .
,
dess, i
wi fe , D urgi ; 2d deva, l i E i r r l
. s .
i a s .
- r
p g
e na nt y, as n n
g ,
e p p
o e p ace , . .
a t en d
of B ra hm a n na mes ,
h avi n g as od
g , -
22 ; 4 as in E ng , place or region of
5
. .
si mila rly ,
4 m kin g
. . , d e g a b h i sa ,
-
f . di alect of the coun tr
y .
[ 1 73] [ d ru gd h a
d y u ti , j : sheen, 197
; lustre ; digni ty .
m
. .
, ,
d ai ty a , m descendant . of Di ti, q v . .
; a [ a
Daitya or demon d
[ ti,
i . d y ii t a, n .
g a mbling .
[ V 1 di v , 1 1 76a
] .
ment ,
ie . . fate, 1 8 etc .
[ e (1 l 2o8f .
] thi ng, obj ect ; - 3 esp worthy obj ect . . .
d i i v a ta ,
a .
pe r
ta ini ng to a di vini ty ; as n .
. adri si t ; intens .
1 208e .
] run abou t, run hi ther an d thi ther .
[ cf .
d ai v a t y a , at end o
f c
pds, having as 81 bpd
- -
o xw,
run see V dru ] .
di vinity, addressed to 63 5
[ dev ata . a p ,
a run o. [ cf . bro aparai , -
run
ui , g o to slee p ; sl eep .
d ola , m j .
, a do o ly V d r
sw in ging
i g h , on ly i n d;er i vs d ra g : deli
,
d r aw ; draw a .
A
( gn lo I ndi a n term )-
, a li ttle b am b o o c ha i r o u t ; ex te n d ; le n gth en [ po ss f or .dhra h
g . .
mind [ V doli ya ]
. V d ru ( dri vati , .
-
te dudriiv a, dudruv
i d o sa , m 1 faul t, defect ; bad con . adudruv at . drosyati ; druta; dro .
diti on, 2 . sin , tran sgression, faul t, tum ; drutvi ; -drti tya ) hasten ; run ; .
65 11
dosam avi p, incur a run away, ee, 94 7
[ iden t w V dram , . . .
V
[ dua] a, run unto, make an attack , charge,
2 d o gs ,
m . evening, dark ; f . dost, eveni ng,
dark . u pa ,
run unto .
d o si - v a st r, m illumin er of
. the dark sa m -
u pa , run un to, rush at,
V d r u m i y (
a drum i yate ) pa ss fora tree b o rn , i s a Bra hm an [ dv ij a u ttama ] . . . . . .
[ druma, 1 058,
l ob9b .
] d v i t a,
a. second . d
[ i
v .
]
V d ru h ( drtihyati ; M ruhat ; d v i t is , a dv j ust so ; so also ; equally
dudrbha ; . .
y )
a h urt. b
( y decei t,
w ile,
magi c ) ; s trive d v i d h i , ad v i n tw o pa rts i n t w ai n [ l .
, .
to
abhi , oe nd agai nst. d v i pada ,
-
j : - i, a. having ( ta ken ) tw o
dv i [482b ] ,
nu m . two .
[ ci . 860, Lat duo, . steps .
En g tw0 ] . . d v i p ra v raj i n , j : mi , 0 in
-
.
j : goin g
dv a m dv a, n. pa ir; q uarel
r .
[ dv axh d vam - aftertwo ( men ), u n chaste , 98
dvayi ,
a. twofold ; of tw o sorts ; as a. hatred ; be hosti le .
[ cf . 8 860 - 0 7 0,
be
couple , pair .
[ dva : cf . 80163, ca me wroth, w pr
o the ti c
.
d v i n, a dv. tw ice .
[ see dvi, dv a : cf . 8is,
d v a d a ct , f .
- i, ordina l. tw elfth dvi L at bis, sdvis,
.
tw ice the radi cally cog
half month, [ dv i d ,
487 .
m dv i pt , m . islan d .
ni ghts [ dv itda c
a + ra
.tri , 1 31 5b ,
1 312 M
] . dv i p i n , a . ha ving islan ds or island like -
d v ad a ca a a h a s ra , ca rdinal, n twelve
- . spots ; as m le0pard ;
. ti ger .
d v ad a ca s i h a s ra ( 1 con sistin g of twelve d v e d h it , a dv in tw o, i n two kin ds
, .
[ for . .
thousan d [ d v i d a ga - saha sr a
.
, 1 20 4 c ] odv a adhi , fr dv a a , 1 10
y y 4 . .
r
e , fr V dvr f dh f d hatred
ur ,
c lose ,. or s v : c v s a s , n concr ete, hater, foe . . .
door ] .
d v i ra , n . door .
[ dvi r, q . v . . dha , vbl . be stowi ng, granting, in vasu-dha .
d v i , form o
f d va i n composition a nd deri va~ V d h a n ( da dhh ) . set in motion .
[ of
tion .
dv i -
j i ,
a . twi ce-born ; as is . member of d h an a , n .
1 . the i
r
p ez of the contes t
one of the three u pper castes, re born by n ot on l the re ward put u p for the vi ctor
y
-
.
62 ; in 7
a na rrower sense , a Brah V edic ; so to. Vj i, win booty by conquest,
man 21 ,
14
,
then , 2 in enera l wealth, r
g . i ches, ,
d v i j an m a n property , money
havin g double birth ; [t put : cf at ,
i
-
, a . as . .
a
s . so me as dvij a ; man of one of the three
thin g put up as a ize , an d for the mg
pr
ou t, make, bui ld ; pr
do ; Sla vic d lo, dced : observe that -
epare, 5 . ac
eri
-
,
become,
is to c-ere, m
ak e, as -
complish, make, do ( i n a
great
in V
( j )
a ,
o
g ,
is to j a -c-e re,
make to variety p li ca ti ons qf
) ; vadha vi dhi ,
ap m
go, do slaughter, slay, 32 piij i vi dhi , do m
+ a n ta r, - 1 .
pu t i or
into the in ter of or show hon or 28
pr a vr tti v i dhi , , m
a thing ; a nd so 2 . hide , con cea l. make an ad vance in to w loc . .
, ex pose one s
i ts li d ); apihi ta , closed up .
[ cf . in f low , e xpedi en t, ki mvidh eya m , w hat s to
pu t be done, tathi v i dhi yati m so , let
abhi , pu t on ; put a n a me upon, desig it be done, ya thi tan mayi vi
nate ; address ; speak to, say, dheyam, I mus t tak e such a co urse , that
abhihi ta m ( i t was )
, said,
f
o .
( w ood on the re ), -
3 mid. . set for tvi ) . suck ; drink , [ cf . da dhi , dhen u
one s self on ( the hearth a sacred re ), a lso Oa aro, sucked M a- Ony ds, mill:
95 4 mi d . .
pu t on on e s self,
tak e on , suckin g br east ; La t -la re, Ou Ah, -
.
87
'
+v y i , pa ss b
-
e . separated ; be un co m 1 d h , in cp ds as vbl bestowin g, gr an t . .
+ sa m
a, put upon ; an manaa, con ce n
-
.
smn t ]
intent, ea ger, 1
u pa - sa m -
i , set to gether ( wood ) un to d h at u , m layer, as part of a composi te
.
( an al re ady burn in g r
e ), pu t ( fue l) on 7 w hole [ V 1 dhi ,.
pu t,
96 if .
( shoe s 4
) 5 clothe . d h i ri n , a holdin g ; possessing, . re
+ p u ra s , see s v . .
[t r] .
[ 1 7 7]
d h i rmi k a , a . r
i ghteous ; virtuous .
[ dhar passi on , spiri t 06a , sacrice, po ss
18
i
V l dh i v ( dh v a ti , te ; ( dhi - vi t ; dhi vis close ly akin w . t i is V l dhi v,
run ,
an d also t run ( cf Olav, V eer, r )
av , . un
of ui ds ), str
( ea ,
.
beings) .
[ see un der t i ] ava , shak e dow n ; mi d . sha ke off from
anu , run after . one s self .
V 2dh i ( dhi va ti
v, ts ; dadh i v ; ( dhi v - conn ect these names fori t w . t i , q . v .
;
i sta ; dhi uta; dhi utv i ; d hi vya ) rinse . . but on this conn ecti on the iridenti ca tion
d h i , vbl contain ing, gr. anti ng, in cpds . w . oas shou ld see m to de pe n d : more
[ V 1 dhi , 1 1 56 2e . .
] prob i s the ex pl
.an a ti on of dhii ma as the
d h i k , ex cl e ! to . . ace . envelopin g or blackeni n g fr V l dhv an, . .
V d h i ( di dhsti di dhi ya as v i ma fr V v an . .
]
m u ) think . .
[ see t yi ] ma k a as smoke a t end qf cpds [1 307]
d h ii , .
,
one ; - 2 .
( like Ger An dacht, lit .
- .
think ( cf . accordi ng to the gramma
in g upon, a nd then
devotion reli gious rians, dhllrta , w acct altered as in j dsta .
thought, devoti on , 69 74 82 17
; observe for a so mewhat an alogous developme n t
mati manas mani sii mantra an d of mg of Mi ddle En g schr
tha t ,
ewen curse, , , ,
. .
, ,
my prayer 74 ; 1 5
3 in telligence in shrew d
,
bad .
, ,
,
sw in dlers .
7
l d h i ti , f p erhaps draught, see 82 K d h s a ra ,
a. dusted over, dus ty, dust
[ V 2 dhi ,
drink, 1 1 57 l a . .
] colored, r
a
g y .
[ V dhv ans , dhv as,
1 1 88d
2 d h i ti , : 1 thought ; 2 de votion ; cf 1 81 a
j . . . .
]
-
3 . skill .
[t i : for2, cf . dhi 2 ] . d h r ( di dhi ra da dhr ; adhr ta ;
d h i ma n t , a. gifted wi th un ders tan din g, dhari syati , te ; dhrta; dhartum dhr
- -
2 d h i ra , rm ; r
esolute, [t r si m le
f orm h ld i i ts va rious m
'
a. p s; o n gs , ,
cf . L at .
rmus, - tra ns . an d intra ns ; .
terous, wild .
[ i r q uasi roo t dh
.un -
of 33 1
; hold in check, be ar, w i thstand,
dha u 6ti , V dhii 3 kee 4 se t
.
) p ( a ca t ), . . or
V dh i ( dhi n oti, -
nut6 ; la ter, dhun ti , lay place i n or
or on , w loc ,
33 41 . .
m am[887
.
]; dha v i syati
a ; dhu ta, la ter one mid be . ord ained forsome one
move spam
'
[ or
ig .
vi olen tly, agi tate cf . m,
015 [ cf .
,
su pport, seat,
Opa vos, -
067 m,
rush on i nds,
; Gr
agi tati on , anger, bench, Op a aa Oat, -
si t ; L at .
f rE-tus
,
12
l dh t sl [ 1 7 8]
held or supported by ( hence w . V d h v a ns or dhvas ( dhv ansati , d o ; da
relying on ,
f rmum,
holder, dhv ansa, da dhvas ; adhvasat ; dhvastt ;
+ ava , ca us. 1 . se t down , x ; 2 .
( like - 1 fall to dust, perish ; .
m m
. .
,
74 ; ca us
2 . ven ture on so me on e or dysig, foo lish, En g dizzy, Old Hi gh Ger
. .
tus, p ri de ; G
o th ga da rs, A S d
ea rr , [ V dt ] .
-
. .
r A S d E a ti 1
dh t
pre teri to p e se nt ) -
ors-te
,
n g y a ) cove r on e s se lf ; v i n a ,
. . . .
suck, dune, En g d in ] . .
bearin g .
[ 2 dhi ra, dhrta an d dhruti : cf AS dwella n, . .
V d h mi , see t m .
lead astray, cause to delay, En g
. dwell,
i a
V dhy a dh
( y t ti , dhy yati [761 d 1 ] ; da i ntran s .
,
delay, linger, abide En g dwa ul, .
dhyi ti ; adhyi si t [91 1 ] dhyi syati ;
w an de r, rave , dwa le, stu pefyi n g poti on
dhyi ta ; dhyi tv i ; d hyi ya ) think u pon ;
. Du tch dwa al licht, i gni s -
fatuus ; Goth .
medi tate .
[ see t i an d 1 08g .
] dva ls,
foolish Eng dull, dol t ; .
-
Ger .
d h y an a , n . medi ta tion .
[ V dhyi ,
d h y an a p a ra , -
a . havin g meditation as na enc l pron
. . root f
o 1 st p ers on, see
tion ] [ 1 302b L at
'
. . . nos,
d h rti t i f a dece i,vi n g ; i n fa
. tuati on . w ith ca : na na
ea , u s. ca
:
62
[ t ru ] 63 ; w ith api : see
1
. new n a ca. na
is . . remainin g x ed in l
p ace as m . but repla ced by api ca or v a api ( see these ), v
certain , safe, 79 13
[ V dhrin . mg 6: see na ca , 13 7
, naiv a, 22 23 96 1
na vi i, na v i , na tn ,
d h ru v i , f . sacricial ladle, na tv ev a tu , see tu ; na ha, 95 17
; na j v a,
dc mg 93 ; 1 d tanta mount to a
sr .
[ li t .
holder, V dhrin 1 : see n ot ex actly,
5
.
at a person m
(g ) e wi th 73 5
; nata , n a re gv a ra , m lor d . of men , i . s. king ,
1
bow ed down , ben di ng over, 68 ri [g
i v r J
N .
; ca us .
p n ce a a .
dued, 31 tama .
]
a v a, b ow down , 34" nar ma d a
gran tin g or causin g fun ; , a.
+ sa m -
u d , rise .
[ n arman da ] .
n a rma n
ni s, b en d ou t ; con tort one s self. n fun ,
. .
ms V
. .
,
na ma s ,
n. bow , obeisance ; adorati on b
( y Nishadha .
[ cf .
, edi c n a la ]
[ V na m ] . 1 n av a , a ne w ; of an earthen di sh, fr
( esh,
.
na ma s k r ( see V l kr
-
) do hom age 9 .
,
2 ni va [ nu m . n in e . ci . l vvea, L at
.
[ 1 71 l 09 2a ] . nove m Ge r
, . neun En g n ine
] ,
. .
[ m 1 063 ,
n av a -
n i ta , a fresh butter .
[p erhaps .
that leads,
V ui, 1 1 60 1 a . for mg , of . za n t of ( m)g e .
[ e n tly
appar fr . an a rma
Emma , gatra, ca rana , n etra. ] ti ve particle na an d v edas : see 1 296 3
n a ra -
v i ks n a, a . subst. havi ng men as
death ;
n ocre,
n a ra v ah a n a d a t t a car
i ta ma ya 1 1 i a ,
-
, . n i h, nea r as com , M acbe th i i
g ( p . .
see .
g . e- nou
g ] .
n a ra v . h
y g ra
i m man .
-
ti ger, i . e . brave p ra , reach to , hi t ; fall upon, 78 3
.
an d n oble man .
[ cf nara .
gi rd la : 1 280b .
] n as j ! n ose [ no m dual, mi si . . : cf .
n a ra -
gard ul a ,
m man tiger i a
.
-
, . . best L at . na s-turciu m ,
n ose- teaser,
nasturtiu m
mong men [ci narav yi ghra : 1280b ]
AS
'
a . . . nar-es,
n ostri ls ; . nos u, Eng . nos e
man or spirit . m , w e tw o
I
L at . nos,
[ ]
1 81 [ V n i n d
an d b
: acct of verb, 696d ] .
[ tran sfe rform -
( 399) fr nu ,
stron g . ni t ]
n ah u sa, m Kabusha
.
, name of an ancien t n i sik i , j 2 nostril ; dual, the tw o n ostrils
om [ i -i ,
king .
[ perhaps nei ghbor, fr ai hua, the nose . h 12220 L ]
and in that case a transfer-
form n i s ti ka, a . subst. atheist, in del, not be
n ah u s , vi . neighbor .
[ V nah ] lievin g the V edas and Puri nas .
[ fr .
n i ka m ,
. vault of heaven , rmament . na anti,
there is not, 1 31 4b
.
]
ni t i d i ra , a. n ot very far .
[ na + ati ni h u sa , m descendant of Kab usha
.
pa ,
V ni th
( i th
- ats ; ni thi ta ; nni thi tum ; u i , prep down ; i n, . into [ cf . l vl,
in
.
-
nthya ) tur n with suppli cation to . Eng ne ther, be nea4h ]
.
- -
.
lord .
[ V ni th ] .
pre sen ce .
[ 1 246g .
]
ni d h i ta , a . ti n-learned. [ na adhi ta, n i k hi la , a . en tire; all. [ pe rhaps for
Vi : ni h khila,
-
wi thout a g p,
a ni s khila
n i h hi , j : 1 navel ; 2 or hub 1 306 2
en d
. . nave . .
]
[ cf. lap
Ads, L at - . u mb i li ons AS
-
,
.
f na -
ela , n i j a, a . own ; be long ing to ourparty, 24
ni h hi -
v a rd h a n a , n . the cuttin g of the f
oten used as reflex ive possess i ve prom my ,
ni ma -
d h sy a , n . the n ame-gi vi ng, na m my his e tc.
cpds, ha vi ng as na me named ,
so 1 1 n i ty a m unin terrupted ti me ; am,
-
k i la, .
-
by me so 1 9 ti mes e g
na , ,
. . n i ty a s n i y i n , a -
constan tly makin g .
n i ra 1 a human ; 2 as m man ;
,
- . . . .
[ cf .
'
bn tbos,
ni ri f w oman i d ri
'
ni b an dha n a ,
n . a bin din g, li gation, 69 avoidi n g notice .
[ see ni s 3]
.
{V bandh ni .
] n it - v i ta , a . w indless ; sheltered .
ni b hrta , a. ) ( borne e d, i e
down , lower . . ni r -
vi g e s a ,
a . without distin ction ; un dis
hi dden ; am ad v secre tly -
[ V bhr ni ] ,
. . . tingui she d ; alike ; lik e .
n i ma j j a n a n bathi n g [ V m ajj + ni ] ,
. . . ni rv i gs si k rti , a. havin g lik e appear
tanni mi ttam,
verbia lly, beca use of - ena,
cover, ui .
]
be cause of this, on accoun t of this . u lv i ta ppl
, h un g , i s drap ed .
, wi th han g . .
n i ms sa, at . closing or winkin g of the eyes . in gs, esp w ith the sacr
. e d cor d ; as n .
[ V mi s ui- J [1 1 76a
], the w earin g the sacre d cord about
ni yog a , m . a fastening on inj un ction , the n eck ; the sacre d cord i tself . V
[ vyi
mmi ssion ; busin ess
a n d so, co , [ V yuj ui- l
+ ni z for mg cf clicai inj ungere ,
. la borem, n ivr tt a , ppl - 1 turn ed away ; esp . . . of
n ir -
a pi y a ,
a. without failure or danger; from, a nd so abstaini ng from, [ V vr t
infalli ble or safe . ni . ]
n ir -
a p s k sa , a. wi thout regard or expec ni v ga n a , n . a goi n g in and se ttli n g down
ta tion ; regardless, not expectin g to r
est ; restin g place ; -
sleepi ng- place, bed,
anythin g from another, independen t, 31 dw elli n g, [ V vi g ni : for mg,
[ am s cf . bha v ana .
]
n ir i -
mi sagi n ,
a. not meat eatin g -
.
[ see 11 19 f . ni ght .
[ cf . ni kta]
nis ni i f ni ght [ cf ni
g nAk ta . ]
g , . . .
,
ni r i h ara ,
- a . wi thout food, abstaini n g n i gc a y a , m ( ascertainmen t determina
.
,
n ir - u k ta , a . spok en out ; loud ; clea r; [ poss . fr V 3 ci,
.
n otice, look, ni s ; but
a s n. explan ation ; ety mological in te rpre better, perhaps, fr V 1 ci nia, . an d so,
tati on of a w ord ; esp . Niruk ta, ti tle of a an un pilin g, i s di scriminati on, determi
-
. .
ni s l 1 67 1 d ]
,
. . n i gc i t a , ppl determi ned, deci ded ; -um. .
n i r- u
g na , a . wi thout a strin g , void a dv deci dedly, sur
. ely [ see un der ni g .
[ V na m ni s .
] be st ; as n . nal beati tude .
[ ni s r
g y
e
n i r dha n a ,
-
a . wi thout money . asa : acct,
n i r b u ddhi ,
-
a . wi thou t wi t, stupid . n i hqv i sa , m . e athi n g
br out, expirati on ;
n i r- b h a ra , a. 1 . wi thout measure ,
si gh . V
[ gva s ni s .
]
much - a m , a dv . very ; -u m prasu t
p ,
a n i hgv i sa - r
p a
a ma , a . havi ng si ghs as
n ir -
ma l a ,
a. w ithout impurity ; pure ; [ 1 302b .
]
clear . ni sa d h a , m pl . the Nishadhans, na me of
n dh an ab h n d ] [ ]
1 84
'
ni lasa r a
mixing ,
ie . . r
p p
e arin g of in di go . en gth
str .
[ i r . n r as virtue fr .
ni l i b h anda - svl mi n m ,
. in digo vat-
pro - vir.
]
p ri etor . a r-
ga ns a , man cursing ; malicious
a .
- .
for
'
ni lh , see ni d . mg , cf . nayana. ]
V nu ( n av ate ; nuni v a ; n i sh ; nuts ; u sd , a dv. lest, in orderthat not, to accented .
- mi tya ) . cry aloud ; shou t ; ex ult ; praise . verb ( 696d ) i n the sub uncti ve
j ( 681 c ),
+ p ra ,
murmur ; hum ; esp . utter the [ as i d,
sacred syllable e m . n edya , grdv to be blamed . .
[ V a i d, 963d .
]
1 1 11 , a dv .
1a . n ow , at once, te mporal ; 1b . ne mi j : , felly, rim .
[ na m , 1 166 ]
n ow , conti nua tive adhi nu, so now , n ai ru k t a , a .
pertainin g to the Nirukta
lo . n ow , introductory, 1d . so as m . an ety mologi st .
[ niruk ta, l 2o8f .
]
then , in encouraging or su mmoning le . ni i sa d h a , a. perta in i ng to Nishadha ; as
n ow , ra
p y ,
in questi ons , 7 61 m p
.rin ce o f the Nishadhans, i . e . Nala
78 " 2 asseverati ve : . naki r n u, surely i
[ s
n a dh l 20 8f m .
[ often
n u, as lon g soeve r as, in V .
n i d [361 ]
a , f . boat ; shi p .
[ cf. ra ils, Lat .
navis, shi p
; per
. . nun c, -
. n u, n un, .
AS swimmer
nu, nit, Eng now see also n av a, rha
the V snii , cf V ania ]
. .
pe ps ,
.
+ p a ri ,
thrust aw ay ; move from i ts s ite,
place .
n y ay a, m 1 . .
( that to whi ch a thin g
p r a , p
ush f orw ard ; set i n moti on .
g oe s ) m
back , i; 2 ( th at in . s. rule, nor .
a muse .
[ for mg , cf . also dis port -
an d
s por
-
t] .
m right ; am n y ay y a , a . e gular
r , nor al, -
,
n ii t a n a , a of n ow ; r
. ecen t ; young [ nu n y as a m a putting down commi tment
.
,
,
.
, .
1245e
] V 2 ni, thr
[ ow
.
as
n n am , a dv . n ow .
ui [
'
370 ,
m man ; hero ; used .
also of of the Ma r 77 13
g ods : u ts, .
[ cf p.
M , ste m i np man ; Old L at nero ,
.
, 1 pi , vbl drinki ng, i n cpds
. V 1
[ pl , .
ste m nerti n,
manly strong ; Lat N ero ]
,
. . 2 p a, ubl keeping, keeper
.
, in cpd s V 2
[ pL .
n r - c ak sa s , a . men beholding -
.
V urt ( t n tyati , te ;
-
na ni rta ; i nartit ; p a k sa, m - 1 win g, 2 si de, of a . . .
nartisyati nr
tta narti tum n art dooror of the hai rof the head ; 3 half, .
n r ,
t i f . dan ce .
[ V nrt, gu kl; 4 side, i s party, . . .
n r -
, ppr
a otectorof men ,
ims pri n ce ,
. k i n g . . .
p a k sa - bala
, n str e n gth of win g . .
n r p h t i , m lor
- d of men , i e prin ce, king . . . .
p k
a si n ,
a wi n ed
g , . as 111 . bird,
[ acc t, 1267 a
] .
[sa k es -
1
[ 1 85]
p k
a si m rg a t t , j : co n d i tion o f bird or V p a n ( p a n a ti ,
1 b a rg ain ; .
of beast [ i r p a ks in .
g s : 12 37 , b uy ; 2 b
. e t , w a ge, s ta ke ,
l
p ay [ pro b m . . .
for s pl in t cf wepn m
'
1262 ] t an d t a lki e, sell .
p a k si q i v a k a -
, at y o u n g of a bird ; G e r f eil,
fo r sa le,
. .
6, in i paua, market
birdling .
[ ] pa ksin
.
p s k a ,
n. mud mire , . v i , sell .
p a k t i - k ra ma , an order . of a row 47
coin , [ 11p m]
p a nt m , .
- 1
b argain er, w ho gives n ought
.
wi t w ,
-
-
ripe ; Lat cogno, cook ; bor p a ndi t a, a le arned ; as m learned . . . man ,
. . . .
comc to i ts con seq uen ces or issue tered ; as n arti cle of trade V
[ pan, . . .
m ve [ A li
cf V ( a a
t te ; pe pi ta , petus [ 4
'
p ai c a nu . . eo c p
. a t wevre,
p s ,
-
7s ]
e ;
Eng .
ve .
]
p a ii ca - t a n t ra , n. Pan cha tan tra, na me move sw iftly throu gh the air; 2 . de
of a collecti on of fables . ha ving ve scen d, let one s self down cas t on e s
p a ti o n -
ta pa s , a. havin g ve r
e s, of an fall ( morally) ,
fall from one s
ascetic w ho si ts between four res, on e at caste ; fall down ( dea d) ; 4 fall . upon ,
sun above .
- ca us . cause ,
to y ; hurl ( a curse ),
p a c a tv a , n . ven ess es
p . dissolution 49 n
.
[ cf . f i rop al ,
-
y ; rim rm, fall ;
-
an d , j
: -i havi n ( taken ) v ud, y up
p c a -
p a a , a g . e .
p a n c a m f i ,
-
, a . fth .
[ panca, 3 0
, 8
p i n c a y ama ,
- a. havin g ve courses . ui, y down ; li ght, tumble into,
ca us ca use to fa ll ; ki ll, 32
[ acct, .
p a i c a -
gi ras ,
a. ve headed - .
[c n ,
tr an
-
sa mui
fall together,
- come
,
1 31 6a .
] together; ca us brin g to ge theror con vene, .
u d, open ou t .
p a ri , y 03 ,
p t
a a l a n v eil ; c,o ve r cf
[ p t ]
. a a p a t a t ri n ,
a wi n ge d ; as m b
.ird [p a ta . . . . .
p t ,
a u a l s h a rp; .a n d so 2 g t r
. a ] - . . .
V p t a h p a thi t6 ; pa th p a t i [ 34 3b ], m 1 m a s te r p o sse ss or . .
,
it i h i l d
d r l 2 h lik E
v ; p t y
i h a t ) read a o u 66 lo r ; u e r . t e n ( e n
g l or d ) , , . .
,
7
r ecite 1 7 ; repeat to one s self study
11
,
husban d 9 [ ci 11 60 1 3 , , , , .
,
m ally afe r
n to pa t i - ha n
, 402 ]. ki ryc, when the emergency has arisen,
t i t v a n conditi on of spouse ; w edlock 38 engen der 23 r du
p a ,
. . ca us , p o ce; .
et 42 "
g , .
p a ti - l ok i ,
m . husband s place,
abode of p ra t y - u d
, in ppl .
pratyutpanna,
the husban d in the future life . e ady or on hand to
r meet an e mergency .
pa ti -
a th i n a , n . husban d s place . upa , fall upon happen, ta ke place,
;
pa ti s th i n i ya, ; come to,
10
a. belon gin g to or in 1 00 ge t a t, reach ; upapanna,
the
husban d s place as m . husban d s
( ha ving gotten at [962 is
. .
) in posses
represe n tati ve [ pati sthi n .
m si on of, en dowed with, 1 2
ut t r 1 f th r wing ; 2 r t i 1 ste p to ; enterupon, 66 13
p a ,
n ea e ; . .
-
.
p a .
;
( plumage of a tree, i . s.
) leaf f or mg , f
c . -
2 get 1nto ( a condi ti on ),
.
ge t a t,
"
parna ; 3 leaf for writing e, attain, 98 agai n , 60 ;
1 7
get back
1
. a on a acqui r
written leaf, V
[ p t
a cf . n l
ep u, 3 .
go to meet ,
an d so ( like the Lot .
La t penna and Old La t pesno
wi n g ; . .
ac-c dere ) , accede, yi eld ; say yes to ; con
( for o
petna ),
wi n g ; Ger F ed-sr
, Eng . .
sen t, 48
v i , fa ll asun der,
co me to nou ght,
p a t t ra -
gi k a, n . leaf vegetable, -
a vegs
ge t i n to trouble .
p at n i , f .
l . mi stress , lady ; 2 . then
pro s r
p ;
e 2 become, .
3 fall .
( like E n
g l a dy ),
wife . .
[ fe m to pati ,
.
j us t tog ether, be uni ted wi th ; sa mpanna , en
da m ]
as rdrma, lady, is to
i .
dowed wi th, 2
t an t a k gi lyin g at the fee t ad m foot
p a a
[V pad zcf mis a, Lat
-
p
. .
. . .
- .
p a t h sa me as step ; 3 . foot 86 ,
4 . stan din g-place ,
t h i me p n than 41 1
[ p
V d f 1 6 groun d
p a sa as a .
. a : c . 011, Lat .
t h ( rt i i t th w cour
p a y a , a pe a n n g o .e ay, se ,
g oin g, j ourn ey, w hence tia n, go for,
or progre ss of a thi n g , a nd so) suitable, En g etch
.
f .
]
w holesome ; pathyis, f pathw ay [ pa th d ma , m lo tus, Nelumbium speciosum
s
pa n
. .
. .
p a d
(p y a te ; rp
a i ds . p od [79 4 l; at eveni ng ) .
[96 7d ] p attu m a
p yd a pi dh ya ti ) Lotus-lled, n ame of a lake
-
[ see ga rbha .
.
( fro m fa ti gu e ) p
, e i
r s h .
[ connection be lotus ; as m . ruby .
verb very rare see un der pad an d w ire s,
path L at pout e m, path, bridge
.
-
v y-a ,
fall aw ay, pe ris h ; ca us . destroy ; from the Scythi an ]
p an th i sa m e a s panthan .
+ u d , go forth or out of co me in to a
p y a s, n mi lk [ V pi ] . .
pa ri p a n th i n ] [ 1 88]
as. w aylayer .
[pa ri p al- m ,
1 31 0s
ll, 1 169 1 a : . of .
pt rua ]
an d c en d ] p ar u j 3 rib ; sickle
.
g , .
p a ri b h ii a. bein g aroun d, eu co m V p a l y (p
i i ya te ; p a l i yfui i ca b s ; apa
pa ssi n g .
[ V bh ar
p i, 15 m Pa li yi ti . te ; P i
y ts ; m -
m
p a ri -
v a t s a ra, m fu ll year
. a .
[ 1 289 ] pa layi tum ; p a la yy )a ee ; de a r
p t, cease, .
ri v a rt i n ,
p a a . turni n g roun d, circlin g, [ quasi-
root fr . V i,
go, pat i .
r
constan tly return in g i n to itse lf .
[ V v t
aw ay, see 1 087c and c : q ui te dieren t
pa rt ] is V pi la ya,
p a ri v ara , m . tha t w hich surro un ds, i e.
.
p a l i y a n a ,
a.
[ p rJ
V
i ghta i . -
p s:
su rrou nded [ V gri ri l s83b ] rt l
pa , en c ose : . u
p p e ;
a pa s s a a ter .
a knotty, rough, 13
p a ru s , a. harsh .
[ r
p us,
a gaze,
7
; 6 .
( see i e ) p
ex,er i e.n ce .
,
1 209b ] . 36 1
; 6 look . upon 21 40 ; con sider
1
,
5
p aru s , a . k n ot ; j oin t, of a pl an t or o f th e as ; -
7 . see w ith the spiritual eye ( as
fullness, V 1 pr
body [perhaps .
a ,
ll : seers an d poe ts ) , [ for the i ni ti al 11 ,
cf pArvan J
. see the perfect an d vi - spa s a : t cf . ar t i
m
p a rok sa , a . beyon d the eye, ou t of si ght,
ro - u,
look about ; L a t tpeci o, be hold.
-e a v . spy, .
, .
f r k i a + ak sa, o ugh Old F r
'
back .
[ or pa o sa, e . .
par s when ce, thr ench es
p ,
zer the
eye l 3l on ] . En g . esp
y ,
an d shorte ned spy ]
p a ro k ai rt h a , m . in vi sible thi ng, the an u , look along or spy out (e g . . a
in visible [ rtha ]
a . .
pa th for some on e, disclose or show ,
p a t k a ti , j : wa ved -
leaved g tree , Ficus
-
83 .
7
p arna, n .
- 1 . w in g plu m e, fe at h er clearly vi spasta, clear .
2 leaf .
f or my , of p a ttr a V
[ p;as . 2 p a c, fasten , bin d, i n deri ve, see pagu,
"
( 1 1 77a ), see under V sphur: cf L ithuanian .
p c
a a .
[ cf . rda o ak os, ' '
s t ai - rg u m ; p g
e
from i ts feather
y fronds .
] p oo tu m, agr
-
ee d upon G o th fa b a n, AS .
-
.
p a ry i l o ca n a , n . deliberati on ; -
i , f .
plan, j n, a
k c u, -
faste n on , tak e hold of ;
con siliu m .
[ V 100 r
p y
a -
i , 1 1 60 2a . Eng . verb f an
g , seize, n oun
f an
g , seizing
l of
r t consistin g k no ts tooth ; conn ection of r ( g p ,
r r
p a v a a ,
. a. or g
a e -
as e
ragged masses used of a mou n tain giri ; , , doubtful : cf . also Goth fayrs , .
as m 2 moun tai n 27
.
0 92 " hi ll ; .
, , ttin g, AS jr
y , E n g f a i
r; A S g g ,
e a n . a . .
parvan ,
cf . 1246c : cf . a w la (M arla
) , d
p g ,
a m . ca ttle, 90 3 a sin gle head or a
p a rv a t a gi k h a ra , m n hill top
- . .
-
.
[p p
ro
tethe red V 2 p g,
a .
p q
a u t p, -
r a. cattle stealin g .
[ vbl of p ata v a, n . sharpness ; cleverness .
V 2 trp ] q . v : . 1 208e .
]
p a gu - b a n d h t , m animal sacrice . .
[
bin d p i n t,
or . han d .
[ pro b for s
pa lui : cf . .
lm m A m m
in g of beast to sacrici al post .
] ca ), La t .
pa l a, S f o l , p a l ,
.
1 235 and b .
] f ee l] .
p a g u -
ro ma n ,
n . a hair of an ani mal . a i
p n g r ah a ,
m h
-an d grasper,
i e .
-
.
p a
g u - va dha , m . sla ughter of ani mals .
89 s ) husban d . .
a
p g c a, a. hin der; la ter; west ; page, p an d a v a , m descen dan t . of Pi n du .
[p p
i m
as a dv .
[1 1 1 4c : 1 behin d
] after , .
d a , 120 8e ] .
2 . later, afterwards, 29 1 7
,
38
ther
e p i n di t y ,
a a . learnin g, erudi tion. [pan
upon, 39 1 7
,
4 01 9
; pacc it , as r
p p
e w . .
4 t th i du w hi ti h 3 l m P after 61 3
ndu ,
g en .
; o e p n ,
a s , p a e ; .a s i , . . .
w est of, 98 , 1 00 , 1 06
1 7 1 7
[p g
a ca is an nam e o f a prin c e o f the L u na r Race .
q ] . v .
p i n d u - v
a r n a , a pa le c o lore d .
-
.
p g
a c a ,
a dv . behi nd ; later; w est .
[ adver p i t a , m fa ll [V pat ] . . .
bially a
accen te d
p g e i , p i t a k a ,
a ca u si n g o n e o fall
in str instead
t ( f
.rom of - .
i a pas ( a pi , 1 1 1 2e
. . fr spas ai -
( 407 ) ca s te ) ; as n cri m e [ caus of V pa t ]
fr .
- m . . . . .
wi th pa s cf Lat pas terns, late r, e tc ] p i t r a , .n 1 in s tru m.e n t of drinki n g ,
-
. . .
p c
a c at ,
see
p g
a ca . cu p ; vesse l ; - 2 in general,
. utensil (f
c .
p a
c ma oi , a . last, 1
62 9 ; w esterly .
[ pagca bhi nda ), 1 02 1 1
; in E ng as .
( cf
cf . 1224a an d b .
] athi n a 6 ), a t vessel or w orthy person ,
V 1 p i ( pfba ti , te 749] pa pati , papa; 2 p i tri -
f sa cri ci al v e sse l 2 5 . .
pi t ; M i tt te ; pi p ist on ; [l i ,
d rin k ,
1 1 8 5
-s : o f 36 2b 9
] . .
p i tv a
p y a , i
py )
a drin k [ c f 1 ! p
- i d a , m 1 f oo t ; - le g ,
2. li mb . . . . .
t oo m1 ,
-
have drun k ; m , The B urn,
of a qu adr uped, i s q uar ter( a s conversely, m . .
,
bzbo . c
p i b-O
,
-
then qu arter
a pi tum)
V 2 pi ti of 3
(p ; pi ait .
protect ; ( anythin gp qu arter of a ); . es .
or so ca lled f sed )
keep f ca us. , pi laya ( o ur ver sta nza v erse ; the n v er s e
- -
.
,
[ cf m ha v
.e k e t
p p
t, ot d
sse ss t
- ea u, -
a, -
( e e o a three versed sta nza ) 60 ;
v n f 1 2 -
,
herd ; L at pa se o, keep, pasture ; see 4 foo t of a heave n l
( b d i ) yr
y o y s a
- -
. . . .
, ,
o
s p
- i ] beam see 2 kara [ tran si ti on stem ( 399) .
-
2 p a, keepin g , keeper, in cp ds [ V 2 pi ]
vbl . e tc ] . . .
p i n s u ,
m pl d us t .
p i d a p .a , m p la n t e s
.
p tree - .
, . .
[ li t .
drink
a k 1 o f ca lf o un 2 sim i n wi th i ts f oo t i
p a a a y g ; g
- . s . .
, . .
, ,
ple [ li t. s u ck i n g, l a ,
.
p i d a r a j a s , n fo o t d us t -
.
-
.
pi t la , a a .
pale red as m . Bign on ia p i d u k i f , . shoe slipper .
[ cf . ad
p ,
su a ve olens .
ow er [ cf patala j . drink ) ; -
2 perhaps. as vbl a d j . dren ch
pi t a li -
p u t ra , a . Pi talipu tra, capi tal of in g, i s.
. trilnk en d . V
[ p1 i ,
drink,
Magadha ,
at the old con u ence of the
pi n i ya ] [ 1 90]
i n i ya rdv to be drunk , for drinki n g ; p i nda m 1 lump ; ball ; lump ( of
p , g .
, . .
2 lump
as n . drink ; wa te r [l
. i ,
drink , 966 th
ear ) , 98 . es
p . or cake of
r
p p
o f r p i n a,. . 1 21 6b ] . meal ed
offer to the M an es ; -
3. mouth
p i n i y a - v
a r s a , m . wate rrain , -
down ful, 66 ; pindi , 5
f mea
. l c ak e -
.
pour of w ater .
p i t i ma h i , m . fathers
father, grand
1 20811 2 en d .
] pi tt ) M , 1 31 4c a n d d ) .
i
p p i ,
a bad ; evil ;
. m bad fellow 46 ; as .
,
1 i
p tf
'
m
2 pl father
.
1 . father; -
. .
27 9 .
6 1 ; - 3 pl the fathers, spiri ts
17 . .
i
p p a - k ar ma n ,
a. of evil deeds ; as m . of the forefathers, the M an es ,
i
p p a q i a , a - . e, ra r -
. .
pron e to e vi l .
p i t r ,
t a s a dv. on the fathers side . i
[p s
t
i i
p p y i ns a w o rse ; ver y ,
. b ad .
[p p ,
i a 1098b
] .
466 ] p i t r mi t ra
- n fa ther
s fri en d ,
. .
i
p p m i n m evi l ; sin, 93 1 1
,
.
[ p p ]
i a . cf . .
p i t ry j
a n a
- m sac ri ce to the M anes ,
. .
p i ri ,
n . the furtherbank orbo un d [ V 2 pr
, .
(C l
i va [ pa-t a m arin d fwd era, fa th er
s
i
ru sy n harshn ess, esp of speech p i t ry a a. of on e s father of ( our)
p a ,
. . .
,
[m ; of
1 3
at ] fathers, 7 8 orbelon gi ng ed
to or sacr
p i r t h i v a ,
a . of orbe longin g to the earth to the M anes . i
[p ht 12 1 2b: cf . mi rpw s,
a s m k in g . .
[ pr th i vi, 1 208 d ] . L at pa trius,
. of one s
p i rt h i v a s u t i , j : kin g s dau ghter V p i n v ( pinv ati ; pi pinv a ; pin viti ) cause
. .
p i rt h i v en . i or p : ,
9b ,
.
kin gs .
[ i n dra .
]
p i rc i v ,
n .
1 . side ; an d so 2 . as in pi p i a i , j : desire to drin k, thi rst .
[ i r .
E ng .
,
immediate n ei ghborhood . i
[p gr m of V I pi ,
drink
:
rib,
12080 : so French cote; side or i
p p i l i , m .
[
an t.
pe rh aps for s i
pp i da.
Lat costa , rib
. .
m 4 w
p i l a ,
.
pro tector . V
[ p2 i , protect, 11 i ( i
p e p e ti . 0 i
ve s. i i
pp e z
adorn .
[ cf . rout ines, AS ll , .
q ui te d i f fe ren t i s V p a li
y, go i
p c i c i m o ne of a class of.demon s (perha
ps
p a r i , p ro te c t a ro un d .
persomcations of the i gn is fatuus ); goblin .
p i v s k i ,
a p u r e ; c le ar ; bri g ht. . V
[ p ,
l
p g u n a , a backbi tin g, slan derous.
[ cf . .
1 1 81 b an d a : cf
gv i a
p ad ] p 3,
m
.
p i vana, a .
purifyi ng ; freein g from sin . V pi e (M ; r i i s
pi pis ; i r
V
[ pii , u ses] pek syi ti ; pies ; M um; pistvi ; wi s
i
p ca ,
on . bon d ; sn are ; trap . V 2
[ p g,
a ya ) . crush ; gri n d, 47 5
; m ill [ c f L at . . .
p insere, pi sere,
c ru sh : of d oub tfu l ki n
V p i , sa me a s pi ship loam,
'
. is poun d,
p i g ,
a a re ddis h b row n . . s a m, crush togetheror to pieces .
p i n g a l a ,
a re ddis h brown . . i
[p g ,
i a p i at i , ppl mi lled ; as n me al
. V
[ ppi : for . .
i
p jn i l a ,
n. tuft of stalk s ; gr
ass . with mill meal ] ,
.
pu ri ne ] [ 1 92]
heaps,
fr V 1 pr
.
, i n the sense ll, i . s. tooth, name of an atten dant of i a, see
3
63 N .
heap : 1 1 97b .
]
p u ru,
a much many [ V 1 pr ll q v :
.
,
.
,
,
. .
p u sp i mo d a , fragrance of owers .
cf w ith A S fela
. much , .
,
,
p u r u a
s , m 1 m an ; 2 ( as i n E ng, .
- . . . i pi vi t ; pi ta; 1 . make clear
many
cf d [ p iL
V
'
abundan t : ij
pr h r d r
'
eachi n g in ani b
or r w ays, .
y a , gr v to e ono e . .
r ma going befor m pr
rj j 2 h r
'
p u o -
g a , a . e; as i . on o , .
ds 1 302c r
r d to [ p iL
V r
'
cp a gr o . .
ized ( see g 6 leader; puroga vi, f . leader 967b : cf Goth lls, Eng . . . a
p ] .
[ ma ] r
rr mi moon and the full
'
pu p n i - sa , at . full
p u r -h i t a , ppl set before or in charge moon sacrice . .
( p
es o f pr i es
. tly se rv i ce ) ; a s m p rie st,
p i t t a , pp l ll ed ; besto wed , fu llled ; as . .
house priest of a pr i n ce
-
[ see puras w i th n
[1 1 76a
], fu ll men t ; re wa r
.d ; m e r
it . .
[ pr
V 1 l l
, ,
V p u s ( p m . 40 ; Spa preceding, r
rr tt r f rm r
'
p ; : p va u a a , o e
M ) .
1 . thrive ; bloom ; -
2 tra ns
. . latter, 21 3
ancient, 67 3 of old ti me,
cause to thrive ; develop ; unfold, display, rst spoken, w past pass
. .
pp . a- seen
p u sk a , b loo m ,
a word assu med as proba ble pi r v a m , a dv b ef ore ; b efo r e h a n d, .
on a ccount f u
o p spa, bloom puskari
, , pr e vi ous ly, alread y, 7
,
2 6 1 7
; i n f ormer
blossom a n d pusk ali ti mes. 4
lotus [ V pus, 8 1 lon g rst,
, .
; ago,
1 1 86 1
] prvam u ttara m , rst last,
bloomin g, 3 a t en d
u
p sk a l i ,
a . abun dant. [prob .
.
of ( havi cpds,
n g as preced
fr s pu ska ,
. ing thing, i s ) accompani ed
. . by or
p st
u i , ppl ha v i n g thri ved ; . stron g ; fat . si mply with 31
8 . [ connected w pural .
Di m . 955 an d
pra .
]
[ 1 99] [p g y
i l u n a
r k j : [1222d ] iki 1
preced V pr t h , collateralf orm of prath, in derive
p i v a a,
-
, a . . .
p ii rv a -
j an m an , n . former birth, pre pt t h a k , a dv . separately, 1 06 1 severally,
64
vi ous s tate of existence 66 for one s self, 3
[ rh di
. .
pe aps
p r
i rv i sa a ,
a. . apart ) cf .
p th an d see
[ h an ]
t 1 1 1 1d ] .
p ii rv y i , a . ancient. [ pi n g 1 21 2c ] .
pr t h i v i j : the earth a s the wi de an d
,
p i si n [426a
], m Pirshan , a . V edic di vinity, broad [fem to pr thri 34
. 4 an d standi ng
9 .
, ,
kee perof ocks an d herds, and bringerof for pr thvi as the metre show s it is to be ,
p ros pe rity V
[ p s,
u 1 1 60 c ] . .
pr on o unced at for mg cf n ah i , . -
,
pa ss pi ryi
. te ; pi ri y a ti, 4 0 ; ll ; p rt h i v i k ai t a ea rth ru li n-
g ; as m ,
.
-
.
[ fo r tre atmen t of r
oo t v ow el see 242 : cf -
, . ki ng .
(w an p r , pl
-
Ere, ll o- ul
p p La t
as, p rt h u, j.: p r
th v i: a w i d e, bro a d V
[ p th,
ra
- . .
241 : cf a k a rte,
folk ; Eng f old: ( doubtful ) : see also .
-
wi de ak in ar e Old .
pi rni an d V pri ] E n g a k e, G e r F la d e n ,
b roa d , thin ca ke,
. .
p ra , intrans . r ii
p p y
a r ate , becomes Old Hi gh Ge r . ace . s .
a don , sacricial
sate d ca ke, w hence, throu gh French at
. a n,
2p : i
(P p s-r ; M i s ti . - to ; etc p .
a ss brdd, En g broad ] .
Old Hi gh Ger
ferry, bridge ; Lat par-ta , ; Eng wepn vds, dark color
ed
.
gate . .
f are, get on
; f erry, f or-
d Avestan f orha na , w hen ce Ger F orelle, .
peretu, bridge,
an d Eb- ppd ms , the well prai d - i j y i , n. speckled bu tter, ghee
bridged ( strea m) also Edd -rope s an d clotte d with curds .
[pipant ]
pf sa n t, a . speckled .
[ 460c ] .
a t i , bring across .
prsth i , n .
- 1 . back, of an an i mal ; -
2 .
3p : ( ti s pr m; ri t
p v e;
a M i s ti ) the uppe rsi de, su rface ; 3 top, of . a hill
be busy ; only w i , see 773 . . a
'
palace .
[ cf . Ger Fi rst, ridge . of a
m m; m ; anm
.
, ,
are ( pr
-
id. pr
i pupil- Lat tergum has mg s l an d 2, an d that
m
.
mix ; p t
u in conn ecti on wi th .
[ perhap s prsth a t i s, a dv. a tergo, from behi n d
conn ected w . w i th the ba ck, wi th ave rte d face,
u pa , pu t one s self close to, be near .
[ 1 098c
p tt , j : ght, battle .
p rsth a -
mi ns a , n . back esh ; w -
. khi d ,
p tt a n i , f . battle .
[ cf .
ptt ] . in double sense, bi te the back esh -
a nd
ppl gh t
.in g ; a s sub st en emy . .
[ pr
tani , peya ,
n . a drin ki ng .
[l i ,
i nk ,"
dr
1 21 3c .
]
V p rt a n y a ( pr i : i, of the gob li n s [ g
'
p ent ppl
res ghti ng
. as subst . ene my l 2o8f ] .
[ pr i
tan 1 069d ] p i i gu n y ,
a n slan der i
[p gu n a 1 208f ]
-
, . .
, .
[ 1 94]
p 6 ea m thriving developmen t ;
.
,
w elfare . sa m mid ,
. cons u lt w ith, con verse
[ p s]
V u talk w i th .
p i u my s a ,
n. manlin ess ; manly deed .
p ra j i , f .
1 .
procre a ti on ; -
2 . ospring,
2 children , descendan ts 3 creatures,
[ ir
pur s, 1 21 1 ] .
p i u ru si ,
n . man liness ; man ly deed . 67 ; esp 4 folk , subj ects, of a pr
1 . in ce, .
[p d ru sa ,
1 208f ] . 16 5
V
[ j.an o rj + pra,
i
V p y i ( pyi yate [761d 1 ] ; apyi si t p ra Ji mi - m desire for osprin g
ki , . .
form of V pi, q . v .
] p r a j i k i m a
-
a p ssessin g praj i ki mi
o ,
.
,
i ,
b ecome full of or rich in . i s desirous of osprin g 93 1
. .
6 1 2
[ 1 296 , , .
,
[ cf . t pd, b efore .
p ra - . . creatures ;
b efore ; Eng f ore : see also the follow 2 geni us r i di r procr
e ati on ,
. .
p es n g ov e
sub ect of j discussi on, w hat s bein g talked 1 267a .
]
about . V
[ gl l '
, do, pu t, pra ] p ra j i rt h e , a dv fo r
. th e . sake of offspring .
p ra k a rs a , m .
(pre fere nce, a dva n tage, [ ar t ha ,
1 1 1 6,
1 302 c 4 ] .
i
i ) i or
super i ty [ r
V k draw , r r j , f un der
stan di n g
.s . .
s, p a : p a ii . .
for mg , cf . En g .
p f
re- erence ; also Ger p ra j il i t a ,
.
ppl . w ell kn own
-
.
[ j
V i
V arrug, -
p re fe ren c e,
a dvanta ge, wi th pra-J
vor-rachen, draw forw ard, prefer
r m manifestati on of one s ai
'
.
p a n a y a ,
.
p r a k i i
c , a shi ni n g ou t, cle ar;
. open ; fection .
[ V ui pra : foru, see 192a .
]
- am a dv V k 1 a fetchi n ;
,
. open ly, aloud .
[ i g pra .
] p ra n y
a a n a, n .
g .
p ra k rt i , j : that w hi ch pr e su pp o
one se s means forfetching, -
vessel .
[ ]
do .
( vora us -
setzt ) ,
i . s . the or igin al or natural p ra na v a , m the . sacred syllable o m
.
se t,
pra .
] p ra n i ma m ,
. bow , reverent salutati on.
p ra c rtt a gi k h a ,
a - . wi th loosened p ra ni t i p ra n i y a n a , n the fetching - .
braids or ow in g hair .
[ gikhi ] of the holy w ater [ 1 260e ] . .
p ri ce ta s , a. k n owin g , w ise .
[ V ci t p ra t a ri m , a dv . further, longer .
[ pra ,
r
p ,
a cf. 1 1 61 2b . .
] 47 3 2
,
1 11 1 0 : cf . rpdrepov,
V p ra c h ( prcch i ti , te ; papraccha -
p ri t i ,
r
p p
e . e cti on, back to,
in re versed dir
i pri k sit ; prak syi ti ; pr ati ; pri stum back again st, a ga in st, in return ; - 1 to, .
so mething 61 7 .
[ true root form -
13 23 3 over a ainst, i s lik e ; 4 in
g . . . .
L at prec se, prayers, pros as ,
.
- -
suitor see the f ollow in
g w ords .
[ cf . t o
p ,rl '
to ;
Old High Gerf rdh n , Ger f rag e n,
.
- .
-
a sk La t por . s
port ) in porrigere, -
reach out
pr cchi ti i s
( ak eti ), a alt - for a tion m e
prk -
f l J h-sl k f r
G r f h d i m d ( d d il
'
or cdt, co r t i h
s or l , as s o , e orsc t, p a n a ,
a v o n ea c ) ay, a y .
-
. .
in quires [ 1 313 a, 1 31 0s a n d d : c f p ra ty ah m ] .
p a ri , ask .
p ra ti p a t ti , j : the acqui ri ng . V
[ pad +
v i , nd ou t by i nquiry .
[ 1 97] [ pra t
p y
a au v a n a
p ra qf s j mman d : co . V
[ ei l -
H ut , ing Romance ton gues ) ;
the neighbor cf.
p ra gra a
y , m respectful. demeanor . as Opp . to Doric, etc ] .
in clining forward, fr V gri r
p ]a . .
p ra g g ri v-
a , a h a v i n g t h e n ec k directed .
p ra s a v-
y a , a movi ng to the left ; .
-
am , eastw ar d [p ra c ( 1 2 4 911 ) griv a ]
. .
ad v to the left
f
o prada ksi nam .
p ri g - da k i
s n ,i a d v eas t-s
outher ly,
m
. . .
p ra s i da , ; m grace
p r.asi da favor ; south easter ly [ pri q l249a ]
- . .
kr , do fa v or , be gra c i o u s [ V an d p ro, p ri i g a n a , n fo r e-
c o u rt,
V o rh of ; cour t. .
-
q v .
] .
y ar d [ pr a a g a n a , 128 9 s , l 9 3 ] . .
or ex a m le [ V r d rd D r 4 9 4
( of lif e , f p ) a s p a , rec te eas tw a i. c , 12 s , 1 9 ,
.
e I am kn own as a i
Q f r i
efor
ther , o .
p r n c p c , a 1 . . directed fe n
p ra sid dha .
[ V 2 si dh, pra ] succee d,
. w ards ; w . verb o f m otion, onw ard, 86
2 . rock, [ r
V st ,
stre w ,
pr a na min g the cardinal points, be gan with
formg 1 , cf . Eng . straw w . strew : connec the east, as w e do wi th the nor th, and
ti on of mg 2 u nclean ] con cei v ed it as before them, as w e do the
in troducti on n orth ) i di h easter q uarte r,
'
p ra s t i va, at . be ginning, .
pri c g, t e n
p ra s t u t a y j
a ii a , a havi n g on e - .
s sac i
( p
n lace ) be fore on e
s face , 26
( in ti me )
rice begun ; as m Prastu tayaj na , . na me formerly, 7
51 ; ( i n order ) befor
e, w .
of a Brahman .
[ V stu
pra ] . ab l. 59 7 .
[pra aile,
[ 1 3051
] life ; esp in pl . .
pri ni s , life, 1 55
,
2 1 13
,
p ra h a ra , m . a stroke ( on a on
g g, an 29 8 .
[ V a n pra, l 92b .
j
n oun cin g the lapse of a w atc h ), a n d so p rani n ,
a . havin g life ; as m li vin g bein g
. .
on e must str ik e [ ]
do . . morrow ) on the n ex t morn in g on the ,
p ra h rst a -
m an as ,
a . having a deli ghted morrow tomorrow ,
. r
[p ,
a 1 1 09 : cf s pa - t,
.
heart . b
[ V xs p ]ra . Ger ith .
-
,
form of V l pr
a) . ll .
[ V edic colla teral , be vi sible, appear, reveal on e s se lf .
L at plemus,
ll, q v : cf aw i t a ra , lon g an d lonely road
'
. . . , .
p r n n. a .
5 , till . an advan ce d in terval or long distance,
p rk , see pri c .
p ra an ta ra ,
p ri k r ,
t a a natu ral ; ; mmon . usual co p ri p n y
a i a , grd o to b e b ro ught to . .
ua
g g e of the v ulgus the Pr akrit [p r a , .
p rap t a k i l a ,
- m . arri ved time, favorable
krti 1 208d : for mg cf Ger deutsch Old
, , . .
,
momen t . V
[ p5 pra .
]
High Ger dint isle ( lan g uag )
e of th e .
-
, p ri p t a y au v a n a ,
-
posse ssin g at
a.
p p
. .
,
pra ] .
. . .
m w oman
Old Hi gh Ger
f h f , cf also
'
ra s 1 o in ort or ou t ; rco
p y ,
- a g g . . . .
pra , 1 1 48 l a . .
] V p ri ( p si ti . pris r i
; p v te ; pi prya.
a
most i a r a
'
p r i y c
a a s ,
a dv . for the part . i
pp y r ; pri i si t ; pr i ta; p i tv ) 1 a .
0 i i d f r
'
[p y
ra g 1 1 6 ] r i
p n , g t lad en , sh o w a v o to, ro
p p i
g ing
i v of food, feedi n g .
[ in mg 1 , fr .
friend ; also AS eo bo, .
-
a sparin g or
V 2 aq,
eat,
+ pra ; i n mg 2, fr . caus . of in dulgence, favor, grace, peace, Ger
.
the same
.
] F riede,
peace ; Goth F riba reiks ,
En g .
-
.
p ri i t
g f, m . eater . V
[ ag
2 ,
p ra gi t r , n . the porti on of g he e to be p ri t i ,f .
y .
, wi th pleas
e ate n by a Brahman at a sacrice . ure, g ladly ; - 2 fri endship . . V r
[ p ]
L
that w hich be lon gs to the p ctr
ri i p ri t i v a c a s , - n frien dship talk, frien dly -
, .
1 208b .
] wor ds .
p ri gi t ra - h ara
n a , n . vessel rockin g, pitchi n g ; as m n
for bold p re k h i ,
a . . .
in g the pri c itra p gri it r
. a ho ldi n g , u n s tea dy b oa t, ski [ V i i kh pra ] -
. .
l 27 1 .
] p re t a , pp l g on e on w a r d ,
i s departe d,
. . .
p ri y , a. ,
. be loved of,
p re st a , a ve ry ple a s a n t V
[ p r
. i , .
w .
(
ge29
n.6b ), 84 ; lb 13
. ri
p yi , f the serves as supe rl . to priya .
]
beloved, the w ife , 32 , 33
6 1 -
2a desired, p re sy a , grdo to be sent ;
. . as m . servan t .
desired, one s p r
o st h awish,
, 89 1 7
; -
3 .
( like Ho m ben ch or couch
. .
4 a lo vin g, de vote d to ; 4
. b as m p l a v a, a sw i mmin g as . . . m . swi mmer ,
friend V
[ p ri , v
q , . cf s
pi e s, n a m e of a kin d of du
.ck . . . V
[ plu : cf.
ge n tle
; Goth .
f reis, sec . 3 . m sj a na .
,
radar, n h oFor
, a
bon ds [ V b dh ] wp
i b r bri
. an es, ea , ng .
e lati ve ;
tion , r frien d ; one w ho belongs [b a li n,
p o w e r [W .
M V mad + ud .
]
b a rb a ra , a stammering, balbu ti ens ; as V b a h , see ba nh
. .
m 1 pl for s , ol d Bapos, na me b a h i s k ar a ,
e ig ner rd t b t u t id
. . .
y g o o e pu o s e ,
- .
tongue ) -
2 . si n
g . a man of
low est origin ; [ ba hi s kr
and , do, put, 1078
b a rh a , m n tai l feather . .
-
.
[p p
r
o .
pl
u ck b a h d , a mu ch, man y ; b alm ma n , . conside r
an d, g .
,
b a h u mi na, m . estee m , r
e spect .
[V man
d
tail feathere d bi r
-
xa r 150x4
-
17 .) the pea b a h a l a, a 1 thick ; - 2 abun dant ; . . .
cock .
[ ba rha .
) much [ i
.n m g l , perhaps directly fr .
te ar, p lu ck for mg , cf . En g . hay, -
bi dhya ) press hard ; dis tress ;
. bese t .
o m he w ,
cu ttin gs, fr [ see V v adh : cf L at de-f end-ere, . .
press
b al a , n. 1 . might , e n gth,
pow e r, str force ; or w ard off
ff
o en d-ere, press hard
bali t, forci bly ; 2 then , as in E ng . .
, force upon ,
av a la : cf . Lat . valEre,
be str
on g, b i d h a, a distr essi ng ; as . m distr
e ss
. .
b ala di - a . str n
e gth-
gi v i n g .
[ V bi dh ) .
b al a v a n t , a. pow e rf ul .
[ l 233a .
] b an d h a v a , at .
( havi n g connecti on or
[ a dhik a z [bandhm
bali nv i ta , a . conn e cte d w i th pow er; bi la , a .
youn g, g row
n ot n ; as subst m . .
as trib u te to gods semi di vin e bein gs, chi ldi sh, puerile ) chi ld orbooby, w double
-
.
, ,
b i g p a , tn tea rs . .
1 01 [ for abhi
g h : cf 7 1) xur,
D ori c . member a person ,
is . .
) pre sen t a person
mi xi n, m xvs,
fore - ar m AS bag, .
ar m wi th a thin g ( instr ) .
ca us 8a ca use . .
shi p, bow -p
s rit, bow Church Slavoni c bud ti, -
be aw ake the
b i h u y u d d h a , n arm ght, wre stlin g
- .
-
. cogna te w ords of the related lan guages
b ab a l y a , n abun dance ; commonness, . agree closely i n form, bu t show cons ider
b i la , n . cleft ; hollow .
[ perha ps fr V bil . esp . a t an a uction , declare , proclaim, com
orbi d, collateral forms of bhi d, cleave .
) mand , in vite,
Ger biet en , od er ; ( from
.
-
illumin
b u d d h a, ppl . a w ak ened ; en bi dda n , Ge r bitten , pray , as in bid bea ds,
.
in te llect ; min d ,
m
13 ; wi t, wi ts ; - 2 . ui , atten d to, 58 1 ; un de rstan d, kn ow ,
mind in the sense o f opini on ( as in
belief ; at end f
o p d s : v i
y g hra bu ddhyi ,
c -
+ p ra , co me forth ( from sleep) o
t con
h kr
buddhi r , make up one s
mind, 58 bu dha , a. aw ake ; in te lli gen t ; wise ; as m .
one s self, deci de, [ V bu dh, 1 1 57 b u b h u k si , f : de s ire to eat, hun ger .
[ fr .
, n n , an o V ,
. .
stren gthen .
. .
ij ] [ 2043
d bha r
f
o person a nd
g en .
f
o thing, day .
[ cf . p ay si s ,
-
ge t one s porti on , eat, b h a d ra, a - 1 praise worthy, pleasi ng ; . .
bhaks : akin ar
e the names of the tw o sing a nd pl . w elfare, pros perity, 20
16
called from the lik eness of the kern els to tl bhan d (bhan date ) . r
eceive j ubilant
beech, is ident boc, book, or ig run es b h t n d i sth a , most loudly
'
. . a . or best
scratched on bran ches of a frui t bearin g -
tr
ee,
see Taci tus, Germani a, x .
; su ch a hha yh, n. - 1 . fear, an xiety ; in nposi
cor
branch was called by a name w hich beca me tion to . the thing f ea red, 1 077,
i n Old Hi gh Ger puah-stap or batch-sta b, . fearof a thin g ( abl .
om
bhayi t, fr
an d mean t orig beech s ta b u t the .
-
fear, 2077
y
,
36 4, 41 77 ; then, as conversel
peril, 42 3-4 .
[ V bhi 1148 1 a : for .
p r a - v i
, di v i de . burden ; wei ght, 507
;
di vi de ( ti ty 4
s a sh - v i ,
-
1 . a thi n g a cc .
) .
w ith r i shar pondus, w ei ght, then a lso d
a pe so n g ve a e poun a
- 2 presen t
. a person ( a cc. ) w i th a thin g particular quan ti ty or measure , in nir
[ V bh;
d
pn : s, L at hcf
eif er .
m - - .
tv i ; bhaj ya )
break
-
[ op i n i on s are . . En g . weigh, orig .
bear up, lift, as in
di vi ded as to w hether Wbhaj ,
2 bhuj , weigh anchor, AS . wega n, carry, bear,
cf gi ri bhrt -
,
th fr
breaking for denite
moun tain s if bhaiii does stan d for b h a ra t a, a to be su pported or mai n .
bhraiij then Lat g r b r k i d b k li b h e car
. ,a n e e ea t a ne e sp to e
. ep t a v e y t e , , .
na uf r ag a
-
shi p breaking
-
,
em estas
( p
t ) o f m en-
as epi th e t of th e g od A gni ; as a , , .
b h a tti ra k a m lo rd M plied ,
.
, to go ds b h a v a, m . the co ming into existence .
an d learned men .
[ bhatti rg 1 2220 ' bhi
[l ]
[ 205]
b h a v a t p urv a , a - . havi n g bhavant as tor
y or prohi bi tor
y,
notice ( of man
rst or precedin g ; -
a m ,
a d v. in a etc : cf
i s, bhi s ) . . t .
voc s . . f . of bhav ant at the begi nnin g of u d shine out, become manifest,
bha v a n s ,
n . dwellin g, abode, house .
b h i g u d h y a , n ( bestowal or allotment
[ pro p an ex i sti n
.
g,
pl ace of e xi s t then
- .
in g, dbhii , 1 1 50 1 a so Eng dwelling an d. of a par t, i s ) portion , 88 , esp bestow al
7 .
. . .
an abidi n g, and then abidi n g-place
h second person , a nd tr
p ro n oun o
f t e a ns
p erson to express
grea ter courtesy, 19 bh i j an a ,
n . vessel, di sh .
[ li t
r
e c
.ei ver,
28 5 5
; used in the sec s . . m ( bhav as,
. can il bha m
j g ,
2 : 1 1 50 l h . .
]
b h i nda , n 1 . . vessel, ot
p ; vat ; dish ;
a ddress , ( lord, master mi ster) , , sir,
lady .
2
ge
.n eralized ( like p tt a ),
i utensil ;
[p ob
r . a contracti on of bhAgavant : cf w ares or w are .
1
61 u .
] b h i nda - mi ly a , a. capital con sisti ng of
of on e s beggin g for mula ) [ g p
o ri e rha ps be a
gi tate d an d so a . .
, ,
, ,
23 ; bhavitavyam i t must be 27
13 1 b h i ri m burden [ l b h i
, n] , , . .
[ l b hii 964] ,
b h i r a t a a d esce n d e d f ro m Bhara ta ; , .
bi te ; ; de vour, c cr
o u sh
n su m e ; bh a si ta, of Yudhi shthira, to whom Brihadacv a
con sumed to ashes [ cf a ds p, s pa s an, . . -
m -
tells the sto ry of Nala .
[b ha ra tg 1 208f .
]
barley gr
ea ts - w . the 3d pl bh ps ati b h i ri k a , m carrier [bhi ra ]
.
- - . .
sand3 ] i , f wife ( tbsp, 963b ] - . . .
VI b h i ( bhi ti ; ba bhi d ; bhi syi ti ; bhi th) . bhi va , m 1 the becomi n g 61 ; exi st
.
3 .
,
15 1 3
; bein g ; in cpds, used as equ i v
be br
i ght, shine ; appear [ ci M p i, ence ,
. . -
L at .
ri ,
-
make appear, revea l, say
; to the sa j ir tv a or ti , con diti on of being
En g . ba n, public proclama ti on , manda 35 31
,
- 2 .
( y
wa of bein g, i . s .
) con
b h v i n ] [ 206]
di ti on 3 f b i i ) n atur r forth or Open
split
.
( y
w a o e n g,
. s . e ; p a , .
[ V b h 1 48 b h i y as , fear [ V bh
'
ca us . fear;
[ for abhi sk, be afrai d of bhita, havin g feared,
'
p a ,
. .
b h i sa , j : speech, language [ hi s ]
V b . . these w ords with oi B opau, am afeard, - -
b h i si t a , ppl spoken ; as n [1 1 76a ], w hat . . ee in fright, and Bar, fear, is still a
shin e .
[ cf. V bhi ] b h i t a, ppl feared ; a s n [1 1 76a ], fear
. . .
q u e st ; be g ; esp .
go be gging for food . b h i ru, a timid [ V bhi , 1
. 1 92 ] .
alms AS bi g a n ,
[ V bhik.
g w the re la ti on . of La t .
j ug-ere,
turn abo ut, ee ; .
-
1 to 2, cf . that of Eng g .
gettin ,
act of bend, turn abou t meti mes
so
getti ng, to getting, that w hich is also ee, Eng verb bow ( as in ,
. bow down )
V b h i d ( bhi nhtti , bhi ntte ; bibhda , bi ben d 3AS boga , En bow, arcus, el bow ,
.
-
.
pierce [ or
ig split, cr V 2 b huj bh hkti bh kt bu bhbj a ,
'
. . ush : cf . L at .
( u n , uri ;
n do, cleave, perfect di ; Ger beissen, . bubhuj abhuj at bhoksyati , -
te
Eng bi te ;
. also bit, morsel ,
an dbi t, part
of a bridle ; bitter, used of a d, w a i V d h i h i ) h
sw or .
joy; n e a , ( ave use w t ,
s ave . .
b h ir [351 a. a t end o
f cp ds, becomin g, b h r, the first of the three uttera nces
( see
land, lands .
[ V bhi, tions , being in place s many .
com a mma ti
other; cr
e ature in genera l, 21 b k g ( bibharti bhhrati , -
te V .
0
eate d thing , 58 w orld,
1
cr
so [ V bhir cf .
ea rl -
y, plan t,
con vey ; 5 .
( bea r,
i . e .
,
as in La timer)
w in ; 6 brin g.
( as an offering, c j i of- fer , )
b h ii t a -
g ri ma m , . sing . an d pl . co mmu 69 1 4
, 82 1 4
;
w . dhar, otter the breast,
n i ty of cr
ea tu r suckle, 78 3 7 r i ) su ppor
es .
; .
( be a ,
. s . t ;
b h ii t a b h i si , -
j : lan guage of the gob a nd so
( lik e E n g supp ort ), furni sh sus .
b h u ta la , -
n . earth-surface , g roun d , earth . so also, keep ( on hire ) 8 w ear ( as Ger
. .
[ cf . tala .
] tragen mea ns
bear
a nd w ear w .
cf io rs, i mmed, 64 19
f Eng
'
bein g, ci
.
pr a tr .
[ .
p
c epu , L at . ero, .
k in g, prince . bdren,
bring forth 3 AS bea rn, En g .
-
.
b h ir p a ti , m lord
- . of the land, kin g, ba irn,
chi ld,
is an old ppl ,
li t tha t . .
b h ii b h i g a , m spot of the
-
. -
earth, p lac e .
r, carrier off, thief se e also u n der
b h ma n , n earth ; w orld . .
[ V bh, 1 1 68 . bha ra , bhartr
the deri ve, , an
d bh; ti ; - cf .
b h ii mi , j 21
earth,
17
57 ; groun d, .
a p a carry off, take aw ay, drool .
2 land ; 4
3 place , 23 ; esp t place,
1 beardown an assa ilin g w ea pon ),
. . . av a , (
ro
p p er v ess e l ( f sthi na,
o
pi tra ), 21 5,
2s t
[ V bh ii , 1
. 1 07 : for mg, cf n .s] . . in, bearun to, b rin g to .
b h ii mi -
p a t i , m . lord of the land, kin g, u pa , brin g un to .
prin ce .
u, i i n
pp lonly
,
n ibhr (
ta, born e down , .
+ p ra , act . br mi d
ing forward ; oer;
. i e the
. . use of bhos instead of a pers on s
prabhr,
ta brou ght forward, made ready . real na me .
halloo
o en repeated, e
g
. .
[ for ori
V b hrii ( r
bh ii ; In ; gi n , see bh a van t : for e uphonic co mbina
roast ; parch, esp grai n
.
[ w
cf h en, L.a t . . tion , see 1 76a ( in 2d ed , 809 .
g
i ere,
roas t ak in w V bhr i jJ . b h o h ga b d a , m the word bhos
- . .
bhrty a , m .
( one w ho is to be main tained, b h ra nga , m fall ; [ V bhr an g]
. ru in ; loss .
is
. .
) servant .
[ grdv . of V bhr, 963b .
] V b h ra m ( bhramati , te ; bhri myati to -
,
-
bhrq ,
a a .
pow erful . 763
[ ] babh ri ma b hram i syati ; b hri n ta
b hrqa d u hk h i t a, - a .
( pow erfully, i . s.
)
exceedin gly pai n ed .
ed ; bhetavyam,
b h e t a v y a , grdv to be fear . un steadily or w itho ut ai m; wander; roam,
i mpers . timendum est, one should 36 19
,
23 5
; u tte r, of in sects, etc ;
2 . .
of di visi ons V b
[ hi d ] .
[ the ori g . meanin gs see m to have ia
b h e aaj a, f -
i , a . healin g ; as n . healin g clu ded irregular and ai mless and rotary
b h i i k sa , n . be gging ; bhi iksa car, go re, and also to have been transferred to
a-beggin g .
[ t 1208e ] . the soun d there of : cf . the deri v s bhtmi ,
b h i i ma , a . descen ded from Bhi ma ; j : -i, w hirlw indbhra m , w hirlin g dame and
Bhi ma
s daughter, Damayanti .
[bhi mg w hirlpool,
and bhramara, bee cf.
spi n -
cw , rage,
( m an d
roar
of stor
Terrible, na me of a hun te r .
[ bhi ri
l ,
'
rage, roar ;
Ger: brummen hum rum ,
,
bh o, see 1 76a ( in 2d ed .
, see 1 74h) .
p lace of surf , ed e
g , margin ; O ld En g
.
l .
] p a ri , oun d
wanderar .
[ 42 bhuj,
enj oy , 1 1 50 l a j . . b urn ;
7 pa ,
A - .
dame ; La t a m ma
.
-
,
m ame
b h oj y i ,
rd
y a . to be eate n ; as n. food s
g a
a -
,
d
g re, shin e, li ghten ; -
'
supply of food [ V 2 bh j, j AS blac, shinin g, splen di d ( f r d
'
. u en oy, eat, . o es an
ames ), then
963d ] .
w hite ( of the dead ), En g .
[1 3020 2] y
b bh os or bh a v ant ; am, a ds v i , shin e - . .
l
b h o b h i v a , m the becomi n g bhos ; w
-
k nown cf 1 1 82d : cf p rnp, br
.
o ther, .
,
. .
-'
14
bh ratrs th an a ] [ 21 0]
so, man clan s Lat .
j ri -ter, br
other [9570] may i tun ; sink under;
mazga
b h rtl j : bro w [ cf 6 pp
c 6 s,
eye . . - -
, Church Sla vo nic mozga ,
AS .
brow A S brii , .
eye-li d En g brow . .
] meu ry Eng ma rrow Ger M a rk, all mean
,
.
, .
in g
marrow ,
an d , as meaning originally
the i nmost part or pi th, prob from thi s
.
ms .
pron . root, see aha m .
[ cf .
p l, root : see rajj u .
]
L at me AS m Eng ma ] d, merge
'
.
,
.
,
. u e- .
V ma nh ( mankato ) make .
gre a t or ab u n d ui , si nk dow n ; dip one s se lf,
ba the .
an t a thin g ( a cc .
) for a person ma j j i o mann a s
, P ra krit f or -
magha g or
r ig
e a t,
. be
an d tran s . ma th a ra a perhaps persis tent ; a s m ,
.
.
make gre at or hi g h,
a n d esse ntially M atha ra name of a man ,
.
mg , cf . L at . la rgas ,
large, li beral,
w .
j ar .
la rgi ri,
gi ve libera lly,
an d Eng . la rge ma ni k a m large w aterj ar [maul ] ,
.
-
.
wi th la r
g ess .
] ma nda p a m n open hall or pa vilion ,
. . .
manh i sth a ,
a .
gra n tin g m ost ab un dan tly, ma nda p i k i j : small shed or shOp , .
most generous .
[ V m il k, [ m a nd apa 1 222 an d d ] ,
.
- . . . .
, , , ,
.
,
. . . .
, ,
ma g i d h a m pl Magadhans name of ,
. .
, a female fr 0g .
e
p po le Magadha ,
na me of the ircoun try, ma t i j : 1 ( thi nkin g upon i s like the
, .
,
. .
,
ma g a d h a -
dega, m the land . of Magadha . hymn or son g of praise 2 , .
i . s. mar
lin ] derstanding, in telligen ce .
[ V u an ,
ma g h d v a n a .
1 . abo un ding in q . v :
. cf . L a t mens, . ste m men ti -
,
mind ;
pri es ts, 88 1 0 f .
; sri app lied in pa rticula r mat s y a m sh the li vely one , . .
,
singe rs ) , 71 5
,
2 in the . V ma t h or man th ( ma thn i ti mathni t ,
Epos, The Gen erous One , sta n din g epithet mantha ti ; matha ti mami tha, ma
of I n dra , m
[ g
a ha , mathlis ma manthus methus ; an ath , ,
ma g a l a ,
n .
1 . w elfare , lu ck ; 2 any .
[ ma d i
g ys a 1 59 p r a agi ta te, , ,
.
V n a j j ( mA jj a ti te ; ma maDa ; Amajj ;
i t V m a d ( mad at i ; mi dyati ;
, mami da ;
-
ma n i si f 1 th o u g ht ;
,
u n derstan
. din g ; m6 n t r a . m 1 th ou g h t ; es
p thoug ht en ,
. . .
an d hymn (f
c . dhi 2) .
[ V ma n ,
1 1 97b ] .
2 . usua l desi na tion o
g f the hy m n s an d
ma n i si n ,
a. 1 . ha vin g un derstandi ng, tex ts of the V edas ; 3
. la ter ( when
wi se ; 2 prayerful, devou t
. .
[m i ni these V edic tex ts ca me to be used as
l 230a .
] magic formulas ) spell charm ; 4 like , , .
man u ,
m 1 m an ; c ollectivel
.
y ( as i n . manta deli beration plan [ V man 1 1 85b :
, , .
,
kind, 2
( like H ebre w A dam ) Th e . an ce
( see V gans ) then magic spell
, ,
Man xor
lgoxr, M ann, father of man whence En g cha rm ] .
praise ,
an d sacr i ce , 8 , M an n, as typ e 93 sacred texts, i .e .
, as m V eda -
teacher .
perhaps related ar
e M in -
s and M in or,
mythical Greek forefathers : the deriva ui in vite [ for mg cf ( under V budh ) ,
.
, .
sa m n i
, ,
ma n u j a m man -
[p p
r 0,
a d j M a
. n u t ex ts [ m a n.tr a 1 233 ] . .
,
.
,
ma n u j e n d ra m ( prince of men i e ) ,
.
,
. .
p r in c e ki n g 1 5 V l m a
. n d ( m a nd a ti ; mamanda ; Amand
l
, ,
[ m a n na 12 1 2d 1 : cf m i n u sa : fo r m g 2 V m a d ] .
,
[ m a n usy a , r e m a i n
t he c o n g e n e r o f p l y ea r Lat ,
-
, .
i s Bra h m an 95.
1 .
( s lu g g i sh a n d s
,
o ) w e a k ;
. in s ig n i ca n t ; ,
ma n n ay a l o k a m w o rld o-f m en li tt le ; ,
3 ( like Eng colloq slow ) stupid
. . . . . .
ma n o ra th a , m wish
-
[l i t hca rt
s m a n d a b h. i g y a ,
0 h a v.i n g li tt le luc k ,
.
- .
j y
o
m
, a n as + 2 ra th a ] u n lu c k y . .
tivatin g .
[ 2 1 3]
ma n d l d a ra , a.having little regard for ma ra k a t a , n . s maragd or e merald .
[ cf .
French e m eralds ,
Fren ch emer a ude
] .
ma n d i ra m n l , ma ra na n death [ 41 min
. . . coral ee , Er
tr ythrin a , . .
[ V 2 m a n d tarry 1 1 88 e : prop a,
w ai t ma r
i c i m i l i j g
ar,la
n d of ra y s . -
,
.
ma nsion
cf Fi pa fold stable late r rays [.ma ri ci m i li 1 230a ]
-
,
, ,
.
,
.
monastery for mg observe that Lat ma ru m a waste ; desert [p er ha ps , th e .
, . .
ma nsio stem ma n si on ( fr ma n i re
,
dead and barr en p ar t w h e th e -
r o f la n-
d .
-
, ,
ma n mi nu s n my esh [ mad
- in pap pa la ce
, . .
,
-
,
elemen t of a c d
p h a vin g as i ts mak e ma rm a j i i a a kn o w,in g th e w e a k s pots ,
-
,
. .
an Asur a articer of the Dai tyas an d mary a a man esp youn g man ; pl ( like
, , ,
.
, . .
Eng deriv su x hood hea d Ger heit mal a n m smut ; impurity physi cal and
. .
-
,
-
,
.
-
, , . .
,
g ladn ess, j oy [p p
ro a buildin u
g p,
fr . . . 2 professi ona l boxerand wre stler; one
.
ma ra m ,
. death .
[e ,
cow s urine.
masyabh v a] [ 21 4]
ma sy a b h av a m lack of
-
,
. ink . ma h i - dhan a, a. having gr
eat wealth,
V ma h ( mAhate ; mi ma h mahi ta very rich .
wi th ori
g do n ag h i n the mgs be
. earth, air, r
e, water, or ether ( as dis
eat, mi ghty, i s power om a subtile men t orrudi
gr ful or able, trans . . ting ui shed fr ele
mak e able, help, cf p ox Ads, helping
.
-
mentary atoms) .
l
p y a s,
L a-
t ma
g
-nus
, AS mic cl, En g . .
-
.
mickle ,
great . ma h i -
raj a, a .
great pr
ince .
( raisi n.
mah f mahi , , a .
gre a t ; mi ht
g y, 78 3 1 31 5a .
]
stron g mahi , as subst the gr eat, i . . e. the ma h i -
great how l
ri v a , in . .
earth ; f or mg cf: pr
thi vi , .
[ cf. V mah : ma h i - v
i k ra ma , a ha vin g great might .
see 4 001
] orcour age ; as m Gr eat-might, na me of a .
ma h a a gre at [l main ]
, . . li on .
ma h an t [45Oh] f mahati , .
,
1 . a .
gr
e at ma h i -
v gr i ra,
eat her o n.
a .
)
so , m
large, lon g,
i gh ty i m p ort an t ; si g v r a t a a h a v i n g a m a h a,v r a ta ma h i -
, .
,
lect 67,
1 7
[ ori g ppl o f n a h q v ]. ma h i a g r ea t [ h u s h ]
. .
,
. .
,
. .
j y
o f ully 7 3 1 3
[ V n a h see i
, ts v ari ous m g ]
s
. ma h i s a a m i h
g y t ; m a,h i s o u rg as , th e .
, .
, , . .
, . .
,
q a han t 1 2 49h 35 5a [ l
V m a,h J w i th out mra
g ,bu a lo 5 5 3 . m a hi n i f , ,
-
, .
ma h i k a t h i j i great tale
-
[acct c
, f : th e p o w er f u l on e as d es ig .
, ,
ma h a k a v i m great poet
-
, nation : o .
f a w o m a n o f hi g h ran k ; of th e .
as ma h i
m person . w orthy of un usual , see un der mi ll .
ma h a t a p a s a ( havin g i e ) practi si ng ma h i
-
,
.
, . .
-
p a t i , at. earth-lord, kln g .
3 honor [ V i na-
. n .
[ ym a obh i 12 1
, 1 cf 1 208e ] , . .
build 1 1 50 l a ] , . mara k a t a j 2 i a smaragdin e emerald
.
,
-
,
.
,
l s p o e t ,
2 a s n a m e o f A g as m i r a n a n . a killi n g ; w m ap inc ur , . .
,
tya s father Mi n a
d
[ ] o ,
kill i n g g e t kill
. e d [ ca u s o f V 1 mr die
.
, . .
, ,
m
.
.
, ,
of l mi na : cf . mi rg a a of or pertainin g to game or , .
of the so ns of m e n a m an ; 3 m 1 208f ] , . . .
form hl ensch man as subst only : cf mal a v a m Malw a name of a coun try in
. . .
, , , ,
mi nd [manna 1 208a ]
. mi l y a n crown wreath [ mi ]; .
,
.
, .
mi n u sa d i i v i k a a of men and of
-
p m m o o n ,
L a t M i n
. a m e n s truationis -
, .
,
na AS m m
g o ds . d ea ; G o t h are na E n g oo n .
, .
, .
,
as m descen dan t of M
.
[ m a nd i rm d a y a ls o u h r s te m .
p en L a t m e n s i s , , .
- q
,
, .
,
m
. . .
[ 3 m i n a , m i s a m 1 m o on see m ; 2 , .
- .
, .
[ m a m a 1 2 0 6f ] m o n ths . .
p ow e r ; esp i n V ed a su pe.rn a
,
tur al or m o n th s ,
.
w or k 1 14
,9 cf ,
. mitya ) bui ld ; establish ; set up ( a post - .
,
V 2 mi or mi ( mi ni ti mi nl ti , ; mimi ya mi t h u n a , , pair;
- 1 . a . e d,
pair formi ng a
minish , lessen ; mi ni sh ,
bring low ; bring an d female ), pair of childr
en ; pai r ( of
to nought .
[ cf .
pu t -
o, Lat . mi nu o
- -
, anythi n g ) .
[ V mith , 1 1 77c ] .
lessen ; A S posi ti ve min, small ; Old
.
mi t h u y , adv false ly [ see
. . mi thn
Hi gh Ger comp minniro, sminv iro, Mi ddle
. .
- acct !]
p er- mi t is s- -
q
,
ruin fr AS r ain comes . . mi t h y o p a c ara m false service orsimu , .
mi t j ! post
, , pillar, pr
0p [ V l i ni , set up, .
L at mills . assemblage host thousan d
,
, , ,
383b :
3 for mg, cf En g post, Lat poetis, . . .
pl m
.il la , whence -
the borrowed Eng .
wi th W e, se t mile, a thousand
( paces ),
mi lia pas
mi t ra , m f ri en d co m
-ra de ( V ed
1ic . .
, suu m perhaps mi l its e
- -
, goin g in co m
only) ; esp 2 Mi tra name of an Adi tya ;
. .
, pan i es or troops and so, like En g troops, .
mi t ra b a n d h u h i n a , - a . desti tute of pi m p , p
s o ts - m m, Lat misoco .
, c mic sc se, - -
friends and r
elati ves . 1
[ 5,
26
mi x
; Old mis/sen Ger High Ger .
,
.
title of the rst book of the Hitopadeca . w hen ce En g mi s for mid: ( like as for
.
,
else
g uest of the mg of the cpd ver b ma sh mi x and esp mak e in to a,
,
.
94a] .
pro ce ss of bec om in g mi x ed .
V mi h ( mh
or n
ati ; am i k sati gh
; ma k
mi t h as , a dv. together, mutually , a mong sy i ti ; mi hi
d [ 222 ma k e w a te r [ fr . . .
s. f m ith
. u i
y ( 1 1 1 2s ) w ron l
gy fa lse ly , , . mg pour out
,
,
whence on the one hand
fatness, bestow r
mi dh
'
in ter
course}an d verlcehrt,
mih] [ 2 1 8]
mi h , f mi st . .
[ V mih z cf . b pix nu,
- -
mi st
; V mu d (moda te ; mumud ; modi syate
AS mist .
, s mig st Eng mist ]
-
,
. mu dita) be glad rej oice ; mudita glad
.
, , ,
mu k t a -
g i p a , a. havi n g a lai d asi de -
3
.
y di sti n gu
ani she d sage or seer or
curse , leaving his curse behind him . ascetic, esp one w ho has tak en a row . of
[ V mu c ] . silence (f mi
c una ); . hermit, etc .
mti k h a , n .
1 . mouth ,
51 19
; mu mii rsu ,
a. wi shi ng to di e, abo ut to die,
j a w s, 2 . v isage, coun tenan ce, moribun d .
[ i r de.si d . of Vl mr ,
1 028b,
face, sn ou t or face of an ani mal , ]
l 1 78f .
at end f
o cp ds, esp . w . an ad
j . V mu s ( mumi ti ; mumosa ; amosit ; mus
[1 298 ]
a , or a d ecti vel
j y used r
p p
e . ita; musi tvii ; m1i sya ) rob ; steal [ci -
. . .
or a dv .
[1 306 ] denoting direction : n da miis the thief i c mouse as mouse
,
,
. .
,
,
mukha , havi ng a n orthw ard face, turni n g a n d from the shape muscle Lat mils
,
, .
,
4 like E n
( g he ad a n d like chi ef . . En g mouse ; Ger M a ns
. mouse ( w hen ce
.
,
om den om ma usen
f r capu t ) the head, te . . chief, best, stea l .i n which w e are ,
,
muk h y a ,
a .
( at the mou th or front, an d the primi ti ve ) an d also muscle of the ,
)
so chi ef, most ex cellent .
[ mdk ha , cf . thumb further p via enema L at mus ca ,
, , .
-
,
mg 4: 121 2a .
]
y
: see also mu sing ]
V mu c (muncati te mumboa n u mu sk a m 1 testicle ; 2 puden da ,
-
, ,
. . .
mok tum; muk tvti ; mticya ; mocayati mil s mouse : formgs see underV mus
-
, , ,
release ; fr
ee ; let go ; let cf p bo - xor vb M l yvraureiov p dptov
'
cior Ita
.
p
loose, lay aside ; release esp from . w . mush , cf . also Persi an mush/c En g ,
.
L at mi c as snot : for mg
cf
n ose ; .
-
, ,
.
relation of snout to the cognate verbs snot be confused ; err; lose one s senses ;
an d sn ite] m rdh f li h d b f l im l
'
. r a o o s an as su st oo s p e , ,
.
, ,
in g way V muh 1 1 1 1 d ]
un tie ; free ; pass be fr e ed or sep .
, , .
a lso r e in str [
. for la st m g cf ti eth o f a
. d ay a n h o ur ( o f 48 m i n u te s ) ,
.
, .
En g loose wi th lose ]
. .
m a victi m
mal sacrice [ cf 4m id an i . .
mr un der m6da s ]
6m , destroy
g du so ft e . . a wall : w .
, , .
w eak
cf Lat mollis e molvis
,
m oldv i s
. .
, ,
- -
n e d b a s wi sdom in su n edbas [ eq u
,i v ,
-
. .
an d Bpa ws t M U S of medhi ]
soft w eak ,
slow , ,
-
,
mil , 1 1 8l .
]
w ith e d in hi ms -mardana, melting mo d a k a ,
m . s mall roun d co mt , sw ee t
late ral form smelt makes this doubtful esp to eats b les ]
. .
v i , destroy .
-
mekhali
i, se .
, gi r
d le of M u nj g
a ras s .
e arth, 62 1 3
[p p
ro . cru mbled .
earth, mau j i n i b a n d h a n a -
, n. li gati on of
t mr
d: similar speci alizations of
mg are the M unj a girdle -
m
.
the cognate of 42 m ,
crush, cru mble
on account o f su mni [ V mni ] . .
Ger Gran d,
. sa nd,
is fr the . same root V mn i ( mi na ti ; Amni sit ; m i tt ) . col
zer-schellen
,
break to pieces, go back to [ se e 1
v m a n cf .
p pv
t-
d aw
-
,
k ee p in
the same r
oot ; log a and losta, clod,
form of e d q v ] . . .
\l mr m
c ( r ti m a m m m; V m l mlii ti m m l d A l
'
ga te ; a n r ga a i ( y a ; a i ; n i eft ;
m
-
m
, ,
1 touch mulcer )1 m
. e str oke ; gr asp take
, a die an d so , pe r i sh de cay , , , , ,
consider [ f h H hi l r j h i i h r d r
'
c t e e sy c
. an Bpax ei r n i n a s a . a av n g a w t e e g a ,
-
, .
Vi ew , gr
asp, understan d L at . mulc land .
a b h i , touch .
go .
2 ( like E ng not m
. . . .
,
1 m l e c c h a m barbarian
forge t 92
.
; , [ l ecln] . .
,
. .
me k a a se tting up in eu mka [ V l mi
, is foremlk aketi li ke pr , cchati q v for -
.
,
-
, ,
. .
,
mdyt ti be fatf ] ,
y a re la ti ve p ro n 1 w ho which . .
,
of the sacr
i ci al vi cti m; -
3 . sacrici al sva mbhii to vi dvi n , yas sa martha s ,
[ 221 ] [ y j y
a i a ns
yi mi esi m 74 ;
,
3
yac m ucyate f orm o c ah s a h , stir
f y ( y g ) , mo ve qui ck ly
sai d, ) is . . as for the sayi ng that is aveng mgly , aven ge, a nd on the other, da rt
; u
sts ] 18 5 swiftly ( as suddenly
[fa ta li sloth -
talk, ; 9. appearing light) .
- 3 . con vertin
g the sub ect or ob ect o
j f j a
[ see the follow ing three w ords and Voyah
l someti m ki nship of Ger
verb into a subs an i v j ag en pursu e, hun t, is
t t e c a use es , .
~
,
perha
p ,
s merely for metre : doubte d ]
but of f
ten or e mphas i s : ; y y a k sa, n spiri t or sprite or ghost ; as m
57 7 . .
pak si det
a ils , t j im ii ta abhav an, wha t a Yaksha, one of a class of fabulou s en u
g ,
my
.
k
p s
a i abha van j i mii ti s, 93 3
; ay less one,
V yaks : for conn ecti on of mgs of
hbti , ki r u 35 ya masya , w ho this priest root an d deriv , . cf . the con verse relation
[ ]
is , is he also that of Yams , 88 1 0 so of irit orsprite to sprightly,
En g . sp
b risk ,
d d d a nd stirring, and cf Scott s restless
'
a
y , even w words of
z erent gen er .
m
.
nu ,
mber p j p
r a a ater v a staj j y st
as , e ha y a k si n , a a ven i
g gn . .
[V yaka]
m
toka , yat pdrvati s, of P that [was ] the y ak sma , m di sease . . .
[p erhaps , the sin
w i ncor
.
p ora ted a ntecedent : mi i vi d
nav as dyi ksit. tr a ; yaksyti. 4 0 : ins
dhri duni m
ea, no t for him di d the light a g od 99 1 2
; w orship ; w orship
ning avai l, not w hat mist be scattered wi th prayer and oblation ( instr ) a nd . so
5
y a in specia l connections
.
y ya a a nd middle ,
when one sacr ices on n
o e s
q ui libe t, ; ; 6
21 tw11
o or so ya ta, 18 4 . a certai n sacrice serve a person
n
y y y
as ad i m i nsa m,
w hen ( w ho ) so m e sacred awe, expiator y sacri ce p o al ,
66 13 ; 7 if ude,
shipped, hallow ed ; w
anybody, tit r w or y j
-
so .
ya, a .
si quis ( really an a n aco ut on l h ) : so y a , c o l en dus, cf 87 4
0 3 , to be w or .
- 8 ya, an d
. he, 9 f orf urther. shi pped, holy differen t i s h as , see
[ orig pri m a r
.i ly a an d
d e m o n st r ati v e er -
opfer n .
( lik e E
n g t ha t a n d G
e r der
.
)
cf b s, h e ,
y j
a a t t a , . . a. vener
able, holy .
ya j ,
not ;
even
seco n dar ily a re lats
i ve
y j y
a i i n s , a ex ce llen tly sacri cin g ,
ri gh t .
y a j a r -
v e d a, m . the V eda of sacricial prover bs motivating a
precedin
g sta te ment
tex ts, Yaj urveda .
[ see ya usj .
] or action, e.
g . 19 7
; yatua tens , si n ce
y j
a u sma n t ,
a .
( po ss e ssi n g, i . s .
) acco mpa therefore,
7
30 ; so
yatas atas , 36 ; 2
ni ed by sacrici al tex ts ; 2-
f
_
ma ti ( se .
yatas tad, f
c: tatss .
[pron . root
istaki ) , Yaj ushmati , na me appli ed to ya, 51 0,
certain bricks u se d i n buildin g the sacred 1 y at i pron . as many , q t
uo .
[pron .
of i ts own .
[ ya u s, j hi s passi ons an d abandoned the w orld ;
1 e d aw e r hi 2 see i ran a a n d 65 11
3
y dj sacr w [ ri ver h
u s, n. .
; o s p; .
g s t , on e w o .
fro m himself,
sacricial te x t, as di stin gu ished takes pains, one w ho casti ga te s
j y a ,
conn ecti on of the w or d with V] ya m,
y a j i a, m . w orshi p, devotion ( so in V eda ) 1 1 57 1
, cf . 954d .
]
later, es
p . act of w orship, sacrice , o erin g y a t n a , m . a strivin g after; e ort pai n s ;
( these the p reva ili ng mgs ) .
[ yj
V a , l l 77a, w . kr: ta ke pain s ; bestow e ort upon
have a thin g ( loc .
) at heart, 1 1s
;
y a j a -
k ra t u, m . sacri ce-cere mony , yata o kr
te, pains havin g been taken .
i . e
. rite .
[ 1 280b .
] V
[ y t,
a
y a g a ,
. sa cr .
y ra ,
a . e, g e . .
g ,
a correl. w . tatra , 24 , 85
4 1 w eni.
, 83 1
y j
a i rt h a m, a dv . for a sacrice .
[ ar ya tra v i , at a quadrivi um, orsomew here
tham, 1 3020 ( else ), 1 04 21 .
[pron ro ot ya , 51 0,
.
1 w orth rel 1
y a j y ,
i a a y . . of w orshi p or
y ath i , . a dv. a nd con
j . . in w hi ch
sacrice, reveren d, holy, di vine 2 . w ay, as ; so meti mes f ollow ing its correlat ive :
acti ve or ski llful in sacri ce, pi ou s ; as m. tathi yathi , eva m
oerer .
[ ya j iia , yathi 2 but . much qener pre
m
,
y a j o p a v i td, a . the sacrice c ord, sacred ce ding its corre a tive : l tesi sash hanmo
cord w orn o ver the left shou lder .
[ upa
mid j oin .
,
i ntra ns .
, ran ge one s
se lf in thou w ishest, 9 1 1
; e tc .
; so with verbs
order, p r oce e d i n r ow s ,
3 mid . .
of g sa yin , etc. : tad brhi, yathi
try to j ,
oin st ri v e a fte r; ta ke pain s ; 4 . u pada dhi ma, this tell us ( vi z . the w ay )
ca us ( cause to attain, i s ) requite w ith
. . . in w hi ch we ar
e to put on
,
so
rew ard or
p uni sh men t .
[ pe rhaps or
ig . 88 8. 7
;
reach ou t af ter
an d akin V yam ]
w . .
4 without nite verb, as mere pa rticle
.
p ra , ( reach ou t, is . .
) mak e eort, take a t en d f
q a p i da 7 1 1 9 1 5 8 7 n 1 5 2 9
8 1 ,
1 :
, , , , ,
reason ) : -
1 . w here, 2 . because , 5 . co mbina tions f?
(c ya 5) yathi
for, 38 5 ; es
p . co mmon as introducing ya thi tathi tathl , according as so,
a
p roverb or the rst ( only) of a series f
o the more the more , ya thi tathi .
y a d b h a v i sy a ] [ ]
224
perati ve, 10 has no nite verb, his sister Yami , consti tuted the rst
4 01
; 2 . w i n protas is a n d apo
. at human pai r, selection lx iii ; honored . as
h ( yam)
1 9
32 1 7
,
has no nite verb, 27 , gar d ed as t e Restrai ner V or
a lternati ve conditions . vi , Pun isher,
an d rulerof death an d of the
28 1 a
podosis introduced by M S Yami , twin sisterof Yams [ so Thomas
m
.
mm
, ,
( 9 6 ( 82 1 m Hebrew '
to m, means
w i thout ad v .
( e.
g .
[pron . root y ,
a y a mi -
ri j an , a . havi ng Yam as their
l 1 03d .
] ki ng ; as m subj ect of Yama [ 1 302a ]
. . .
VI y a m (y i e chs ti t e y y
a i m a y i v a , m o rig p ro b a ny, g rain -or c orn , . . .
,
[ ci .
( d
sa , a a f rd , -
( nub .
re strain t, i . s. puni sh men t ]
u endo sign ; as n . the Yavamadhyama ,
E ng . ex ten d ) ,
len gthen ; i yata , exten ded [ 1297, 1 280b .
]
lon g .
yi vi sth a , a. youn gest ; esp . of a re j ust
ad, 1 . rai se ( the ar s, m w eapo n s ), born of the sticks of attrition or j ust set
2 like En i l to yuvan , q
.
( g tak e . up, . s .
) under on the altar .
[ super . . v .
, but
take or set abou t (a thi ng ) ; udyata, from the si mpler s yn ,
havin g un dertak en, w inf 28 0
av i h
st y , = a v i sth but lways at
. .
,
.
y a a
y a , . a
+ ui hold, re strai n ;
, ni yata, havi n g te
y a gi s, a . honored, splen did .
stri cted one s self ( to a certain thin g ), a ll
y as ti , j : staff [pe rhap s
a . support, fr .
i n marriage ( as a father his da ughte r), V y a h , stir, move qui ckly, inf erred yaks, .
98 7 . v
q , a nd yahv a ,
con ti n ually movi n g, . .
p ra ti p ra ,
-
offerin turn, pass ( food ) r
estless .
w gen , 1 00
. .
v y i ( yi ti ; yayi ti ; i yi sit y y a
ss s
v i , hold asun der, stre tch ou t .
r ; r
i i m
tu m s y i tv i ; v i va ) .
1~
sa
, m
hold tog e ther, co hibre, hold in -
39 1
; yi ta s, ava sitasya, of hi m that
che ck ; san i yata, r estr ai ned .
j ourneys ( an d ) of him that rests, w .
y i m a ,
-
1 a h oldi n g , res trai ni n g
.
; 2 m . . . see asta m; 2
go to, w acc
.
, . .
( hol d e r, i s
) bri dle [ V y a m ] . . . w . dat .
3 go to, i s . . .
m i 1 , gem i nus ; as m
'
so e tc . ; 4 yi tu , let it go, y i
. v a y ad - d v e sa s , a. driving aw ay foes .
no matter , V
[ y2 u , k ee p off
: see
hence yi na, passa ge, w ay, w w hich cf . .
ynt yu v i ti , - te
te forms V ed ic
n i
.
L at j dn us , passa ge, archw ay, and the
onl
y;; yuti - i
y ya )
s . faste n, hold fast ;
d h f fr V yi comes also
J an us : draw to wards
'
yi ma,
-
pe ri od
or w atch of the ni ght ; sa m , uni te ; saxhyu ta , con n ected with,
a n u , go after, follow
k ee p 03 or separate, intra ns ; a V edic . .
i ,
co me hi theror to or on . word .
sa m -
i , co me hi ther together; asse m p ra , remove ; pra yucchan t, removin g
ble ; sa mi yi ta , co me . moving away, a nd so ( like E ng .
u pa , go or atta i n un to .
y u , root of 2d pers r
p noun
o .
f
c 494 . .
[ cf .
vi e (y i ca ti . ys r ;
i etvi ciai s ;
En g ye, doubtful ] . .
yi ci tum i
yi ei sy yi ei ti yi ci tv y u k t i , f 1 a yok i n g ,
har nessin g ; . .
-
yi cya ) . make a req uest ; ask a person 2
yoke, team y j
a , 1 157 , 2 1 9 : cf . . .
( a cc .
) for a thing ask a ( t si es, e C ev-
y -c c-
s, a
of a r 55 21 i 1 k 2
thing ( acc .
) pe son .
y u g , n. .
yo e ; . co u ple , pa i r;
i
y t, a dv. as ; tempora lly, so lon g as, 7 9 1 3 .
3 . es
p w . . mi nusa , a human generati on
[ abl. of pr
on . root ya, 1 1 1 4s , 51 0: see ( as that w hich is un ited by common
underya .
] descen t), 7 1W : hrp m -
4 . a nd so, in
y i t a n i , f . req ui tal ; es
p .
punishmen t, a tem or
p a l sense , a n a ge of the world, see
pain s of he ll .
[ V yat 58 1
1 .
[ Vlyu j , q . v .
,
2 16 1 . : cf .
y i ti ,
m aven ger
. . tlyi , y u a
g p aptri
-
p t i , si m u lta n e o u s reach _
[yam 1 20 8f ] , .
pate n tly ace . s n . . of an ad j .
y g p d,
.u a-
a
y i m a m 1 co urse,or g o i n g . 2 as
- .
,
- .
pai rfoo te d, e-
v en-
foo te d , side by side, a
mg time of
couple, co ula , ula
3, cf . repiobos,
circui t . Lat .
p sco-a
p , V ap co
y i v a n t [ ]
5l 7 ,
1 .
gr
ae a t
.
, as as t or j oi n
many , as mu ch ; pr ecedin
g its V N i ( i n i . rnk t z yn yj a.
yn ri
n m
correl . ti v an t ; -
2 yi vat, a dv as lon g ,
. tr uk t-s yok systi. - te ; r
. hk t ; yktnm
while ; ti vat yi vat, so lon g as, yuk tv i yj ; v
ya ; yo yok e ; i
j y )
a ti .
1 .
4 2
yi v at ti v at : as long harness ; mak e ready for draug ht, used
as so lon g, as soon of w agon ( 1 01 1 7
) as w ell as of s tee d
as or the moment that then , then , genera lized, 2 make ready, -
. set to
22 7 3 yi v at,
. as quasi-
r
p p
e . w . acc w ork, apply ; use , e
g
. . the Soma pre ss -
[pron r
o ot y ,
a 51 7 . . cf . ti vant .
] co mpany wi th, 73 3
4 passive,
. be
[ 22s]
uni te d w i th I f . become possesse d y u v a t i , servin g as a
femini ne to v
y an .
ha ving of
at d
p , en d c 65 1 3
; p haps
e r pr
e s ppl . . of V 1 yu,
5 or made r d a n d so u subst
.
p a ss . be j oi n ed e a y, y v a n a .
youn g ; as .
youn g
be tted, sui ted ; yuk ta , t, sui ta ble, man ( distinguished f rom bi la ,
chi ld,
right, prope r, yu k ta m ,
a dv . tly, y ou th ( u se d e ve n o f you thful
6 d )
rightly, etc , tij [p rh fr V l attr
yo aya go s e ap s
.
yu .
, act,
m
. .
n
Cy m 1 1 60:
'
apply ; lay on , 1 02 .
[ ci . d -yu
o , L at . su x an, n ot van , see ya vi yi ns,
j k h r j oi n w i y is tha, ti cf Lat j uncu-i-s ,
ung-o, o e a n ; u
y g a v yuv a :
y , ess,
.
, . .
yok e,
cf .
(W i s ,
L a t .
j g m Ger J
u u och, , .
y oun g
; w .
j u ren
cw s,
you n g,
cf . Ger
Eng yoke for euphony, see
. man ic syuvunga , yun a,
g En g youn
g ; also .
t on e s self outh
w ork , ex er .
y ] .
u p a ,
mid harn ess, put t .
, apply, y u sm a, see 491 .
use .
y t h i , m . n . herd .
[ pre p .
a uni on ,
mid formg,
+ u i, .
1 fasten to ; 2
. .
pu t ( a V 1 yu, u n i te , 1 1 63 : of also . Ger .
set, lay, e
g
. . s nares,
'
24 17 .
[ for m 2
g , ba nd,
co mpany ,
both in di r
ectly fr the .
at end f
o c
p d :
j oined w i th, i . s. en dow ed herd .
re feren ce to, 59 1
the elephan t that leads the herd .
u
y j [389,
2 1 9,
386b ],
1 . a .
y oke d to y il n a s 427 ,
see .
a dv 2
2 . a. pai red, ev en .
[ V yu j : see y e n a ,
.
-
1 . w herefor
e, yena .
y u h a -
v a rn a , . a sor battle ; a
y sth a , p ronounced i
y s
a tha, a .
( be s t
battle, so to spe ak .
goi n g, is . .
) swiftest .
[V 311
V y u d h ( yddhyate ; i yuddhs ; y 6 g a , m 1 a setti n g to work ; use ; yudke; . .
ght [ cf i
.m pl y, e b ptvn, . an ce
( thin g pp
a lied ),
a n d so means ; esp .
y d h f g h t V
[ y udh ]
applyin g one s self to a thi ng , a nd so )
. .
yu dhi -
sth i ra , m Y u dhi shthi ra , . son of pursuit or acqui si ti on ( of a thing ), qt:
Pan du an d Kun ti , to w hom Brihadacva ksema 4 conn ection , relation ; yogi t,
'
-
.
te lls the y of
s tor Nala ; see 1 N . rm a t en d f
o pc d, from conn ecti on w i th i s . .
in battle, yudh i ( 1250c ) athi ra -
.
] in consequ ence of [ V yuj ,
86 N .
y o d h i n , a a t end f
o cpds, ghti n g . .
y u v d , pron s te m, 2d pe rs d ua l, 491 .
[ V yudh, 1 1 83 . .
the eal
e ther V ra n (rtns ti ; rartns ; i ri ni t)
spaces of beheaven ( rocani .
di va; or svar ),
w he re the lig ht ple ase d ; V edic [ i den t w V ram ] . . .
and a low er stratum, a nd so dua l, raj asi , form of V grabh, an d i den t w . . labh, see
v
a r V edi c ; these cf a spoils,
so f : . booty ;a,
-
2 post V edic like the Greek di p, the
. d-A m
p -a
. took Lat la b ar, undertakin g,
.
-
thi ck ai r, m , g
i st loom , d a rk nes s 3 .
labor ; perhaps ap- or, gat,
dust, e g 1 4 -
. 4 in the philosophical
. . i , 1 tak e hold upon ; touch, RV
. .
pass i on (p p
o ula r ly conn ec te d w i th ri g ,a i e exert one s self, 1 1 ; 3 ( like Ger
. .
3
. .
usage, is
the clou dy ( region ), r egion of si mply from w . adya , from to
m om
g loo and dar k as di sti ngu ished fr day ou, 36 19 .
be ( colore d, i e.
.
) n ot clear :
cogn a te ar
e + sa m -
auv - a, hold on to each other
l peBos,
- darkn ess, Erebus, an d Goth
.
( said of several ) sa m auv - - i rabdha.
riqis, neu t , darkness forconn ecti on of . touching .
ri jj u , f . cord; rope .
[ V sras g p
, la i t
: cf. sa m , ta ke hold of each other ( for
L i thu ani an rezgis, plai ted w ork , basket dance , battle, hold together; take
L a t restis, oresctis, erezg ti s, rope : see hold ( of a thi ng ) toge ther
- -
. .
ra m m m
( ra a ti, -
te ; rartnna , e;
V ra i j , see raj . araxhsi t, t ra m ; ra msyat e ; rata ;
ri na , m pleasure , gladness .
[ V r an ] . . m
ra tum; rar
htv ; -
r6mya ; ri mi yati )
.
ri t n a , g ift ;
n b le
. ss i n g -
, ri ch 1
es, . fort, a nd ) n d pleasure i n ; rats
so , as loc , . .
V edic : precio us stone, j ewel, pearl ; j ig stay, 7 3 7
.
[ cf .
p - ep - a,
q uie tly ; Goth .
as in Eng j .
, ew e l, i . s. the most ei cellent of rtmis, qui e t ( papal, ( paras, pas
pas,
-
i ts k in d [.V l ri ,
'
p love, loves ; p J s,
-
rat,
-
a r-
-
lovely,
ra t n a - dhi a . bestowing bless formally ident w rata: for mgs 2 . . and 3,
i n g! cf V 2 m ]
.
g
1 rat h a , m . wagon , esp . the tw o-w heeled a b hi ,
mid .
1 . stop, intra ns . 2 nd
.
m for mg,
[ V r 1 1 63 cf L at currus, soun ds hushed
)
ov,
e : ,
. . .
chari o t, an d currere, run . v i, act . stop, intrans ; pause . .
2 ra t h a , m pleasur
e, .
j oy .
[ V ram, 1 1 63 ra m a ni y a , grd v enj oyable
.
, pleasant .
cf 954 d]
. .
[ V ram, 965 ,
[ 229]
t a my a , grdo . en oyable,
j pleasant .
[ V ram, [ orig .
, perha p ,
s tw o distinct roots ,
90a) but no longer distin guished in form,
ra y i , m . w ealth, treasure .
[p p
r0 .
be and with the two se ts of mgs partly co
stowal
( cf . 76 1 1
) fr ri, . a w eak er form in ci dent : w ri j l , . cf Vl r
j.
, reach o u t ;
of V l ri , bestow,
cf . ratua an d w . raj 2, cf . V 3 ,
be br
ig ht, an d V raj
rat ] see un derr ij m] a
ra ea na, j : ; rein [ cf ra m
g Ji 81 ; 2
cord shin e ou t ; - ca us adom, 2
str 1
ap ; 1 7 . .
u . . .
a dius
r meanin g ig
or .
staff
a nd then equivalent to prin ces ; 2 ( as . con versel y
spok e at] in Eng , The
cf . raqani the an d . Subli me Porte, lit . high
ras a , m gate, is used f or the Turkish go vern ment)
1 a the sap or j ui ce of plants
. .
a d esp of fr
n u its ; frui t syr
-
u p, 68 ;
1 the roya l palace .
[ 1280b ] . .
g ui dlo
, li q ui d ; r
.i j a n
sap,, m - 1 k in g, p r i
enera lised,
nc e, e tc ; ap . . .
drink , 2a taste ( g
re a rd ed as t he p li e d al so to V aru n a ,. 83 1 9
-
,
3
75 , 76 ,17
taste , g th
e.e b eau ti es ( of
. a story ) ,
at end f
o cpds : regula rly ri j a ; so meti mes
ra s h, 1 moisture ; 2 Rash, ri j an, V
[ jr 600 : cf Lat
f . . . a i , 1 1 . .
the earth and atmospher e [ cf ri se ] . . n from the Ke lti c was borrow ed ve ry early
ra s i k a a tasty ; as m conn oisseur [ rs-
, ea
. . .
, manic wi le ,
the Ger ruler of this, Goth .
AS rice, domi ni on ,
1 222 ] reiki , .
ar
e der
ive ; so
g i ve , gran t,
be stow [ see r i i : cf rayL] . . ri
[ j an , 12 1 2d
v are ( ri yati bark bark at . raj a -
p u t ra, m ki n g s
.
son, prince .
[ acct,
[ cf . L a t i a ri re, .
- -
growl
1208a .
]
rag a , m - 1 color m g man, servan t of
in g, color; 2 aec
. . . rij a sa-
, kin
p u r
su .
Rama .
[ g
ra hu,
1 208e .
] of the three qualiti es ( see raj as pas
( j ,
r ati - . te ; , 0 as . r aa
l 2o8s .
j
- 1 . e ct ; rule ; be r
dir st ; be master raj en d ra , m best . or chi ef of kings .
or ki n g of, to .
gen .
;
2 . shi ne
; b e illus tri ous ; dis ti n gui sh ri j , f q
i ueen , p ri n ces s, A n
g I
lo- nd
ian .
one s
se lf ; ca us cause to shin e rann ee ; ruler [ ri j a
. 1 1 56 ] . .
m
[ 230]
raj y a , n . kin gshi p V ri c ( rindk ; ricyate [761b ] ; rirca,
. ra
[ j,
ri t i , a re ady to give or b less ; gracious ;
. ri ri c ; arai kait, arik ta ; reksyati ; rik
as
f g ra c.e [ V l ra , . ta ; p as s ri cyate ; ca us r eca y a ti ) 1 . . . .
3 2
ri t ra , n f or ri tt i a t. en d qf p
c d s [ 1 1 5b ] le a v e ; le t g o, let fre e ; 3 v er y . . . .
ri t ri , la ter ra ts i, f night
-
[p e rh a p s f r ra r ely ( like E n
g collo q p art w i th ), se ll
mm
. . . . . .
V ram, u
[ w cf Lat linquit, leaves
. . .
r i t ) leave
e
y ;
a ya - - .
- .
-
. .
,
happy, sa tisfy .
[ akin w . Vr
dh .
] ver b loan ; fr l n comes lE na n ,
gi ve, .
1
( f m h mark ) loan ,
O ld En g lEn en , pre te rit le n de,
'
+ a pa , . hi t aw ay ro t e ,
.
- -
g uil ty to blame,
33 1
,
.
[ for 1, cf . the sancti oned ecisely si milar b lun der
the pr
si mple ver b succee d
,
,
i . e .
make a hi t
in drownd
for 2, cf . the re lation of Eng .
f a il an d + a ti , mid ( through pass . . sense he left
over sur
) pass ; p r e d om i na te ca us cause .
ri d h a s , V dh 1 smear stick
n .
gracio u s g i ft, b lessi n g [ ri ,
. ri p ( ri rpa ; ripta) ; . .
3
( w.ith the sa m e m eta p h o r a s i n the
e po s Ramayan a ; c ri ghav a .
[ th e old form of V li p : see un der V lip ] .
ray a s p o sa , - m development
.
,
i . a . in ri p u m impostor cheat ; later foe [ V rip
, .
, .
,
1 71 ri p rh n delemen t ; impurity
,
. V
[ pri .
,
mg ,
cf . En g line . an d Fr
e nch cordon, as V ri g ( ri gati, -
te ; ristd) .
1 .
pull ;
2 .
m
.
see 21 9 5
,
l 1 85a ] . V ri g ( rega ti ; ri syati , te [76 1 a
] ; ri ;
-
5 1 1 82
see 21 9 , cei ve harm ; ca us . harm .
as m . sovereign , [ astra,
r
ru ler . V ru ( rauti ruv ati ; ruri va hri vit
rah d , m The . Seizer, Rahu , who is sup ruta ; rotum) . cry y; ell ; how l ; hu m,
ow ; run ; di ssolve .
[ cf . L at . ri -
vus , V ru c ( t oento, ti ; ruruo, ruroca ; i ruoat, -
brook,
i n B ull Run ; Ger rinnen, En g 1 shin e ; be bright or res lendent ; 2
as . . .
p .
ri p aj i t i p s a ra
- s , a. surpassin g the a hundre d thousan d, an An glo Indian -
Lo t formosus .
; beautiful, han dsome, l
4 . l 1 97s : for mg 1 , of connecti on of En g . .
[ rpa, verb tag, fasten, w . n oun tag , attach
ri p a s a mp a d , -
f . beauty of form, i . s. ment appendage
, ,
an d so, esp . as used
ri p a s a mp a n n a ,
- a . en dow ed w i th for 2, the specialization of Eng ma re
cf . .
beauty, beautiful [ p
V ad .
] or mark as a weight ( of gold orsilver)
re , word qf a ddress . 0 ; ho .
[ cf are . .
] and as
a money of accoun t ;
also that
re nd , m dus t . .
[ perhap s co nn ected w V ri , . essential characte ristic, 41 14
special
di sso lve, go
to pieces, j ust as Ger Sta ub, . mark ; esp . lucky mark , mark of excel
dust, w stieben, .
y asun der :
len ce, 62 7
, mark in the sense f
o
re v a,
f . Reva, a ri ver, the sa me as the dete rmin ant at 2
( like Eng .
Narmadi , q . v . designation ) na me , 57 1 3 . m,
for
rai [361 b ], m .
,
rarely] : possession s ; w ealth ; kind, 65 19 .
[ fr the . denom . laksaya
prosp er i ty [ ste m strictly ri : pro p . .
be ( 1 1 50 2
.a ), or rather fr . mpler
the si
ri - m, cf Lat m V lak sa ]
. . no . re e , -
s aces
p ,71
7
,
see raj as f or
f urther lak es ) as the ir n umber,
by nu mbered
description .
[ V m e, hun dred thousan ds
-
[lak sa sa xhk hy j
i .
l l o4c .
] so mething omin ous , bad luck ; 3 enest
q .
ro c i s , n . brightne ss .
[ Jru c, a good sign, in the older language usua lly
ro d h a , a .
gro w in g .
[ V 2 ru dh, lak e the q uasi r oot of la k -sa , -
m m
.
,
[ cf - 1a
. 1 m : na g )
. av -
i p ra , fool, -
[ see V lahh pra ] .
swift, quick ; -
2 . li ght, i e . . not hea vy ; hang down ; 2 . sin k 3
han g upon, .
8 . li
( g ht, i e . .
) insignicant ; s mall ; hold on to ; clin g to ; a nd so 4
( like .
. L at .
-
sin k, fall ;
fringe,
Jeahe i-c l , l swift, 2 light, n ot heavy, border ; AS kappa ,
'
-
. . loosely han gin g .
8 insi gnicant,
. mall ( mgs quite paralle l s por
ti on, En g lap ( of coat, apron ) ; Eng . .
Eng lungs, lights : kinship of AS leoh t,
'
. .
-
hangin g ears ( of a
+ a v a , 1 han g down ; 2
Eng light, not hea vy, lights, lungs, n ot
.
. . sin k ; -
3 .
tain :
cer for connecti on of mgs 1 and 2, han g upon , hold on to .
observe that sw i and light, j ust as i , lag, loiter [ see V lamb 4: formg,
v .
cf also En g hang, in ha ng r
. e
] .
associated for light,
not dark , see la l ( ii lati ,
-
te ; lali ta) . sport, daily,
drum] l
p y a ; b e hav e in an ar tlen an d ancon
l a g h u k ra ma , a havi n g a qui ck step
- str ained manner; lali ta , see s v
. . .
-a m a ds l a l i ta a forehead
, qui ckly . .
, . .
l a g h u c e t a s , a small minded
- l a l i t a , a artless, nai ve ; lov ely
.
[p p
-
ro . . . .
V l a g h ( la nghayati ; lai ghi t ; dangli unconstr ainedly beha ved, pp l of V lal, .
v i , be med asha .
g lan ce ori
[ g g la n ce
.
, .
but, lik e En g .
l aj j i , f shame .
( Hajj .
, gla nce, wi th the su bs i di ary n oti on ( see
teased an d play ( see the cpds w preps )
. so, . .
+ sa m , talk wi th ; ca us .
( cause to talk [pe rhaps akin w . V bhr
jj .
wi th on e, ie
. .
) addre ss, 26 la b ha , m . the gettin g , acq uisi tion .
[ V labh .
]
V l a b h , younger form o hk i
h
f r ab h ( la bh a te ; V l i k h ( lik h t ti ; li l kh a ; a l s khi t ; s
lahdhv i ; lbbhya ) 1 catch ; seize ; - scr atc h ; fu r row ; slit ; draw a lin e ; 2
. . .
- 2 b i d l
receive ; get
.
[ see un de r l u h ] w ri te ; w r te o w.n ; de in e a te [y ou n ge r . .
[ 234]
form of V rikh : cf . l peix
- -
a,
furr
ow
V ln p ( lumpi ti lulpa ; lnptt
J l plx Oo , te ar e nd ;
, r
(x O r - -
a,
ru mpere, AS
root as Ger ritzen, . cf . L at . eak
br . ref-a n,
sa me w ay as la k sa q v ]
, . . despoil, rob, w hence Eng rea ve, ppl . .
a Aelo a ,
- -
anoin t L at . lippus,
blear be lustful ; ha ve strong desir e ; lubdha ,
Alt f om
further aki n are the following w ords, -
lon g for ; L at lab-cl, lib-ct,
r
.
m ploy, lik e En g
A
stick persist l d lib d d i S l f d
'
to, i e r o r
E . . .
; g a ; i o, es e ; e , ea ,
.
( li t
s
.ti ck ,
i e )
rema i n
; AS li bba n ,
. . . also Eng lava ] .
En g . li ve, Ge r leben, .
be remain in g or V l u l ( llati ; move hither and
surv i vi n g , supe rstite m esse AS . lij ; thi ther .
vi ,
be sme ar .
V li q li
( g hts ; egista ; Esta) lili es ; . lokayati lokith ; 16kya ; only
-
liya )
- l clin
g t
.o ; 2 s tick ; 3 . . . accoun t of the g uttural k , prob . a sec
( stay, i . e . l) of birds
ight upon , an d insects, ondary root fr roka ( V rac, . for
si t upon ; 4 sli p in to ; disappear mg Au nt-
. . conn ecti on of , cf . i s, bright,
Rede em, i men,
+ n i , 1 cli n g to ; 2 li ght upon ( of
. . an d ck sux -
j w,
see ; L a t l .
birds ) ; 3
. sli p in to ; di sappear; hide .
light, then
eye ( see un der V r ac) ;
serious eor
t ; lilayi , wi thout any upon ; 3 behold, r i v
. see, pe ce e .
tro u ble .
+ 5, caus . 1 . look at ; - 2 . see, per
V l u th ( luthti ; lultha ; luthi t ) . roll . cei ve .
[ ]
233
a kt ; vi ktum ; uktv i ; ~
dcya ; u cyate ; ( like E ng . w ord) order; re q uest,
v acaya ti ) say or speak ( f er [ lv 1 1 51 1a : cf Fares,
. a
s. a ce. o
p ac,
. .
son, 1022
; or w . acc .
f
o p erson a nd ace .
f
o V v a j ( v aj hyati ) .
proba ble root,
wi th the
na me or call, 58 7
; puna r uv iica, replied, ug ra, '
6j as, vh j ,
ra v ij a ; see these words ;
so sayi n g,
as
19 , etc ;
. awake ; Eng . wake,
n ot to sleep ;
i mpers pa ss
uh t6, 1 . spok en, said ; . .
perhaps Lat tr
ig-i re, .
be li vely or strong,
[999 mi d . ki k en a v
ukta m , the crow sai d,
24 13
, e tc. ; uk ta ,
i n trom
d uci ng a p roverb,
v j ra , m . I ndra
s thun derbolt, 703
,
t is sai d, 20 , etc ; 2 spoken
15 . .
[ orig .
, perhaps, a mere epithet,
The
unto ; ev a m ukta, thus addr essed, 8 ,5 Mi ghty
( V Jis like M iblnir, The
etc . Crusher,
na me of Thors hammer]
.
2 0 4 2
e g a benedi cti on ), 1 01 1 6
( . .
, ; -
. ca se
u
( a written leaf ) to speak , i . s . read, va j ri n a. having the thun derbolt ( of
. a - v a - u c- u m ,
cf. l etrow,
-
s l- Fe sr-or, -
sai d L at . vacillare, totter, be unsteady ; AS
.
w . no m . v ik , sv ik -
s, ste m i
v i c,
voice ,
w6h, cr
ooked, w r
on g, w hence En g woo, .
of . L at . vox , s v6c-
s, voice, and be, for incli ne to on e s self, court .
a
,
i . s . Fan -
s, u p a , totterunto .
+ anu ,
- 1 . repeat or say ( sacrici al v a ca k a , m decei ver [ V vai iq
. . ca us .
]
prayers, etc .
) for so me one 2 . v a ca y i t a v y a , grdo to be deceived ; .
stu dy ; an ci n a, per .
f mi d . l
pp , . who g en .
( 296b 9
26 . [ V v a cJ
stu di es, stu died, learn cd -
. va t a, m .
f y g odha
Ficus i ndi ca ; c : n a -r .
+ a b hy -
anu , say wi th regard to or v a ni k -
p u t ra , m m erchan t
s son . .
p ra , pr ocla im ; tell,
- 1 . tell forth, kn ow, reveal, inspire ( de v oti on ) .
[ cf.
declare to be ; name, 5
57 . Fi res, y ear, L at v a ns in oet us tu-c
, .
-
p ra t i , say i n re turn , answ er.
bej ahrt, in years, old : aki n are L at .
for mg,
1
v a ca n a , n . . speech ; words etc .
; teeth-er. cf l.a
xp p o r, go at, prop.
di ctum; 2 .
( like La t . e dictu m and Eng .
win te rling -
( see him ) : see v atsara ] .
edi ct a n d d)
w or co mman d ; inj un cti on , v a t s a rh , year; person ified , [ cf.
13
26 .
[ V v ac, vatsa ; also pari and sai - v atsara ]
[ 237]
V l d (M i l. -
t0 ; W v ad h ri , a. whose testicles have been
crushed e masculated , opp .
of vu an .
[ V vadh,
1 . speak, say, etc . speak V van ( van bti , v anu t ; v av na, i vavn ;
to, w . acc .
,
or w . loc .
2 . co mmuni v at 1 . hold dear, love ; desire,
3 58 1
l cf f V T
udi ta, state d ( h ri i l ) [ Lat r h ven-i a,
au t o ta t ve y , ; . . av o ; en u e,
. e
tell, i s d
forete ll, pre i t,
. c. 1 0 8 1 3
; 4 . Lovely On e ; AS minna n, exert one s
.
v a n n ah desire .
[ V van ,
der
or s to ( the household ), rule ( as master [ perhaps fr . v anhnl , 1 288, w . irr
eg loss .
v hd a n a , n. -
1 . mouth ; 2 . face . v an a s p h t i , m - . tree . lord of the
organ of speaking, V vad, 1 1 50: for w ood : see 1 267 and a an d d: perha ps
[ V vad,
968 c
3 .
] iden t w V vad, . .
- te ) .
- 1 . strik e ; harm; -
2 .
(j ust as salu te .
dh 4 1 m; i r
slay i s kill ) slay kill
,
.
[ see
. V b i : V l v o v( p . a ti t e u
: p ; v , t . -
cf ba ts
.
p u sh
: see v ad h a
,
r ]
y ati ) sh e a r ( h air b ear d ) ; tri m ( n ails ); . .
,
v a dh m 1 murderer;
,
2 weapon
. ca us
- cause .to be clipped or si m l
py
-
. .
,
of deat h es
p I n dra
s b o lt ;
,
3 slay in g, [ 1 04 1 .cli p . .
slau ghte r [ V v a d h ] . V 2 v a p ( p
v a ati , te ; a v isp a, ap [
e 78 4,
-
v hd h a r, n . w eapon of death, i e . . I ndra s
V dh ti pya ) 1 str
bolt [ v a
.
] .
- . . ew ; scatter, esp . seed,
i e dam up
of death, ie . . I ndra s bolts .
[ vadha, . . .
va d h , j .
-
1 . bride ; -
2 woman
. .
[prop . a b hi , bestrew .
v a d h v a s t ra , n br - ide s garmen t
. . + n i s , throw out, esp . deal out ( from a
v d h y a , grdo -
1 to be struck, i s . . . . larger mass ) an oblati on to a god, dat .
,
p un ish ed ,
t o b e h arm e d ; 2 to be .
v hpn s , a. -
1 . w on drous , ad mi rabilis v i ri v a s , n. breadth ; g free dom from .
2 .
( like E ng . ad mi rable ) exci ti n g w on der con strain t, ease , g la dn e ss,
w kr [b elong . .
as n .
-
1 . a w on der; w on derful ap [ V 1 v r
, c ov er, ex te n d o ve r
see 467 2
pearance ; v apar d r g y
a e, a won derto see, an d 1 1 73
ibea Oat, -
2 beautiful
. appear vi ru na , m The . Encompasser of the
ance ; be auty,
-
3 . appearan ce ; form, Uni verse ), V aruna, na me of an Adi tya ;
[ for 2 an d 3, cf . the c on verse an
y . the su pre me god of the V eda ( see
v aya m ,
w e, see 491 [ cf G e r w.i r, En g . .
-
. ki ng as w ell as od
g , o mniscient
j udge w ho punishes sin an d sen ds si ck
men t ,
V l vi ,
enj oy
: for analogies, see V l vr, cove r, enco mpass ,
11 77c cf .
Heaven
V 2 bhuj , e n oy, j an d V 1 vi .
] ob ay
p ls, heaven , an d O bpards, ,
8 v ay a s , 1 ength, of body an d of d
n . . str pe rsoni e as a god .
]
mind ; e h alth ;
2 the time . of stren gth, v h r t h a , n . cover; a nd so, as in Eng
you th ; ma rri a ge ab le a e
g ,
3
gen .
p rotec ti on .
[ V I vr,
cover,
1 163c .
]
era lized , any age or peri od of life ; years v a r t h y a, a .
prote ctin g .
[ v ari tha ,
( of li fe ) .
[ akin w vi ra, q v .
- . .
] 1 212d
v a y is , f : stren gthenin g . v are ny a , grdv to be desire d ; . a nd so,
ara , m [ V 2 vr
1 v . choice ; wi sh ; a thin g to be longed for, ex cellen t , . choose,
d f 121 7 L
chosen as if r r rd i , 966b ]
g t o ew a ,
a n so g t,
t e .
con di tion , 94 ; v ar
1
a di , give a choice, m for mg, of . En g di vision, .
a se pa
g ran t a wi s h, I
; prati v hra m or v 6 . ratin g in to parts,
and then
the part
ram it, [ vr
according to on e s wi sh . V 2 , separ ate d,
illumi n at
choose : cf . En g well, li t . .
accordi n g to v hrc a s , n. vi ta li ty, vi gor; the
one s in g power in re an d the sun ; a n d so,
2 v a ra, ( like E n
g ch
a. oi ce or se lect ) m os t . sple n dor; j ig glor
y [p aps s kin wi th
erh . .
8 91
; w . a bl .
,
most ex cellen t as di stin v h rna , m .
-
1 . outside ; ex tern al appear
ceosa n, v co v er , , ,
v a ra na , n . a choosi ng .
[ V 2 vr,
coa t ( of pain t) an d L at color pre p , .
, .
v a rs -
v a rna , m most faircomplexi on
. . cove r or coa ti n g,
cogn ate w . oc-cul-e rs,
ple xi on ; - in i ,
j : fairfaced w oman - .
[ va V v a rna y a ( ) v arnayati .
1 . color,
[ g
ai ani ]
v a ri ro h a , a. having fair hips or but v a rt a n a , n. r
p p
o . an existin g, and so
tocks ; a m in o yes
-
[ i rohsn
] .
( like En
g li v i n g ).
, mean s of subsistence.
v a ri h h, m . boar .
[ r g
V v t, m s 3 , 5 : c f vytti ] .
t4v as ] [ 240]
stay over night, 100
( wi th ri tri m); v hs u -
grava s, a .
perhaps
[1298s
] ha v
[ pr
one who dwells in the land, i . s. na tive, V I ,
was, were .
] v a s ii y is , j : desir
e for good ; longin g .
+ 8 , take up one s abode in ( a place ), [ V v a sii ya ,
occu py ; en ter upon , 62 v a s tr , m illuminer; or as a dj li ghting
. .
, ,
ud, ca us . ( cause to abide ou t, i s
. .
) up .
[ V l v a s ,
shi ne, 1 1 82,
re move from i ts place, 97 l
1 4'
. v as t ra , n .
gar en t,
m p ie ce of clothing
2 i h cloth V
+ u p a , 1 stay w i th ; w ai t ; .
-
.
( w t .
[ 2 v as, clothe, 1 1 85a ] .
drink
) w ait, a nd so stop ( ea ti n g ) ,
fas t . v a s t ri n ta , m border. of a gar en t.m
ui , dwell ( of men and of beasts ) .
[ an te ]
p ra t i , have one s
dwelli ng . V vah ( vahati , -
ts ; uv i ha i bb ; hvak ait,
, e -
, ,
-
,
-
. . con duct,
v a s a n t a, m . sprin g .
[
the dawni n g or brin g wi th team, 73 , 81 , or car, 72 4,
n 1 4
lighti ng -
up
year-
ti me V I vas , ,
draw ( w ag on ), gui de ( horses ) ; - 2 .
see 1 va s : cf . lap, c red -
up, L at . ver, e ve-sr, intrans . travel ; procee d ( in a w agon ) ;
e ves-s r,
-
3 .
pass 4 ow ,
. be borne along ; .
superl . to v asu, fr V l v as
. as a verbal be , 6
a r 2
car ry far an d wide, i e . .
the verb al havi ng the same tran s sprea d ( a poem, fr agr ance ),
ferred sense as the adj v asn , q v . . .
] [ for sva h :
g cf . bxos, s Fo o
x s,
w agon ;
v i su , a. e xce llent, good ;
-
1 . as m .
good bxi oya t, ride ; L at veh-ere,
.
carry
; vehi
Ones, the V usua, a class of g ods, RV . x . w hence Eng weigh, lift ( as in weigh .
8 l oo d n. sing a nd a nchor),
n d w eight of by lifti n g ( cf
p g ,
. as . . .
g ood s,
w ealth [p p
ro s hin i n g , i s spl en . . . . bhara ) ; AS wc gn or wi n, En g wa in, . .
did, V l v aa, shine, bu t w a tran sfer of . Du tch wagen ( w he nce the b o r row e d En g .
by the vulgarfor excellent : connection
further, L at . vi-a , os-a , s ve h ia ,
-
that whi ch
w hi s, l bs, good, and eb, w ell, is im
.
is to be travelled over
,
w ay ;
AS . weg,
prob ab le , see i yu .
] Eng . wa y, that w hi ch carries one to a
v a su a. yi e ldi n g g ood ; v as u place ]
dhi f . th ; the lan d
the ear . 5 , bri n g hitheror to .
val u d h i d hi p a , m .
( lo d
r of the earth, + u d ,
I . hear or brin g up ; 2 . esp .
va su m d h a ra ,
-
a. holdin g good or w ed .
treasures ; -
i , j : the earth .
[ v asu m + p a ri ,
1 . lead abou t ; 2 .
p
es . lead
dhara, 1 2b0a we shou ld e x pect v asu abou t ( the bride or the weddi ng pr
ocetr
( masculine l) , r
p a, carry onward .
24
[ ]1 [ V v i j a ya
pare n ts
house, a nd so w ed, marry ; mid . vi api, ( vi o mitted ),
ge t married . vi , vi , 62 1
; nally
i
,
[ V vah ] . uta ; 2 vi , -
.
f or ev a 59 m m ; 3 w i th
m
, .
v a hy i , n .
portable bed, li tter .
[ V vah, v i kya, n 1 speech, w or ds ; - 2 a s
. . .
blow .
[ cf . a m p , blow
; Go th . v i g h i t [like di aat, m . the pledg
Ger welt e n, AS wa wa n
ou-ia n, blow ;
'
.
- .
in g one , is . . in sti tu tor of a sacri ce, n ot
vents -s a a t c e e - . vovre, s vo
gv- r
e e,
( g
e i n.w ea thercock ,
.
) -
condi tion of the air
maya ] .
h i s, 1 blow .
( out, intra nsiti vely, i s . .
) w ords, 3 1
,
a nd v i e ah v ad, - speak w ords,
go out, be ex tingui shed ;
2 . intra ns . verb-phra ses, used like a si mple verb
(blow till one ge ts on e s br
eath, a nd so ) of sp ea ki n
g a nd con s trued w the ace of , . .
cool o , transitively, i . e
. refresh . i s ) sacred te x t 91 ; 2 person ied The
. .
3
, .
,
my
,
ser
er) g
e, ,
h ym ns a n d son gs ; p la. i t of . v i cy a ,
g rd o .
1 . to be spok en ; -
2 to .
[ g
ori i dea perha
.
p s w in d or pla i t be spoken to .
[ V v ac, 1 21 3a .
]
root-for ms are l , vi , and vi : cf irla, . vi j a , m .
-
1 . swiftness ; cou rage, es
p of . the
cFirea , willow l
o a os, osier Lat . vi Ere,
- horse ; 2 race, ; 3 prize of . struggle .
pla i t
vi-nten, plai ted w ork ai m, race or con test ; booty ; re w ard in general
vin e ;
l
o vos,
win e ; L at
. vi n mn,
wine ;
treasure , good [prob akin w V v a , q v :
j . . . . .
vi -tis, vine, Eng wi thy or withe, li orig strength and li velin ess, tha t in
.
p an t .
twi g,
Ger . Weide ,
withe, whi ch str
e ngth an d cou ra ge show them
enclitic i l ollowi ng its word 1 selves, an d then the re sult
vi , pa rt c e,
f . . of q ui ck
or; vi , vi , 501 1
, 64 10
,
a nd bra ve
vi , 77 s
,
24 , s 64 18
, V v i j a ya ( onl
y in ppl v i j ayi nt) .
. . crave
si mila rly ,
treasure ; seek good, f
o V vsj .
vi ,
f urther : [ den om . of v i j a 1 058 ] ,
V v i ch ] [ 242]
V vi ii c h ( i
vchati ; vi iichiti ) . wi sh .
[ for v i ya si , m 1 . . bird 2 . esp. crow ;
si , j : crow hen [ vi bird, 1 208a
'
V v an . q Y cf . Ger . Wunsch ,
a w ish ;
vi y li , m . wi nd .
[ V 1 v a,
blow ,
AS wi se, .
a w ish,
w hen ce verb wysca n, v i r, n. water .
[ cf. a tp o - -
v, orig .
water,
wi sh, w hence En g . verb w ish, w hence an d so, as in Eng , urin e ; Lat i riniiri, .
.
n oun w ish stay underw a ter , S
iri nc , urine ; U ria,
)
- -
.
vi n jy ,
i a n . merchan t s business, trade
. Watertown , a port in Apulia ; prob
-
.
[ vani j ,
s kin is A S wa r, .
v i ta , m .
1 win d ; air; 2 V i ta , god
. . 1 v i ra , m . ta il hai r,
-
esp . of a hor
se .
of the wi n d [ V l v i ,
.
b low a cct, [p rob ak in w oii
p ,
. .
1 1 760 : cf I celan di c
. 05 1 7112 A S
-
,
. Wad en -
, 2 v i ra , m 1 choice . . treasure ; 2 .
hi ghest Germanic god, Odi n : the n ame thin g, appoin ted ti me, turn; -
3 . ti me
still li ves in the En g ednes d a y, AS . W -
.
( as used w ith numerals ) ; vi ra m vi ram,
do g me Woden '
ti me an d agai n ; 4 the ti me turn
'
d n se-
so conn ect w -
. or
v i ta -
sv i n i a, a . ha ving the roar of the cessi on the days of the w eek ), and so,
sialist .
] v i ri - s th a , a. si tu ated i n the water, i . e.
vi di n , a . speaki ng .
[ V v ad, ( of the sun s di sk ) re ected i n the w ater .
tu de, vacca ,
cow and v i ri
c J ,
v i n a ra , m monk ey
.
, ape . v i gri , a lowin g ( of kin e )
. .
[ M s
v i p i , j : oblon g pon d ; lak e [ V 2 v a p, . 1 1 88a ] .
to nymy,
the pon d made
by the
vi p i -
j a la , n . lak e -
water [ perhaps the . v i sa - bhi mi f2 dwelli ng place
,
-
.
thi ng , j a oy .
[ V v an : cf
. dhi ma and secon dary der i v
( 1 1 88 d ) fr an . . obsolete
V l dhvam] ovas- a , r
dawn,
V l vas,
dawn : see
V 2 v id] 4
[ ]
2 4
ecognize
r me as R , know that I am NZ;
.
[ vidarbha does not stand in the rela
-
3 . min dfu l of 75
n oti ce ; be ,
1
be think ti on of a gen . of a el
pp lation : see
one s self 94
4 believe ; , . assu me ; v i d a rb h a p a t i , - m . lor
d or ki ng of
ppl vi dv i ns see s v .
, . . v i d a rb h a - ri j an , m ki ng of V i darbha
. .
. up .
a n u kn ow along i s fr
, om one end to ,
. . v i dy i - d h a ra , a. keepin g orpossessed of
the other,
know thorou ghly . knowledge or the magic art ; as m . a V id
+ ui, ca us. cause to know ; do to wi t ; yi dhara, on e of a class of ge n u ,
w ho are
v i dyi ma d a m -
,
. know ledge intoxicati on, -
i e infa tu ated pride in one
. . s learni n g .
[ o ri g i de n t w
. V l v i d, of w hi ch t hi s.is . Eng , 2 f . . . li ghtnin g .
[ V dynt V i.
only an other aspect, namely tha t of see
vi da , a. knowing, d of cpds at en .
[ ]
do .
vi d a t ra , a. n oticing, in cpds .
[ V l vid, cunnen, [ V 1 vi d,
kn ow ,
1 1 85d ] . 790a, 803 1 ]
vi d i th a , n . directi ons, orders .
( prep . V worshi p a god ( dat .
)
know ledge gi ven, i s.
. i nstructi ons, wi th honor ( acc .
) wi th
Vi vi d, 1 163b .
] [ cf. v adbu ]
v i d a rb h a , -
1 . m pl . . the V idarbhans, V 2v i d h ( vindhi te ) . lack or be without a
V i darbha, na me of a p p ,
e o le an d of their thing vi dui r
i be ber
eft or alone.
countr
y, which was south of the V in dhya [ see v i dha vi J
moun tains , an d is now called Berar; - 2 . V 3v i d h , see V vyadh .
m sing V idarbha,
. . ie . . a ki n g of V idarbha , v i dh, vbl . boring through, woundin g, at
[ for mg 2, cf .
N orway, un cle of en d f
o cpds. [ vidh
V 3 or vy adh, 252, of.
v i d a rb h a - n a g a ri , f . city or capi tal v i d h i v i , j : w i dow [ V 2 vidh, be bereft, .
from
cpds vi bri sha ke, brandish, ib ru s,
so kin d, sort ; esp . at end o f [ see re, sv - -
1 302c e.g . i
tr - vidha, of thr
ee kinds, w ip -ru-s,
shaking
; AS . ww e ( forme d
three fold [p p
ro di s posi ti.on , .
-
ar
range lik e ip m4 ),
sn movi ng thi s w ay an d
-
vi d h i t a v y a , grdo to be shown . .
[ V l dhi tative white, veerabout, blow in g usts
vi . ms 5 whi e-tree, so om i ts constan t
called fr
v i dh i t t, m di s poser , arr
anger .
- .
[ V l dhi j erky motion -
tree means w ooden bar,
vi .
] see
lished ) ordinance . V
[ dhi
1 vi, vi p a t ti , f : a co min g to nought, destruo
vi d i
h , m 1 . . a di s positi on ,-
ordinance, tion . V
[ pa d + vi,
p r
esc ri pt i on , rule ( 65 method ;
2 v i ad,
p f : misfortun e, troub le [ V pad +
. .
( me th o d ,
i s . .
) way, proced ure ; 3 vi. 88s .
( the su pre me dispo s i ti on oror daining, i s ) v i p i k a , m the ripenin g, esp of the frui t
. . . .
1 1 55 2c, of d a nd so
destiny, fate [ V l dhi . vi , .
goo or bad deeds, the conse
. .
quences ; . i e
lish, ordain, and Eng destiny ] . . vi,21 6 .
v i dhi v a t, a dv . din g
accor to rule ; equiv . v i p ra , 1 . a. agi tate d, inspired ; as subst .
to La t rite . .
[ vi dhi , he w ho gi ves utte rance to pious e moti on
v i d h li , a. lonely ( of the moon that at the altar , p o et, sin g e r, 74 11 . - 2 .
vi d h u ra , a .
-
1 alone, bere ft ; 2
. . suf a Brahman, etc .
[ V v i p, 1 18811
n . tr
[p
ouble
r ob fr V 2 vidh, through . . . v i p ri y a , a. not dear, un pleasan t ; as n .
vi d h e y a , grdo to be done . .
[ see V l dhi v i - b u d h a , a ver y wise ( vi i s intensive, .
+ vi , mg 5 : also 90
3 a] . as m . a god .
vi n a yi m 1 train in g breedin g i s
, . .
, ,
. . vi bu dh i n u c a ra , m . attendant of a god .
v ini ,
r
p p
e w i thou t
.
, w instr o r a cc . . .
[ 1 127, v i bh a v a, m .
-
1 development or growth ;
.
2 h r w h i result
) of
.
( t eg o t , s po w er,
. .
amusement [ see V nu d vi ] . .
v i n d h y i ta v i , j ? the V indhya-for
e st . tree, whi ch w ere used for dicin g ; a die,
[ WM -J
dice .
[ perhaps the destroyer, fr V bhid .
v i bh u ] [ 246]
+ vi : if so , we must suppose that the v i v i h a, nu . fetching home of the br
i de,
na me was rst given to the di e as di e, weddin g, marriage .
tree .
] ternion, i . s . the ma rryi ng of four w i ves .
vi b h u, a . i v i h i g n i , m weddin g dre
-
1 .
perv a di
[ g ]
anuL
g, farreachi n g ; - v .
-
.
u nlimi te , 74
d 2 2 v i v i dha , a havin g dierent ki n ds, i e .
pow er ful , mi h
g ty, . . .
2
; a s subst lord or ruler of di er en t sorts, var
i ous
of I ndr a, 5 1 15
[ 2 v i v i dhi, . . .
[ t ii v i , 35 4 : for 2, cf vi bha v a 1 33 4 3
, .
an d 2, an d v ibhti .
) v ivrddhi , f .
growth ; incr ease in size ;
v i b h ti , f 2 1 . developmen t or
grow th ; i n crease .
[e dh + vi , 1 157 1 d ] . .
-
2 .
( the resu lt of growth,
is
. .
) po w er,
v i v e k a, m . - 1 . a separati n g apart ; 2 .
vi ma n a s a ( ha vin g an
-
, . aw ay-r
e moved discri mination w L at disa i minare, sepa
-
. .
mi nd or heart i s ) out of ,
. .
on e s sen ses or rate, fr discri men of the same root as
.
[ mi measure from
V 1 vi ,
, q . v : .
house ( analogous to entry enter )
imu k h a a havin g the face aw ay La t
se ttle men t vi llage,
when ce
'
v -
,
. . vi cus, ,
v i ra j a s
- a havin g dust aw ay dus tless
,
.
, ,
settle men t , farm see further vi
; an d
pu re [ 1 30 5 ] . ve
g
v i ra h a m 1 aban donmen t separ
, a ti on. .
, go in to, enter; pervade, RV x 1 25 6 ;
i , . . .
u n cover,
towar ds, gu, as in Eng ; be bent upon . .
colorless, l
p e
a .
[ 1 305 ] w . loc , . without expr essed
j
ob ect
as adv.
[ 1 1 1 2c], so that i t lights up ; as n .
, l a m- p ra , go in ; w gr ham, go home ; .
up,
1 1 69b .
) sa m , en ter to ge ther, i e
. . make their
vi v a sv a n t, a . lighting u p ; as m V ivas. appearan ce together or come hi ther to
van t, na me of a god of the dawn in g day gether, 86 caus . cause to enter upon,
settlement
85 1 3 1 4
dw elling place an d so
[ V-
l v as vi li ght up
. see ,
, ,
i . s. -
ailc, 4
powering,
over V vi e: no less arbitrar
y is pa rted as un der . vi
[ s a 07
the specialization in Eng poison , fr Lat v i s ar a n a , n j the lettin g go ; evacuation
m
. . . . .
potionem,
draug ht
: cf his, Ftaos, L at . .
[ i vi .
]
vi rus, v i spa s at , see V 1 paq + vi .
v i sa k u mb h a ,
- a .
j arof poison . v i s p a sti rt h a a havin g ,
. clear or in tel
vi sa y a , ro
p p m
w orki n g,
.an d-
so li gl
i ble
. mean in g [artha ] . . .
2 on e s v i s ma y a , m asto nishmen t
sphere of acti vity orin uen ce ; . . .
a nd so,
gp
enr
er
oa lized
vi n ce, e ld,
3 . ment [ anvi ta V i
.
, ant ]
domain , empire, country 4 eld of . vi -
h a s ta , a .
1
havi n g the hands away,.
specialis ati on o m
f g 1; ob ect
j of sense,
v i hi
p lea s u re o f sen se ; 5 . obj ect in general . ri n , a. wanderin g about .
[ V l hr+
[ V v i s : b ut the fo rma tion of the stem is vi,
not clear ) .
denom
vi su adv. on both sides [ cf . Lat . vnri, hunt, a of
mri
. .
,
vi su v a t -
saxi nti, j ! eq ui n ox-
passage ev Ena ,
-
hun t ; AS sod ii, hunt ; Old .
-
( of the sun from one zodiaca l si gn to the Hi gh Ger wei da, l the see ki ng, esp of
. . .
next ) ; the ti me of eq uinox-passage, the food, i s hun ti ng, shi n g, a nd then 2 place
. . .
parte d, i s ha vi n g con quered o
. ne s p
.as
vi snu -
g ar ma n , m . V ishnu carman , si ons .
[ do .
]
na me of a sage . havi n g V . as hi s vi t a, m .
- 1 . man ; es
p . man of mi ght ,
protecti on
or else
the delight of hero ; in pl Mi n uet - 2 hero, applied . .
kn o wn ] 3 v ayas, str
ength cf . L at . vir, AS . aver,
vi snu g a r ma -
ni man , a. possessin g vis
mauly or heroic man
; Eng . were -wolf ;
pa cam an as n a me , na med V .
[ 12 49a man
[ 249] [ vrksO pa ri
hero army ; -
as subst. m V i rase na, kin g
. ed, not cover
er ed over,
ie
. . not dark or
vi ra s e n a - s u ta , m V i rasena s
.
son , p a ri , surround .
p ra , cover .
v i ra -
sen t , f j : hero army -
,
ar my of heroes . sa m -
p ra , mi d . coverco mplete ly .
v i ry h , n. l . manliness , cour
age ; illume .
[ cf . V l vr+ nis ] .
strength 2 . concr
ete, heroic deed . + sa m ,
- 1 . cover over; - 2 keep to
.
[ vi ra, 121 2 d 4] .
ge ther or in order, and so put in order,
ha sta , vihasta, 13
52 . 26
vi f or q . v, .
g ather up,
2 v r( vr
ni t6 ; v avre; hvr
ta ; varisyate ;
V l vr( m oti , m ats ; v av i ra , vavr
; vrti vi a i tu al [
2 54 ] v ar i tv 5 ; ca
-
us 3 .
2 .
f
o ens i vely kee p , in , hold back or a wish, make a conditi on, 94 ca us .
3 ds
capti ve r p
ta , e n t u ;
p, v . choose .
si vel , hold back, keep in check will ; Old En g wol, wul,
volo,
f [ cf. Lat
en y . .
ward o , hin der, restrain caus.
w ill, still li vin g i n I won t, I wol not ;
4 Ger Wahl, choice, selection ,
[ 1 0 1 keep back, hinde r, st0p . . w hence
[ cf i d h p i n s,
. enclose d an d - held in wahlen, select, C haucer
ian wa il, select ;
check ,
referred to stu , Aeolic ( M o, Ger wohl, En g well, accordin g to
. .
one s
sh it -
m ; elAap, s A ap,
-
co ver, defense ; w i sh ( see un der 1 v ars ) : perhaps s kin
L at . ver-
Eri,
be on one s
guar d, fear
; are Wh m o , s Boh vopa s, EpicBdh opa s,
vellus, ( cover, i . s. ) pe lt, eece vallu m , will,
and Bi h -
v spos, choicer, better,
ing, harmin g, i n r
on on e s guard, cautious Ger wehren,
. v fk a ,
- l . a. tear a- v ka ;
check , w ard off
; Wehre , defense 2 . m ( the . tearer, i
. s .
) wolf [
. V evr
k or
dam,
rak, simpler form of e c : cf Ai m s,
wi th v i rtra,
stoppin g, an d then a .v ac .
st0p, dar
n forother cognates, see an , En g wolf ] .
v rk sh , as. tr
ee . that w hi ch is felled,
a n u , cover over .
c r
k ( 1 1 97 ) or evrak , si mpler form of
a pa uncover, open .
[ ci . the r
elation e acc: formg, cf barhla ] .
of Ger decken , . cover,
an d au f dec
-ksn, v rs
k a - t ra
ya, n. tr i ad, thr
ee tr ee tr
-
ee s .
v rk sa t ra y a t a l s ,
- un der thr
ee ( sepa
i v ta
+ 5, cover; r covered, con v rk s o p a ri , on the tr
ee .
[ upari z see
cealed ; enco mpassed , surrounded, 3
3 1 31 4
f .
]
e i] [ 250]
V v r
j ( r
nakti v
, v r
iik t ; v avar a j ; 5m k wo w orth the day), Ge r werden , .
become
v arksysti. 443; v rkt i ; tin ; fortran si tion of mg in En g . an d Ger, . cf .
v ar ayati j ) .
- 1 . turn ; twist off ; 2 . Eng turn, w hich al so
. mean s
beco me ( as
turn ; 3 ( turn
or set aside . aside , is . .
) in turn tra itor) cf . also En g .
ca rd , as
di-vert or keep aw ay oralien ate so mething in go south wa rd, i s turn ed to the sou th,
-
. .
ca us
[1 041 2
] 1 . .
( set aside, i . s.
) ac ) also Ger . Wirt -e l,
spi n dle rin g
come : En g
ex cept ; v ar ayi tv i
j ,
wi th an ex cepti ng, tw ist, w hence w rithe ; AS . .
is . . w i th excepti on of, leave ou t, W E75,
a tw i sted ban d, En g w rea th , w rist .
[ orig . bring ou t of
i ts origin al direction w i th vr
tt5, cf. Lat . vers us, tu rned,
or posi ti on,
by ben di ng or di verting or whence versii re, turn much for mgs
keeping in ( i hi l f rj a 36 of r
t cf L at versi ri, w hose
ben d, turn ; Eng wriclc, to twi st, and
. an u , roll after; follow ; a nd so, con
also En g wr on ,
g tw isted, cr oo k.ed ( as in + 5, a ct. turn hi ther so a t
wrong -
nosed, Wyclif ) ,
bad, w hi ch
show s 74 11
( se . rhtha m v as,
your mid .
v r
j e u a ,
n. enclosure, esp . en closed settle abhi -
p a ry - i , turn aroun d un to .
men t ,
an d so, either dw elling place -
( 74 13
) vy -
ii , tu rn away, intra ns .
, se parate
or the dw ellers .
[e j , q . v : . 1 1 50 . from or part wi th 96 22 .
v r
j i n a , a. cro oked, wron g, opp .
of u, l a m - ii , turn back to mee t ;
go home,
for the used esp of a
strai ght, right [e j 1 1 77b : reli gi ous preceptors pupil
. .
,
V v r(
t v i rtate,
- ti
; vav arta , v 5v r
t6 ud, turn ou t ( ce n trifu gally ) ,
intra ns .
,
m m
.
-
te ) .
1 . turn or roll or move as does a turn aw ay ; 4 turn from, abstain ; .
2 .
( like Eng . take i ts p ra ti - n i , turn back from
course ) go on tak e place ; happen ; ski
,
n i s , roll ou t, intra ns .
,
an d so
( w ith a
pati on be concerned wi th 1 05
; set ou t ; 3 be gin , -
. set abou t
- 5 li ve ; live by
. i s li ve . . upon , gage i n ; pravr tta, see s v . .
,
1 042
6 proceed, behave ; 7 . . a tten in motion .
co u a ,
p l be, - v r
tt5, see s. v. ca us . whi rl about, trans .
[ cf . L at . vert ere, -
turn
; AS . weorBa n ,'
m un i te i ntrans a nd so take
sa , ,
.
, shape,
god s : m a n ly, m i h t
g y g, re a t ; o f In dra ,
of the Mar u ts, of the Sun or v d i , j : sacr icial bed, i s a spo t of ground . .
grea tn ess and mi ght ; most mi ghty one, genera lized, faithful, true, used of In dra,
m
of I n dra, [V [ V 1 v idh,
w orshi p a god, 1 151 .
v r sa l a,
m prop manik in i s li ttle man
. .
,
. .
,
2b .
]
a nd so, as term of contempt a low person , , v l i , f .
I . end-poin t limi t ; -
2 . esp .
esp . a Gudra .
[ vi as,
-
limit of time , poin t of ti me, hour .
V v rs y ( rs y )
i a v a i te act as a va n, i s : . . . l
o xos, house, Old La t . veicus , Lat . vicus,
1 059b, wic, . .
v r ,
sti _ f2 rain .
[e s, Boartown, -
and perha ps in N orw ish, -
V v rh or b ( r ;
rh hh ti vav tr ha ; t v rksa tn v
vr h
d [a 224 a
] ; v thy )
a p lu ck , te ar -
. . v
gman ( se ttlement i e ) dwelling
, n .
, . .
,
v d a , m .
1 . u n dersta ndin g, kn owledge ; v i i p p
ost os
,iti ve p ar ticle emphas izi n
g the ,
see f
c ( t a i
y )
.
; tra ) ;
la ter, the well known -
collections called 93
3 0
, 94 5 1 s
, an d E?
Ri gveda, Yaj urveda, and Si maveda in bri hmana o ften ma rking
the holy scriptures, held to be a the precedi ng word as the rst of its cla use
revelati on an d so called
gruti, (f
c atha , near en d g q so
. .
yan ti , , e tc . .
]
v eda - vi d a . V eda-kn owin g .
[ 1 269 ] vi idik a, a . V pre edi c,
scr ibe d by or co n
learned man ,
to
Chaucers doctour of bad, e
.
g . al ms giving -
, sa i ptureustudy,
phi sik h
)p y si cian, doctor .
[ vi dy i ga mbling ) ; hobby ; 2 . an overpow eri n g
v i i mi n i k a , a r iding in . a sky-travers pass ion, esp . for so mething bad vice,
1 222e i s
. .
) misfortune , adversi ty, 25
[ V 2 as
vi i cy a , ad
j . su bst. man of the vi ; or folk envelope or hide one s self.
[ orig . wi n d
or thi rd i aroun d wi th robe or girdle, an d so a
caste , [ g
v u as
854a nd V v ac
v o c, quas i -
root, see . a doublet of V vi, i . e . V 2 vi , w eave,
v y ans a ,
a. having the shoulders apart, q . v .
]
i . s . bro ad-shouldered as m . V iausa, u p ,
a han g about, esp . w in d the sacred
Broad-s houlder, na me of a demon , slain cord over the left shou lder and un der the
by In dra .
[ vi ar
i aa, right arm ; upavita, see s v . .
[ ci . 1 087f
, 1 08g .
] see s v. .
v y 5 c a s , n. co mpa ss ex ten t , .
p a ri ,
a ct. envelope aroun d or co m
v
y a t i k a ra , m a mixin g confusing ;
.
, con plete ly ; mi d . win d so mething as cover
fusion , di saster .
[ V 3k r
, scatter,
vi .
] aroun d one s self, en velope on e s self in ;
V v y a th ( vyt thate vi vya th
[ ]
785 perhaps in sense o f act , .
i vyathi sta ; vyathi ta) . 1 . move to vyi k a ra na , n . the pu ttin g asun der,
an d
an d fro, rock , reel ; 2 .
g ( like Eng be
. . so an alysis, grammar .
[ V 1 kr do,
u
p ,t ,
[ ]
785 v etsyti
; vi ddhk v ddhu m ai nha , as type of n oble manli ness in cpds,
,
cf . L at di vi d ere,
.
- -
part asunder, spotte d
vya p a d e ga , i
y g h rm
a . the makin g a false show v ma n -
ca r ,
n . tiger-
ski n .
[ V di g v y- apa .
] v y i dh a m hun ter [ V vyadh ] , . .
v n
y y ,
a a .
going asun der or to pieces, v yi dhi as disease ,[ V l d ha p u t . .
,
,
perishin g, w a .
[ V i V i , 1 148 lb . .
] vy i 1 1 55 2e ]
-
,
. .
v y a v a s i y ,
a m de termi nati on
.
, resolve l l 76b ] .
[V si v y i p i d a m destruction V
[ p d
v y- ava.
] a,
v y ii ]
. .
- .
v y a v a s i y i n , a. determined, resolute . v i
y p i d a y i t a v y , g
a rd v to be d e stroyed .
or killed [ cau s of V pa d vy i .
] .
-
v y a v a hi ra , m .
- 1 .
pro ced ur e, c o ndu c t, v y i p i ra ,
m 1 . . busin ess, i . s . occupa
others, i . s .
) i ntercourse, 24 1 3.
[ V 1 hr cern, 30 ; 3 acti vi ty, exertion
4
[ pr
V 3 . .
vy- i , be
v y asa n a , n . ro
p p . a throwing one s se lf v i
y p i ra g a t a ,
- n . exerti on hundr
ed, -
a
aw ay ( upon a thin g ), an d so 1 .
passi on hun dred attempts .
vy a ma ] [ ]
254
v y i mt , m .
prop . a stretch-out, the di s pre sen t of VV pu sh an d mlech ,
whi ch see
e d by the str
tan ce cover etched-ou t arms, see 221 an d cf .
a thom AS l m the
r l Eng f
pa alle . w . .
,
m m fa thom,
ex ten ded ar s ; a i d, an d
vyi ma mi t ra -
, a . havi n g a fathom or text to a
go d b y w a y of p ra ise ; a nd
as i ts measure ,
see mi tri .
[ m5tri ,
so 2
generalized, p
. rai se ; ca sts , see s v , . .
334 ]
2 3 rarely,
. make a sole mn wish, w hether
v y 5h r ti f 1 ,
. u tteran ce ; - 2 . esp . blessin g or curse ( see
cans a ) , like i mpre
on e of the three sacred an d mysti cal cari ;
4 . ann ou nce ; communi ca te, 52 3 .
which see .
[ V 1 hr vy in mn measured or melo di ous w ay
sole , , ,
v yb ma n n heaven sky ,
.
,
. i s son g oracle magi c charm
. .
, Ca mna , ,
,i hi the rco
, g o ume
n to .
+ 5, I wi sh, . in the noun high or
esp .
p r a t y i m ar ch or go back - . 69a
wish, ou
. . and so 2 hope in , put .
:
,
Gebot, statute ; a nd so 2
( as E n
g si mple v
.erb ] . .
one s
mma nd ) that over whi ch one
co preca tio, blessin g or curse ; as a d
j 3
m
. .
f urth er ,
di rectly f rom the root a a in
g 3 .
g a l: ( A ca . h oti ; a. qekds [794e ];
choice, determin ation rm r
e soluti on , 493 k M th
y , 3 a sk -
p as
( eg
. . of chastity, fastin g, ca us f
o d es i
. d gik syati pa ss o f desi d . . .
5 religious duty, du ty d d i d ik t
. an o f ca us
o f es .
g y s e,
.
A si m
in general [ V 2 vr
wi ll, choose : for le ver b : 1 be strong ; be
, . .
p .
V v ra gc( v r
g ; r
chti kn a [9 57c ] ; v rstv i ;v to become the ob ect j of an
pie ce s [ g
ori . . form is v r
k, as in v tk -
a, y an te, they a re able to be caused by me
vrn, r
k a v k sa w hi ch sec : v rgc i s pr0 p to ge t hold of ni ti, 2 ra rel ( be
y
- -
. .
,
g a bd a -
qi s t ra , n. w or
d theor
y, w ord [ n
gt
au presu p poses a root .
g or s
q],
-
[ of n ip - w , get wear
y by further agree as cognates k M hut,
V 2 95 m ( ai myati i m M barn ; AS heal, Eng hall ; mi h- v5, husk,
sw
s 901 B . .
mat ; si n
tea- tan t rum ) be pod
; Ger H illle,
cover
ing
; Eng hull, . .
senses, cf V ram.
; nta , see s v . .
; caus . tor
( used of Go d an d Ch rist ),
h e ad
qui et, still ; euphemistically kill , .
protector,
helm et, Ge r Helm, En g helm
. .
+ u pa , be quiet ; stop . Lat ao cul-ere, cover ; color, color ( see
.
-
hel en,
- later hele,
conceal ; further,
V 3 9a m ( gsmni t) harm . . x
Abt - v-a , cover, and
the iden t .
W 4 0, 5
pro tec ti on w i th an y on e .
[ g
a atm]
gd u n . welfare; happiness ; bless qa r d , j : au tum n ; pl .
poetic j or years
in g .
lef m l
gh n a, a . word f
o doubtf ul mg at
Q ri va, s t ear t he ma
n dish . . .
perhaps tame ( cf V 2 m
g ,
a . ca us . ) or in dus
g a ri ra , n the b od y , as disti n
.
gu ished from
ious ( q V l 9am)
tr . the vi tal br eath or fr om the immor tal
ga r
n a y i t r m ,
. slayer .
[ V 2 qam, caus ] . soul ( so 96 31 -3
, and from the soft
ani were as
g m
ai m t y a j i i a o f or m ad e of ,C am i -
,
. Hillle ; used also in pl , . body in
woo d [ see maya ]
. .
general : mrtu il a
t ri u m . corpse.
g a mi
g i k h -
i C am i br a nch , _
-
. so 844 .
[pr0p the .
corpor
e al teg umen t
a mi s u ma u n a j : C ami dower V er
of the soul, cover
q see
- -
, .
, e
ca m i s u m a n o m a l a j : garla nd o f -
, under car ana : for mg , cf the cognate .
gd my h
i s ta 1 02 , Hi lls , mortal en velope, i e body
. . cf .
[ c
V f 1 1 48 1 a] ga ri t a j a a. ( born of, is ) performed
-
. . . .
, ,
g a ya ni
y a ,
1 . a. servin g for lying bodies [ . ants - k m ]
2 n bed,
. . couch. (p m , gt ru, j 2 m issile , eitherspearor arrow . [ ct
ga yy i j , 21 . bed ; -
2 . a lying, sleep
ing V
[ g
.
i 1 2 1 3d c f 9 63 b ) ga rk a r a , a b ro w
, n su ga r .
[fr the P ra . . . .
serve that Lat ar undo means reed and val Lat zucar
. a the Eng suga r and on .
, .
,
cf Ha nds ]
'
ga ra nd 1 a pr
, o tec ti n g affordin g bor
.ro we d w or ds :.
, .
garman, n .
1 . cover; p ro tecti on ; shel
ga s t ra - v rt ti , a . having w eapons as
comf or means
tcr ; refuge ; - 2 . t, j oy - 3 . one s of subsisten ce, li vin g by
co mm on at the en d of Brahman-names, mili tary servi ce .
[ 1 302a .
]
19 11 4
2 1 1
, ,
693 m [ see under a rana
g J gi k a, n . an edible herb ; vegetable food .
gar ma v a n t a ,
. con taining ( the ste m) gi k h a, f . branch .
garman [ 1 233 ] .
gat a y i tr, m . one who in pieces,
cuts
ca rv a, m . C arva ,
name of an arrow slay - destr
oy er, 97 1 9 .
[ caus . of V at, 1 1 82c ]
p .
go d Civa a rn ,
1 209, .
w cf . l 2o9g .
] V
be
a r h i t i :
'
ga rv a ra , a .
j g
: r
var
viegated ;
a i, t e
g n , j a ceasi n g , sto ppin g ; esp the .
night ( as vari egated wi th stars) [ cf absence of the evil results of some w ord . .
g a l t ,
m 1. . sta ; -
2.
prickle ( of a a
p p ,
a m . curse .
[ V 9ap ] .
hedge-hog ) .
[ cf .
(p r
a] . a
g p ad i , a. havin g the cu rse as i ts rst
l
c y ,
a a m . n .
poi n t of spear or arrow ; as n . curse an d so forth .
[ 1 802c
x e r, doin gs, i e adventu res inclu ding the curse
. .
a lso pl .
[ 9
V 1
1 1 1 51 1 a . .
] during w hi ch the curse has eect .
or a gazelle .
[ for sqa sa ( see
c s and l 208f .
]
v
g q
a u ra ) : cf Ger E ase, Eng ha re ]
. . . .
gi rd i l a, m . ti ger; at end f
o pds, li
cke
g q a ak a , m . hare, rabbi t [ 1 22 2b .
m ] . vyi ghra, the be st of
a aii k a ,
g g m . the moon [ prop ,
. . adj .
, 951 5 j : hu t,; house ; room ; stable .
[ see
i ts mark, gaga
ha vin g a rabbi t as un der
garana : cf . the der
i vs m aid an d
ak a, ] l 302a E n g ha ll , th e
.r e gi v en ] .
i tself .
9 f .
,
cotton tree .
m
. . .
, .
ust-
tu ]
g
a s tt , praised, esteemed as good or gi v a k a , m the young of ani mal
q a. . an .
[ r l f V ] v a tt , a
p o p pp o
g u.n
a . i
g g . contin ual ; etern al .
stru ment a 1 1 85 :
q as-
a V gas or ig ( V edic,
of cu ttin g,
tr g ci sti , gi
sts [639] s,
sea s tro,
-w hi ch appe ars in th e den om c a s [854 3
] c yh i s ati ,
-
te 958 i , ca cti , .
'
triire, prop . cut, and so, like Eng . cut,
g i sya , M a ) .
1 . chasten , cor
rect ;
g a s t ra -
p ani , a. havi ng a sword in the - 2 . in struct, te ach ; ect ; 3
di r .
( like
17
s an a ] [
ga 258 ]
[ pe rh r
apse dupli cated form of gang 675 : V l ei s ( es -
t ; s i
ni
t n t ; gsk s sh ;
y ti .
p ra , in struct ; dir
ect ; co mman d cf: , v i, ( leave apart or by sepa
si mple verb ,
an d pragis . rate , di stinguish ; vi i sta, ( separ
g a te d,
a nd
g san a , n .
1 .
g er
ov n ment way , of rul so, like Eng disti nguished
) emin en t, .
ex
in g ; 2 . co mmand . V
[ gi g ] cellen t.
g s i tr,
m . teacher .
[ V gi m]
V 2 gi p, subsidia ry f orm to V gi s, q v . .
theor
y compen di um ( of an art or V
[ ga s w eak form i
gg ]
m
,
gi k h a ra , - 1 . a. peak ed ; - 2 m n peak
. . . . li e 2 slee
p [w g.
-
t
e , cf s ci u ,
. . . -
ikh
[g l s
li es cf also xol- rn,
. bedz ]
i k h 1 tuft braid of hair; a dhi lie in or on ; dwell in
g i , f . . or , .
- 2 .
( like Eng . crest ) top in general, an u , lie down after another .
peak . a, lie in .
opp o f dp
.
dha , rm, hard .
[ perhaps sa m , be undecided or i n doubt .
[ li t .
V 2 gi , simplerf orm qf n a, q v
-
. .
gi b i ,
m . C ibi , na me of a king . l
Q , 61 lyin g [V gi ]
i r head [ cf. xdpa, head ; L at i t a . cold ; cold [ppl of
n i
g a s, n . . .
g ,
as n. . .
. . . . a. .
gi ri p ,
a m the tree Acaci a Sirissa ; . as n.
g i t i rt a, a. distr
essed with the cold .
the blossom .
[ W ]
gi r o - mu k h a , n head . and face .
[ 53b
12 .
] gi t i k i v a n t , a . cool .
[ as if from fem .
-
am ap, tu r n in to stone w ater-plant . .
gi l i , f the b ea m .u n d er a d oor i
g pr t n , n he ad [ gi ro-
an i s to
gi ras . . .
- mu k h a
gi l i , m B lo ck s no ut, n ame of a (b
C V -
),
as i re-
ya.is to in s-
v i see-
bar
e . these ]
i l o c ca y a , m crag pile, i s cr hill i l 1 natur ed
al or acqui r way of
g a n. -
aggy
g
-
. . . .
.
,
[ u ccaya .
] being ; character,
habi t or ha bits,
gi v a, -
1
; friendly ; graci ou s ;
. a . ki nd, 909 in co mposition [1302] with that to
agreeable, lovely ; opp o fg hor a 2 m . . . which one is inclined or accustomed, 21
The Friendly One, n ame euphemistically 2 .
( character, is . .
, as in Eng .
)
appli ed to the hor i ble god Rudra, w ho
r good character, 98 7 .
.
m
cf Ei srfbes, The Gr aci ous Ones, i s the on accoun t of i ts gaudy color s, V guc . .
Furie s, an d na n di ] of 216 l ,
m
. . .
g ga, .
y un g
o ; . see gu a a . a pa ot.
1 147b an d
[ 260]
the w omb an d its frui t ; cf . i
ce
- u an d
go ni t a , n . blood ; also pl. [ gong 1 1 76d .
]
gi v a, ;
b
youn g
e r
p ge n an t ; L a t a beautiful [ V 2 gu bh, adorn,
s
n. . ,
.
go b h a n , . .
ia-cisas , pre gn an t ; ( 5) to strength and
1 1 50 2a ] . .
gii d rt ,
m . a man of the fourth caste, a V c
2 u bh see these .
88 s pa r allel w clean , b
hero [ 9
V .11 1 1 0 :
c r a i . clear , p u re a s epos, coal -
ax v
p o- s m i g
- h t y
,
w h en ce vb
ip os L a t (ra n d ,
E re -
,
.
-
,
g rp a n a pl a
, i te d b a sk .e t f o r w i nn o w i n g
V go u t ( eootati ; ougcta ( cuecutat
V 1 9: ( an
m
ti s w e; hi n t
40 : amt [957b ] ; em wr i te ) g o u t v bl dr ipp g i n V
[ g cn t ] . , . . u
g m t c r u n b ear d
m m
. .
,
brechen .
ch a gy i n a ; qi y h t e ) f r eeze ; c o a g ula t e , . .
t h r l
'
c i g a n o n . . x ri v o s -
'
-
m
, ,
r
o gi i n a h o r n e d ,; as m h o rn e.d b e a s t V g r a th (g ra t h n i t ; g g
a r.at h ; s w a ; .
qr t a see V r
, g i .
g rthi t a ) b e c o m e lo o se . .
ge v a a ki n d ; dear
,
.
[ cf g r t d i ndecl . m ea ni n
g p e r ha
p s or ig h e a r t ; ,
. .
1 m e main der 4
r r used to dha ( gr ant give V 1 dh 5 )
est
go pa ,
n . . .
, a ss ,
.
, ,
re maini ng
ig en for the r
.
est
[ V 1 gia
.
.
a nd d ot
o f p e rson
,
g a
, d a i i ,
, ,
.
, ,
r ,
. .
e ff p r in t h o s e w h om one l r d d dh a t tr u t i t r t f u l
c s a s n o s g pp g a a s n g u s
. . .
-
, , , ,
leaves be hin d hi m on e s r
e li cts V 1 gi g, 9
26 ; of , , .
o oh a - j a , a g ri ef born ; gokaj a .
-
m vi ri , hea rt : further, w .
grad dhi , cf L
- at . .
gri ef born w ater
-
, i . e . tears, cr dre,
so e r d-Jere,
trust : the reg ular
go k i rt a , a. sor i ck en
row str - .
[ tas ]
i r Sk t w ord for heart is bid ,
.
and this can
locks of ame .
[ goci s, 1 87 : 1297, cf . since they r e i n the Bkt an initial ,
equir 9 .
1280b .
] o r
g d or r
g ad ) .
ame ; beam ; Hi
o ona ,
1 . a. red, deep red - 2 . m Soue
. V gra m ( gramyati m a ; tera
Red Ri ver, aluen t of the Gange s mit ; granta be
'
or .
'
wear y
amecolored ( av
[p p
r cf tak e pain s se lf,
o . . . -
cc , esp . casti gate one s
burned, nus- p a ,
[ ]
26 1
r
y one s self exceedin gly to) laid upo n or in , w . loc , . 799 .
condin g, -
m
a , adv .
personi Q ri , goddess ed,
of beauty and w el
n
a . ear; 2 n hearing ;
- . .
su sw aths -
J
V
[ gru, 1 150 1 a : formg 3, r
e n ( m ti mm m i
a n 9
m
.
m W
esp un der V . r
a ] grav ; t; .
-
to ; gruta
sounds ; esp . loud praise,
tra m : m t" its: a
f rm
t lory, fame .
[ V gr m d
g qraat e ; cri v tyati ) . 1 . act . he ar,
the r i i of kn ow by hearing ;
a: p ec se eq u v . as .
gen .
q erson,
m m
. . .
n
egruv ana,
491 -
t er
ri er
a or
su s. i te having studied, i . s. learned, 2 .
gifts to Brahm ans [ g ra ddhi l 208e . heard of, i mpera : gri yati m, let it
accor di ng to the Scholi as t, a thing of be heard, i e hea r ye ; sv a
. .
gri yate,
m
because the gift for the M anes
trus t, thus it is heard, there i s this sayin g,
ahmans
Br .
] - 4 . ca us. ca use ( eare rs,
h acc .
) to
arriving wearied .
[ i g ata z w ith andi re ), obey,
F i rst ;
m myti 40 ; r d : Wr itnm.
hear thou ; L a t clu ere, be called ;
.
-
tM
. . .
.
3 mid , famed, Old High Ger hlu d o in
be lyi ng or si tuated upon, . . nclitus, .
-
E lude-wig, Loud battle, Ger la u t, AS
act betake one s self to, esp for help or
. .
-
.
-
.
protecti on, 4 8 5 .
[ cf . xh l- m, lean hlii-d , Eng lou-d ; .
s e xAl a u,
- -
rest on
; Lat . clindre,
lean wi th the subsidiary for m eras, as i n
AS hlinia n, Eng lea n ; a li stenin g to, complian ce, of
- i
63, in cli ne, t
s k i -1 u n
. .
g , .
slope,
hi ll ; Lat cli vus, hi ll ; AS hiz w ,
.
-
. AS hIos n ia n, lis ten , hlgs t, the hearin g,
.
-
-
famed
la dder ; AS hl -der,
L a d low ; -
xAi
. of
gru ta , etc .
, cf .
grav ana , gra
pen de n t or subordina te , 301 3 . i s
. .
n ot turn a deaf ear to, and so
+ sa m ,
1 hear; 2 like Eng hear,
. . . of Nala is composed V
[ g m .
,
to [ cf .
gm prati ) . in open arms ( as a mai d herlover) .
qrd t i , j : 1 . a hear
i ng ; - 2 . car; 3 . Slavonic swekrit, AS swear, s sweohor, Ger . .
the thi n g heard ; sou nd Q report, Schwdher, fatherin law for Q in place - -
1
V eda, 58 N ; 8 6 learnin g ; prob ia . . . AS . sweger, Ger Schwieger, . motherin -
correct f or gruta V
[ g r 1 1 57 1 a ] .
m . .
ra ti n learning ; pr
t, ob i V qv a s ( whaiti vh ati ; a vi aa ;
g an a .
possess n g .
q qg
rutav an t, q v
rect for c
incor [ gruti ] . .
qv asi sya ti ; e v as i ta , qvas th ; cv i s itu m ;
rd t worthy to be heard ( of vsya ; c v i h t i ) 1 b low , blus
a
g a y
- a -
g y ,
a a. . .
hymn ), goodly V
[ c m , 1 21 3a ] . . ter, w his tle , sn or t ; - 2 bre ath e ; - 3 . .
r (g y i n ) i sigh
r
g y
e a s a , f or g y
s as a s n c s
p , . . .
,
1 31 5c . Eng wheeze ] .
ri
c , Cf Keefe" , superi or, a b hi -
p ra , blow forth upon, acc , .
f
o pc d, 1 1 best as dis tinguished from ca us . inspire condence .
qri f h
st y a ,
n . supre macy , pre cede n ce .
gv a s h th a , m . a snorting [n . aa
w
reaths , 1 21 1 2
en d .
] 1 1 63b .
]
crot ra, n . ear;
g s ta n a , a
v . of morrow ;
the a n. t he
grot ri y ,
a a. studied, learned ( in morrow, 92 17 .
[ gi rd-s l245e ) , .
V ern , mg 1, an d
gruta, s v . .
] l 1 81 s ) : prop , perhaps, having the fee t .
V gl ag h li
(g g hate li
; g q g
a h li
; g g hi th ) . + vi dh,
dog
1 . have condence in - 2 talk con .
dently ; brag, praise one s self ; 3 .
praise .
sa -k n ,
t 1 . 0 . consisti ng of si x ; - 2 . as n.
l i h
g g y , a gr dv to b e pr a i sed , p rai se . a whole con sisting of six , a hexade .
[m
w orthy ; hon orable V l
[ gi t . 1222a, 226b .
]
l ok a, m - 1 ( thi h rd i ) u n d sat t ri nga t 1 2 si x an d thirty
g n g ea s so ; -
. . . . .
,
sh w ith h ir) r ( of at also i t h as, attendant, L at soc ins ,
-
g a na , a. ( t e t oops .
.
-
ten dants ) .
[ 2 u .
]
co mrade
: further, AS . se6n, cas h( m)an,
st g a ra , m .
- 1 . the mosphere L uft
at ,
En g . see, Ger . sch-en, ( seek , look for,
meer; 2 Sagara,
. name of a my thi cal follow with the eyes, i e ) . .
s a c i v a , m attendan t, suppor V
prin ce . te r . .
[ ane
aa mk a ta , - 1 . a . n arrow , strait ; 2 . m. 1 1 90, with uni on vowel i ] -
[ cf. 1 245g ] su jj a , a. -
1 . as used of a bow, having i ts
sa mk alpt , m . a decision of the min d ; in g on , strun g,
str ready foruse ( the string
the will or wish or ur
p p ose procee d in g bein g w oun d aroun d the ho w when this
[ V kip sa m,
236] used of persons and thin gs [ fo r sa jy ,
a .
sa mk eta , m . agr
ee men t ; esp . a meetin g q . v .
, m i lawi th
ti on as i n saj yate assi ,
sa ii g a , m .
1 . a sti cki n g to or han gin g lation esp of w ealth ; supply ( of food )
,
. .
upon ; 2 .
g . an attach men t ( of the [ V I c i pi le u p
ear
, n]
,
sai e
g , in case of desire, pl lu sts
. b ones of the dead ) [ o]
d .
V a j , sar
hc a y a v a n t , i
[ s a .
po ssess n g an accu
1 1 83
aa mg m agree ment promise [ V l gr s a mc i ti f a pilin g ; pile [ V 1 ci pile
a ra, .
, .
, . .
,
n
p y,
a crow d .
[ V han ear
n, 333, cf . sakth ; shktu m; -
sa yaj ; pass saj ytte .
an d 402] or sa
jj ate ) . stick to, be attached to ;
V sac ( si sakti ; sacate ; g sa cir
g sa cds, sakth, attached ( of a g lan ce ) , i mmov
1 be wi th, be united w ith ; cf
. able .
[ . L at . se -nis,
g sti ck i ng , i e slow , . .
be together,
have in tercourse together,
2 accom an a erson a cc to
p y p ) .
( . + p ra , be attached to ; praaakta, ad
mandment) , follow up, i s atten d to, . . conti nu ou sly, con sta n tly, always .
[ for
82 17 . htata ,
sar see V tan + aa mz for mg , of .
[ orig .
acco mpany ,
i . s . 1 .
g at
o the L at . con-l nens , i con
side of, wi th help or favor, an d 2 an t kr t6
go see can
-
. .
,
[ 265] [ aad aset
aa t k i ra , as .
good e atment,
tr esp . kind sad (sida, te
-
aaa da, se dda
a t tt a m a, a . best .
[ san k 471 ] sattu m; -
addya ; ai di yati, -
ts ) .
- 1 .
from
thing depends for bein g what i t is, sed-Ere, ; Eng sit, si t . caus . set sad- as ,
essens, a quas i-
ppl of esse .
] os, 381 m, Lat sella ,
- . ase d-la , AS . set-l,
s h t p a ti , m. strong r
uler; master [shut . .
Eng settle, a seat ]
pa t i, 1 280, c f l267 a j . . + a v a , sin k down, get into trouble, be
a a ty t , - 1 a real ; true ;
. . existi n g in
reality, truthful, trusty, faithful, I . sit upon 2 lie i n wait for,
; - .
, g , ,
swear,
m
,
but of differen t formati on , si nce the of the hot; at the sacr i ce, 2 .
Cyprian show s that i n ds stan ds for act . a nd mid . set, in stall as, trans l, .
ful .
[ 75]
1 2 kin dly di sposed, propi ti ate, [behi nd
a a ty a - v ra t , n. v ow of truthfuln ess . the mg be gracious lies doubtless the
[ 1 264, acct h
p ysi ca l mg settle fo rw ard, in cli ne to
a a t y h v ra t a , a. having, i s keepi ng . . a wards, e g a su ppliant ] . .
+v i, sink , used
( like h
t e E ng . be de
acct 1 295] presse d ) of the spiri ts, be dej ected ; de
s a ty a - sa mg a ra , a. having, i s . . keep spond, co me to gri ef, 31 1
; visanna,
ing a true agree men t , i . e
. tr
ue to his dej ected .
p rom ise .
+ sa m , sit together .
hd h a ,
s a t y as a r a. having, i s keepin g . . a s ada di , a dv . always, [ cf aadi
.
]
true agr
ee ment is . . faithfu l .
[ satya s ad a n a , n . seat ; g ene ra lized, like E ng .
mdhi ]
,
s u tv a ra , a. wi th haste ; o
a m , adv. qui ck [ V M ]
ly, immediately .
[ 2aa tv ari ] s da s , n . seat. [ V sad z of .
sa t s a-
mn i d h an a, n. a bein g n ear to s a d a aa t , n. existe n ce an d n on- xi s
e tence .
i t ma k a ,
sadasad - a. havin g exi ste nce [presen t ppl . of Vl aa,
be, q . v :
. cf .
sa d ac i ra , m the
-
. co nduct or practi ce s for mg 2, cf . the mg of satya, of rtw
of the good .
[ san t .
] 86m : Julyer, -
the true story, and of
me imme family, i s
s a d y as , a dv on the . sa day ; conti nuation of on e s race or . .
dia tely .
[ see 1 1 22f ] osprin g .
m
.
sa dha , a dv . e uw
q .
f
o l saith, see ap s , at .
- 1 . hea t ; 2 pai n, . sor
an dha -
mi da, m . co- re velry, r
ow .
[ Utap
-
i san
-
]
co mmon feast ; aadha mi dam mad , revel sa mt i p av an t, a. so ro wful
r .
[ 1233 J .
sa dha -
s th a , n .
( ori g .
, pe rha s, co -place,
p su n. )
i e place
. . of un ion, but generalized to the sa md e h a , m .
1 . doubt ; i t, from b
( y
2 dan
r
eason of ) uncertain ty [291 .
adn a , a . old .
[ orig .
of lon g sta nding, er
g , 2015 .
[ Vl dih + sa m: for mg 2, cf.
sen-ex ,
old man Goth . s in- is m ,
oldest
sa rh d h is, f 1 cov en an t, agr eement ; . .
cold
; AS . an d Old Eng . sin-
g ri ns ,
ever mg 1 , cf M am, covenant, and m
.
g ree n
En g sen -
g reen , (
ex tre mely g reen ow , the coun terpa rt of sa h
r dadhi mi ]
mdh i
.
, ,
ie . .
) house lee k -
from a n ot q u o table sa na, n . a pu tti n g toge ther, c lar
sca lcus ,
o lde st house-servan t, thr 1 1 60 l e ]
ou gh paroxyton e,
. .
o
p pu lar i n te rpre ta ti on of Old Hi gh Ge r . 41 13
peace, 1 7 ; 3 the puttin g together
7
.
si n i ,
a dv . o f old, a lw a s
y .
[ i n str . of d un, 4 j un cti on ( of day and ni ght) i s
- . , . .
1 1 1 2c, n ot a.
) morni ng or evenin g tw ili ght [ V 1 dhi .
,
a n it ,
a d v. from of old, alw ays, fore v er
pu t
sam 1 1 55 2 e ] . .
mdhi
,
md h y
,
[ shu ts acct 1 1 1 4d .
] sa a, a. pertai ni ng to aa or
sa h at an a , a . e ve rlasting , eter
n al .
[ san i , j un cti on ; sa dhy f
a,
-
1 ti me of j un c m . .
1 245
0 4 ti on ( of day and ni ght), mornin g or ev en
s an e mi ,
a dv . alw ays .
[ pe ap from
rh s
y g )
u a 58 3
[ sa mdhL cf 1 212b ] ,
. . .
s an t, - 1 .
ppl . bein g ; otiose see, eveni n g twi light of a yug a [ e ]
a b t .
ll
w as ; e x istin g ; - 2 . a . real genui ne ; s a m
, d h y i s a ma y a , m twili ght ti me q
.
-
,
'
tru e , good ; -
3 . oi people , good, nob le, evenin g .
ex celle n t, 19 9-29
, 28 ; 4 anti, j : a
1 1 . sa mn i d h an a , n .
( a puttin g down to
true , g ood, virtuous wife ( hence Anglo ge ther, j urta- positi on, a pproxi mati on ,
an d
I ndia n Suttee ) ; 5 . n . the ex iste n t ; so ) a bei ng near; con tigui ty ; presen ce ;
ex i ste nce ; 8 . sat-h r mak
, e good, tr
eat n e ighborhood, [ il l dhi ,
ut
p ,
r] [ 268 ]
ob e ct,j a nd so suitable ; capable ; able, sa mp ad j : , 1 . success ; -
2 .
( a fallin g
w . inf . toge ther, coi n ci ding, a nd so a tting of
sa m -
alar
ii krta , a . well adorned .
[ see the par ts to each other, i e ) corr ect pr o . .
a la m: sa m in tensi ve , 1 077b en d .
] porti on, beau ty [ V pod a n ] .
ga thered pi ece s .
[ se e 1 087e ] . roun d cask et ( forj ew els ); aa mpute lik h,
sa m a h a a ccentless ad v ,
. somehow ,
wri te a thing ( acc. ) in the strong box -
of a
[ 1 sa m a : cf 1 1 0 0 a and 1 1 0 4 .
person m
(g ) e , ie
. . edit
cr it to hi m .
[ m sa
cour se [ g m
V a .+ sa m i ] - . so 2 ( to the same limi t) e ven ex actly ;
.
,
m
. .
,
.
,
same ,
am adv in the same w ay -
,
.
, a nd so j ust n ow [ a ( in te n si ve 1 07 7b .
,
[ 2 s am a 1 245 d ] ,
. 1 289a ] .
same village [ sa m i na g ri ma .
-
, s a mb h a v a , an or igi n ; at end f
o ad j .
sa mas a , m .
1 . a pu ttin g together; an d cpds, havin g as i ts origin, i gi nati ng
or
so (g : L a t . con- trahere,
draw together,
in [ V bh sa m] .
then
abridge 2 . a con densati on ; sa mb h i v ya , grdo to be . supposed, sup
abridg ment ; -
ena a nd sa mi satas , suc posab le [ . ca us . of V bhu sa m] .
cinctly . V 2
[ as, s a mb h ra ma an ex tr e me agi tati on haste ,
.
,
sa mi d h , f ( l
.ike E n
g . kindli n gs ) fuel . arising from excite ment [ V hk r u m .
[ V i dh sa m , ear n ) .
s a mi p a ,
1 . a. near; 2 . as n . n ear a i m mi l a
c
-
a com m i x ed m i xed w,i th .
-
, ,
n e ss, neighborhood,
presen ce used like un i te d with [ 1 289 a ] . .
an tikaq 2a sm ip w gen or in . .
m . . s a m ri j i -
f com p le te i s so v er e
,i g n ,
. .
w verbs o
.
f going, 44 ;
1 1
end, and 1 0771) end : for m instead of l it,
_
2b sw i pe, w gen or in cpd ( in the . . see
by, [ p rcf
a ti pd j . w . in] :
s a mi p a -
s th a , a in cpd, . si tuate d in the sa ra, a. rm nh g, moving , going, i n cpds .
sa mu t s a rg a m an ej ecting discharge ,
.
, . s a ra na ,
a. runni ng ; as n . a
[ r
V a j sam u d 21 6 l ] -
,
. .
[ r
V s , 1 1 50 l a j . .
V ud sam
a con n en ce l o59d
an ocean .
-
, , [ sa rana, .
j
1 1 88b ] . s a ra ny d , a . hastenin g, swift ; - il
y [ 3bbc
],
s a mu n n a t i f r i i l i i Saranyu, daughter of Twashtar, and
a s n g ; e e va t on, s .
,
. .
, f .
s an g t i f ( a com, in g to ge t
.h er a nd so
) , 1 1 7811 : cf .
Epzn i -
s,
the swift
goddess of
col li sion
-
shock V
[ t s a m
, 1 1 67d : cf .
, . vengean ce ]
samar ana ] . s a ri ma f the bi tch of Indra or o, f the .
s a mp a t tl f success ; pr or mes
osper ity ; abnud
, .
god s ; f
c 83 1 7 s [ the runn er . .
an ce 1 7 , V
[ p a d sa m l l 57d ] , . sen ger
V ar cf , , .
[ 269] [ sa v ayas
si ra s , n. lake, pool [ g
ori . .
uid, i s.
. whole, entire L at . sa lvus, whole, un
from V I r harmed,
uid us
wa ter, run , j ust w ell ; Oscan sollu-s, entir
, as e
s a ra s -
t i ra , n. bank of a pool . all-iron soll enn is, of ever
-
y
t, 1 rich in water vati,
'
s ara s v a n . a . s; -
year, ann ual, use d of r
eli gi ous cere
(m
.
s a ri f t, . strea m .
[ r
V s ,
run, ow ,
all si des, 93 13 in every direction , 3 1 1
,
which is let loose, esp . a herd let loose in terruptedly, [ strva , 1 099 : acct,
epic poe m ,
a g . use o
f the word in mg l s a rv a th i , a dv. l . in ever
y way ; 2 .
or 2 3
[ 41
V 2 1 6 L
.
] . by all means .
[ sarv a,
s a rp a, m ( lik e s erpen t om . serpere, s a rv a d i , a dv . alw ays ; constantly ; for
creep the cr
eeper k
, sn a e, serpent, 84 1
ever .
[ sarva ,
[V r
p
a , q . v .
] s a rv a d e v a , m pl
- . . all the gods .
and still uid or cold an d hardened, an d self all the gods, i . s . re presentin g or bein g
so not dif ering m ghr
ta o ,
g he e .
[ orig . in the na me of all the gods, [ earva
-
stu , from V sr
p,
creep, move ge n tly, s a rv a - d ra v y a , n .
pl . all thi n gs
sli p,
1 1 53 : see V sr
p and s r
pra : akin are sa rv a b h i - va ,
m . the w hole heart .
Hesychian ( Aw rv a b h ii t a ma y a ,
-
or
, oli ve oil, fat, an d sa a. con taini n g in
Ge r Salbe, AS hi mself
'
En g . sa lve
] see maya ]
si rv a pron .
1 . en tire or co mplete , s a rv a -
y o si t, j : pl . all w omen .
harmed 2 . ad
j . all, e very;
2a . subs t. : s hrv a - v i ra , a. with un harmed heroes or
si ng . m .
, ev er on
y e ; sin
g . n ., everythi n g ; with all heroes, i . e. havi ng lost n on e .
p ,
a .
; . co at .
qf
instea d of an ad
j . : thus su m -
m i l: s a rv a
ch s, a dv . wholly, altoge ther; all
k or m i ir snni ir yuk tu . 1 6 65
y u tu . f together, tog ether, [ sarva,
cf . so c
f . 101 5 w w 32 9 . .
etc 2o i dar
h . sarva m , 63 31
, see idam ; [ anavadyay
so
f or s a rv i n a v a d yi ii g a , a havi ng an en .
pa s
o , an , p e ss
can opy .
prin ce ( Taci tus , Ann als ), an d in Sig is
tin guished ; -
am ,
a dv. in a distin gui she d tha t together, 97 2 prep wi th, alon g
. .
sav a
y , a . left, 1 02 1 1
, as m . 1 104
the lef t hand [ prob f
oro r 2 s a h ,
foot,
a l p ow e r fu l ; 2 en dur
i n g, . . . .
os v
y ya
a ( as w o uld appe ar fr th e C hur ch p a ti en t ly be ar in g [ V sa h ] . . .
sav y av r,
t a. w i th a turn to the left, i . s . saha- b h a s ma n , a. wi th the ashes.
tu rn in g to the left .
[ i v r
t] s a h a- v a t s a ,
a . wi th the ca lf .
[ 1 304c ] .
eu -
g i s y a , a . w i th hi s pupils . sa ha - v ah a n a , a. ha vi n g their teams
V (
sa s sasti ) . slee p, slu mber . along, wi th their teams .
[ 1 304c .
]
sa s h m ,
. or n . herbs ; grass . s ah a s , n . su perior pow er; might , 75 11
;
sa sa hd hy a ,
r a wi th the
. morni ng twi vi ctory sahasi , a dv
( wi th vi olen ce .
,
li g ht .
[ hdhyi
sar a
] i . e
.
) suddenly, straightw ay [ see un der .
sa -
sa md h y anc a, a. w i th the eveni ng V sah ] .
sa -
sa mb h ra ma ,
a . wi th exci ted haste . s a h n a y a, a .
pow erful [ d ha n 1 212d l ] . .
sa -
rp a , a wi th
sa . a se r
p e n t . s a h h a ra ,
n . a thousan d ; esp a thousan d .
s a s y a k as t ra , n -
eld . of g rain .
[ p
pro . on e thousand, 3 sa hasra : w i th
s a sya -
ra k sa k a , m . kee per or watcher ha sra, cf .
-
xi Ao s xu h o, e
xs oh o ( in bend
of the stan di n g crop .
xi h oc ) ,
an d xfh tot,
i ous, 78 ;
be victor - 2 hold . out again st, ki ne as hi s gift or as its rewar . .
[ orig .
be pow erful, wi thstand, hold gi fts, 91 [ dak si ni , 1 300a .
]
back, hold cf . the collateral V u gh, s a h h s ra - dv i r [388 ]
c , a . thousan d
take on one s
self, be ar
: cf . fa xes, cm doored .
s i ma - v ed a, m . the V eda of s i man or asii ican, they cast the foam into ( the
shape of 97 13 cf.
cha nts, ) a thunderbolt, .
[
mp ra t a of n ow , - am a dv. ln pds, AS seon, moisture ;
mih-an
si , a. pre se n t ; ,
- .
,
at prese n t, n ow .
[ sampra t i ,
1 2 08d ] .
lter, ow, Ger seih-en, strain . Church
s am y a , n. equa li ty .
[ 2 sam , Slavoni c stoa ti, Ger . seich-e n, min gere
s an t i f con dition of equali ty orlik e cf also Swedish sila , sa ih la , strain,
y a .
-
.
,
n ess .
[ my ]
si
a . whence En g . sile , drain, strai n,
whence
si h
y , n. 1 . a turning in, goin g to rest ; sil-t, drainin gs, sedi ment ]
2. evenin g ; y i m, a dv at e veni n g
si . .
+ a bhi , l .
pour u pon, sprinkle ; - 2 .
s i ya k a , a . suita ble for hur ling, missile . sprink le in token of consecration, and so
[ V 2 : i , hu rl,
1 1 81
a .
] ( like E ng . anoin t ) consecrate.
s i ra me y a, m descendant
. of the bi tch i pou r into .
si rd h a , half ; dve c
a . ats si rdhe,
wi th a s i c , j : hem of a gar en t or m
robe.
tw o hundre d an d fty ; si rdhhm, a dv , . si ddha , a. perfecte d ; as m pl . . the Sid
g eneralized, together; as r
p p
e . alon g wi th, dhas, demi gods, w ith super
a class of -
w . instr .
[ ardha : the gen eralizati on of natural powers, esp that of yi n g through .
[m ] o
[ 1 235
s i sta n g a p a t a a havi ng or with an V l a i d h ( sdhati ; aisdha ; , . setsyi
s as ii y a , a . wi th impatience ; - am ,
a dv V 2 s i d h ( sidhyati , te ; aisbdha ; setsydti , -
i mpati en tly .
[ asii yi ] te ; si ddha)
- 1 r es ch au ai m, hi t the . .
V si c ( siii c ti
sisbca , sisi ce ; s i n d h u , 1
, te in V , m stream ; - 2 i n V
-
. . . . .
dsicat, -ata ; ssk syhti, te ; si kta; abk a nd la ter , f The Stream, i s the I n dus -
. . .
tum ; siktvr
si cya ; si cyats ) 1 i ll S d
t ;
( n co a in u ll t Pli ny l; 3
-
a app e a us - . . .
[ 273] [ 1 s u ta
( in an inscr
i pti on of Darius Hystaspis at departed fathers who e n oy j the
Persepoli s), as na me of the lan d on the rew ar d of theirworks in the world of the
I ndus : hence, w loss of aspirati on, the i suk ti m u lok 8411
.
p ous t , .
Hind,
I n dia,
and Hin d u sta n ( stan - - sukr
thaya lokA, w orld of righteous
sthi na,
abode, ness, modernized substitute f or the old
si s rk su , a . desirous to cr
e ate .
[ fr .
phra se snkfti
'
m n loki .
[ 88
1 2 and b :
desi d . of V sr
j , 1 038, 1 1 78f : euphony, acct, 1 284a ] .
1 84c su -
k e gi n ta , a. fairlocked -
.
[ 1 304b .
]
V i s vyati sytd i
'
m ; AS si w ia n, seow ia n, En g sew
ak er
.
-
. fair elds denom, .
f oun d only in the f ol
soaytti ; anti ; -
sti ty a ) .
press ou t, ex s u k h a, a pleasan t; . co mf ortable ; as n .
per mi t
; a lps a i ro,
-
the blood shot or [ uci ta, V no ] .
p a ri , drive aw ay .
[ n pavi s ta Wis ]
V 3 a n , ge nerate, be ar, see V ad . havin g the goin g or approach su - h
g , a.
r
p y,
a ui an sva pa, sleep in peace l n -
g at u y i , f . desire for welf ar
e .
[ pr e
wi th u,
n ow , j ust n ow , right soon, 80 ,
1 su pposes . a n oun e cu-
g i tu , w el far e -
74 11
; - 2 i nsepara ble prex
.
( gi
see tu ),
w hen ce t he d e n om . verb-ste m
w ith either a dv. or a d es u i tuya, desir elfar w hence
f orce
f
o
j .
,
w e ll or g e w e
ver
y bad to-cross -
.
[ no prob . connecti on su - c i ra , a . very lon g ; - a m , a dv . ver
y
w . well ; see Syd ]
s , h lon g .
delicate limbs
h
[ g ]
i h . see V1 an , ex trct .
2 s u ta ] [ 274]
2 su ta , m . son ; su ti , j 1 daughter .
[p p
r0 . eu - b a d d h , a. well or fast bound .
1284
en era te d born, ppl of V 3 su , see V 8 6 [ 1 288b an d a ]
g ,
. .
Bright wits, -
Good w i ts, name of a crow -
.
eu - ti p,
'
a. easily satise d. [ vb] . fr su - b h ag a , a. having a g oodly porti on ,
V 1 tr
p] . fortunate, happy ; esp loved ( by one s .
a u d a rga n a ,
- a . havin g a be au tiful ap husband), 89 1
charmin g ; a miable, 61 1 9 .
pe aran ce ,
han dsome, s ir
-
m ar) l as m Su .
[ bhag a , 1 304b .
]
darcan u, na me of a ki ng, Ebpdw n . s uma k h a , a .
j ocund .
[ perhaps ad
eu - di ma n ,
a . ha ving good gifts , bestow makhaJ
in g blessi n gs ; as m . cloud, as source of su ma g al a f
-
, .
-
g a l i [355b] , a. havin g
rain a nd there w ith conn ecte d blessings, or bringin g good lu ck .
[ m i gal z acct
b lessed rain -
clou d . irregular, cf 1 304b end
2
. .
]
su - d fn a , a . v ery b right or cle a r; as n eu -
ma d h y a ma ,
a . fairw aisted -
.
w eather; g . s u spi cious or blessed ti me , i a happy fee li ngs, i s ) chee rful ; glad,
. . . .
[ 1 239 ] secon d r
p t
a of f
e f- p 0 4 , ste m
GtI -p G'GS,
w ell bein g-
.
[ ati 1 dhi ] impo rtan t .
[ l 288b .
]
2 su dhi , f ( .
good drink , i . s.
) drink of the su ma h i k a k sa a havin g very great , .
-
g o ds, n e cta r .
[ ati 2 dha] n
( e n closu res i s ) h a lls or rooms ,[ au . . .
su - nk si b h ru v a , a having beau ti
i si . mahi k aksi 1298s 334 , ,
1 253 ] eu -
n e d b as , a . ha vin g good in sight or
su -
ni gc a y a ,
a. havin g a very rm re w isdom, w ise .
s olv e, ver
y resolu te . su mn a , favor, grace ; w elfare
n .
[ per .
se e an d a ura m ,
. a g od [ p
a e n dan t to asnra
.
,
su p at n i ,
a .
f . havin g a good husb an d . formed by o
p p u lar e tym o logy from
[ pa ti , in the fe m form, since ra, as i f this w er n on-g od
b a - aura ,
an ut . asu - e
'
sn -
p u t ra, a . havin g good son s .
[ pu tt h, su ra b h i s ra g - d h a ra , a . w earin g fra
1 304b .
] gran t garlands .
[ sa rabhi - ara j] .
sd- r t i th i t ro
p p yer l t u s u ra - s a t t a ma , m pl the best of the gods
p a s a , a. se p . . . .
i [355b ] a ura
su -
p ri v ,
a . very zea lo u s [ 1 288b . .
] .
f . spiritu ous, and es
p . distilled,
ad -
p ri t a , a . w e ll pleased .
[ l 288b an d liquor; brandy ; liquor .
[ V 1 an ,
express
for his own benet and pays them forit, corpse ) ; 4 let .
go, 3 5
tion lviii [ i r s v ar ( a
.i r ), . voice, ie . . br
eak silence by sayin g
s ut yi - v i d, a. kn owi n g the Surya hymn, 1 003
; 3 . create , f57 3
, o . s i m le ver
p b .
V s r( ai sarti ; m ila -
snare; k arat ; sa a r
j vbl. creating Wild )
m
. .
, ,
;
risyi ti ; r t han ; W i ; r ; s st 4an ) ( M rpati . m i t pt ; -
r
ai rayati , te) o
. run swiftly, gli d e ,
ow ;
ca us act. set in moti on [ cf 6p
-
p i)
ru sh sr p t v i ; -s
tp ya ; d arp sati ) c reep crawl ;
m
. . .
, , ,
ous moti on
onset, sprin g, w hence cp , rush on g li de ; u se d of ge n tle an d ca u ti .
pool,
sarit,
strea m ,
and, for the root
creepi ng
; AS . seal ] ; En g . salve, so
wi th l, sal -
ila,
owing
an d
ni d, i . s . named from i ts sli pperin ess , lik e aarpi s
and sr
pra see these ; cf a lso , . tps - -
e n s an i d
an u, run or go afte r . Lat . ser
p ens , snake no connecti on w .
u p ,
a go un to , a pproach . u pa , go gen tly un to, approach ge n tly .
n i a, go ou t ; ca us . drive out or aw ay .
+v i, 1 . move asun der, di sperse ; -
2 .
+ sa m ,
1 . ow together; - 2 .
go sr p r h a slip, p e r
y fa t
.t y ; sm o o th i
[ ip
v s -
, .
,
( of the soul ) . hurl l 1 77a ] ,
.
a r ,
k a as .
perh p
a s missile , lance . 2 s n i f li n e
, of b attle ; . ac i es ; ar m y .
rg l m j ackal [ i f
a
'
a i aki n w i th a t i u r ro w ai pa rt in g
m
,
. .
, , ,
4v i ( Br i 4 0 ; m i sf i t lm ai ; h i k o f th e ha ir
: f r om th e se a ro ot on d ra w
m
. . ,
mt ; rv i a jy a ; a i s r
-
k s a t i ) 1 le t lo o se s e r sy ,a a w i th j ea l o us y ; a.m a ds w i th . .
-
, .
( fro m th e ha n d ) d a rt h u r l ; th ro w ; 2 j e
, alo u sy [ sa ,ir sy ]i . .
let go pourout ( streams rain ), discharge ; VI s e v ( svate ; sisv a, siaev ; aevi syati ;
, ,
( co rd or gar la n d ) ; 5 ( di s ch a rg e f ro m s ta y yb - th e a
pp o yqi
.
f t ;
2 sta y . .
one s self c f 5 7 1
, an d , s o ) p roc re. at e , e n b y a nd s o ( li k e E n
g w ai t u p )
o n serve or ,
.
ge nder; create . en ce, 30
rever 3 . devote on e s self
1
+ av a, . shoot o ( arrows ) ; throw or to ; practi ce, [ no connec
put in, -
2 . let loose ( strea ms ) ; tion w a lBop ac, . reverence,
see V tyaiJ
loose ( from a bon d ), 78 deliver over, u p ,
a reverence ; be devoted to .
s ov a n a , n .
practice [ h em ] .
as v a, f . a ever
serving or r encing .
(i n v, down scald , ca d-la ,
d h a, m shoulder sk an . .
s ai n i k a , a belonging to an ar
. my ; as m s k a n d h a - d e ga , m region of the . .
[ udaka, 1 304
c .
] s t an a , . east of a w oman
m the br .
ab n a , nu .
- 1 . extract, esp . of certain sta b d h a , a . immovable, rigid, sti .
Soma, both literally, and also personied as sta bdh a - l o ca n a , a. having i mmovable,
a god ; as pl Soma draught 2 the .
-
. i . s. unwinki n g eyes.
moon, see 70 1
5
[ V I -
n , . sta b d hi - kr, make rigid or stiff ( as if
l o ma -
p i a. Soma drinkin g ; -
as m . dead ) .
[ stabdhg
in or
derto drin k the Soma, see 1 21 30, 982 .
[ acct, l272a .
j mak e rm or steady prop or uphold ,
a o my a ,
a. having to do w ith Soma, i . s
.
, ( hea ve n or ear t h ) ; 2 m i d becom e . .
l au d a ma n i f li ghtnin g ; prop f qf an
, . .
, .
p resse d ha rd oil ca k e " ( pB euv m a l ,
- -
,
clo n} a nd mp
ud bor -
to be taken in its ad j on , ead ; En g
tr . sta . for conn ecti on
ai ub h a g a , n . happiness .
[ subhtgg ud, prop up .
1 208f ] . + vi ,
- 1 r
p p
o asu.n der, 7 8 1 - 2.
1 239 ] sta mb h a , on . r
p p,
o P ,
0 colu mn .
bhtsa ( 1 21 1 , 1 204
c) see its mgs ] .
a mild and kindly in u ence on senses and pro cee d a g ai nst a ttac k [ c f s lxo ,
. .
,
sing ai m ya m m
. 0 gentle sir 61 M o u n t, u p C h urc h S la vo ni c st ig gn ti , , ,
stick
G F ll f
mountin g rope, Eng
'
( cf er a s , tr ap p
, i t . all, w .
- d ig rap,
- sti-rap,
-
.
presen t, cf 1 61 .
1 an d Stern , AS steorra, Eng sta r see also . .
( prais in g,
as su bst ) w o rsh ipp er . . 2, cf. En g dribble w driblet ]. . .
+ p r a ,
1 p ra i se ;
2 brin g forward. . s to t f m ,
.
p ra i se r ( of a go d ),
w orshi pp ,
e r
as ob ect of j mention or sub ect of j con sin ger .
[ V stu , 1 1 82 a ] .
at uk i f lock or tuft
(,of w ool or.hair) p r ai se [ acct .
,
[ se e st ok a ] a.t ri f w om a n fe m a le in di vi dual .
, ,
w i fe pp o
o
f p u
'
i na e
g 1 0 9
[ p ob
r
m
, , , ,
.
, . . . .
[ cf . av dp vv m,
-L at -
. ster-
n -ere, strew , perhaps, su bsta ntivel ,
y p la ce ( li ke E n
g n oun .
spread ou t ; pa g e , ( li k e Eng p
s rea d) . stand, in g st ,
o- ha aa dha - stha .
beddi n g,
pap py i) , -
bed, L at strd men ,
.
-
[ V athi 333 : meti mes stha
so -
,
straw ,
storea , straw mat ,
torus, aste r-u-s, s th t la , n. dry lan d ( a s app . to w ater),
sthi
str v ds, L at [pr b akin tha t w hich sta nds
e ad ; w
'
ew ; strei-tus, bespr o
v
'
o -
. . .
,
( via ) stra ta ,
( w ay ) be spread wi th stones,
i . s.
pav ed,
whence borrowed AS . strat, ath i i ra , a 1
v rm, . . thi ck, massy ,
En g . .
street Old L at . stlii -
tus, L at . latus, sturdy ; 2 full grown , .
-
old ; as m . old
wi de ;
see also un dern oun st i ] n V sthi , 1 1 88e : for mg 1 , cf . En g y, . stea d
i , spread ou t . cf En g o
.
f lon g s ta n
.d in
g] .
1 stan d, . 807
,
87 5
,
at t[37 1 12
, ti raa, at fbhi a], m plura l only .
,
. in g ; 2 . stand by ( a frien d ) ; hold out
the sta rs .
[ if fr . V atr
, w e may i n terpret faithfully, 2 5 5
,
63 1 3 1 4
; 3 re mai n , .
the na me
meanin g ei ther ( a ) the as
w ai t, abi de , 39 pa ss .
,
i mpers
li ght strew ers or ( b) the scattere d on es
-
,
, sarvai h sthi yati m , let all remain , 24 1
of e main
heaven ; but the
con n ecti on w . vst ris r or be in a condi ti on, con tinue in
athav arata j [ 280]
s t h i v a ra t a, f . con di tion of bei ng a
plan t . stan d, is . . standin g- place, and in Ger .
a t h i t a, 1 standing
a. .
( as app . to goin g,
lying ), 2
( of an i ma te an d ina n i . V an ( i ti ; sasn i u;
i su sni syati, -
tc ;
mate beings ) standi ng in a place ; abi d math ; sni tum ; ani tv ; n i ya ) bathe ; .
ing ; athitaa ( supply, as is often necessa ry, perfor m a relig ious abla tion, esp . at the
so me f orm qf V as , was abidin g, i s . . end of reli gious stu den tshi p or of a
3 existin g ; presen t, 6
. ab la ti on customary at the end of relig ious
- 4 bein g or remainin g in a situation
.
or con di ti on ( f
c : V athi which is ex sn i n a , n. a bathing, religious ablati on .
[ l 3o2 ] .
i s
. . kept hi dden , so Nani , 268 ]
upa vi sthi ti a, w aite d si ttin g, 43 an i y a f a l si ne w 25 7
[ perh aps
-
g ya , . . .
,
.
li gament from h i or si
hind ligt r, e ,
, ,
sta - tu -s
,
stan ding, set for mgs above, Ger seamed , Ger Selina, AS sins , Eng
. . . .
at h i ti , f .
1 . a stan di ng ; 2 a re main . that M and its older eq ui v. sun-v an
K migdha)
'
als o
f
o persons, 99 ; 7
en during ( mi ght) of , fond of .
[ V athi ,
1
1 1 88 , cf . e z formg cf
954 , an d , n . colla teral
f m qf si
o lm . surface.
sn eha ,
m .
- l . sti cki ness ; 2 vi scid . an d
cf athvira,
.a nd see under V ans
V esta, Skt sthi : cf Ger Stolle ( n ), Old V s p rdh ( spat dilate ; paspr
.
-
dhb ; spar . .
av iiA- os, pillar these w or ds , lik epost, ceden ce a mong one another; e mulate ;
M an, Doric " 4M , prop, post, presup
strive.
pose the root in ca usal mgs, cause to l pt d h . f rival 3 opponen t ;
stan d, ( ) k ee p fr
om fa i
lli n rs
e
g p p a
V -
[ ps ldh
m m
. . o
,
up, an d ( b) se t up, as a pi llar: the r
oot V 8p
m ( mew . 40 ; su ;
[ ]
281 [ itan :
spri ksit, u pr
ksat u praksyt ti ; spr st ; tion, hand down see the i mportant word
sprastum spr stv i ; -s
pfgya ) tou ch . . an tti
+ u p a ,
- 1 to u c h, r
eac h to, .
[4em . 241 -1 57 0 .
lam;
ki ck aw ay, rej ect ; Eng spur, goad
. di ti on ( see w adi ti on w hi ch is
tr
with the heel ; spat n,
-
kick away : see han ded down and accepte d as authorita
also underpar a h ] . ti ve ( ex cept
qruti , dened, see
ti cle, 79 1 7
, 6 8
; acco mpanying a verb which ay i [499a], pron t
f y i . that ; c . .
is in the present tense but has the value of a VI a y a n d or syad ( sydndate ; sasyand6
p ast, 12 31
; esp la i ned at 7781) yi n ; m m Gy m
and b . syi n ttu m; syattv i ; run ( of
of s miles ,
ste m a m bu , as in Hesychian sy on a, a. soft ; mild ; tender .
"ai m mi rdri
, w onderful, , w on der f
( or j aw s .
mg smaya,
, cf . w onder Mi ddle High s ra g v in, a. wearin g a wreath .
[ araj ,
s mi t a a s miling ; as n
[1 1 76a], a s mile AS wri lia n, Eng writhe, twist ( under
mm
.
, . . . .
[ ppl of V ault ] .
wi th a s mile . f
[ or irreg order, see .
[ ppl . of 4arm]
V s ru ( sri v ati ; susrtva i ; tari vi t ; sravis
4am: ( amarati ; sasmra ; smarisyati ; yati ; an ti ) .
1 . ow , stre am ; 2 .
down by memory han d down by tradi , also Church Slavonic stru- a ,j str
ea m ,
Ger Stro m, En g strea m, wi th t between
.
- . sva - d h a rma , m . own du ty .
The Ri ver,
old n a me of the Tiber: w . home, M os ; - 3 .
( w on te d con diti on ,
i a
) . .
a srav
- -
a - t, cf . Fppee, cl - a eF- e- T
p J comfort ; j oy ; bliss ,
83 12
; pleasure, 73
s rd c , j : one of the large sacri cial ladles svadhi m anu n as , accordi n g to o ur
( as long as the arm), of w hi ch there are pleasu re, i . s . exactly to our w i sh, 73 1 8
;
thr
ee, j uhii , u pabh r,
t an d dhruv it, see sv adhayi and svadh bhi s : in won te d
1 02 11
1 1 . used for pourin g ghee in the wise ; w i th pleasu r e , gladly ; ( gladly, i a ) . .
ee ly, 84 m
r
e .
[ aki n lsru ]
w s . . willi n gly , fr 12
[ cf ( Ga s,
custo ,
. .
pourin g in to the m e [ a ki n w i sm . . .
) 2 sv a d h d, f sw eet drin k ; esp . a li ba ti on
s rb t a s , n strea m U m ,
1 1 52a ] . . . of ghee to the M anes [ pe rha ps f
.o r
sv a - 1 .
pron . ad
j . ow n ; my own , 2 su dhi : for the e tymology, cf sv a .
7 3 1 9
, 78 13 2)
thy ow n, his dhi adhayat, he dran k the s w ee t
own or hi s, 4 17
, etc .
; her, thei r drink s,
RV .
]
1 4 ; i ndefi, on e s i
o wn or each ( ) his own , 3 sv adh van t, a. -
1 .
( ha v in g his w on t,
own , 5 8 as
, ften a t the beginning
very o i . s .
) k eepin g to his cu sto m faithful , ,
con
of c
p ds: my , his, etc . sta n t ; -
2 .
( havi n g b li ss, i . e .
) blesse d,
thei r,
9
27 ; ou r, e
tc .
,
see f ollowin
g words ; [ 1 sv adhi , 1233 : see mgs l
-
2 . m kin sman , friend ; - 3 ( like
. . an d
i tman ) ad h i t i , m f
2
on e s self, see 51 3 one s n atural sv . . ax e .
and 8s, ll, by , and a tpds, own ; Old L a t [ cf L at ; Old L at soun d son- it,
. . . sonus , .
sw s,
own
; also i, a pi , L a t . s, Goth . swa n, so na med from i ts son g ; si mi larly
si-k, Ger si oh, .
-
in Ger the . cock is ca lled Hahn ,
a na me
free .
[ V sv an .
]
sv a -
c ch a n da , m . ow n wi ll .
[ chan da , sv an as ,
n . roar .
[ ]
do .
V n p a ( m pi ti su v ri ve
s v a c ch a n ( by i ts own da - v an a j i ta, a . ds vapsi t ; s vapsyati ; su pta
[954b ];
w i ll, i s ) spon ta neously wood grown , i s
. .
-
. . sv aptu m ; a
p y at i ) sle e p; suptv i ; sv i
cf
L at sbp ir slee p
caus .
, . . e, pu t to se e
2 . mid . be savor
y, relish, intra ns ; .
- 3 . ki n g
w or .
[ ad + apa s, I SOt
-
h ] .
ii,
cl - a Fad
dab dy es, p es se, aor
l i st s oabe, for cleani ng w ell for in
'
-
e, su - p : va
please d
; 580ml,
rej oice ; see also place of n, cf . 2 svadhi : for mg , cf .
un der sv i du .
] pav ana .
]
sv asth a ] [ 2343
tainin g the w ord sv asti, 1 06 3 .
[ svasti na tin
g that the author agrees with the vi ew
di ti on, self-con tain ed, healthy, w ell . so iti ha, co mbinati ons iti
av i das, n. agreeableness, in pt t -av i das . hev i ca, he sai d, 61 18
; so hev i ca ,
w a d, q v ,
1 1 78a : . . cf . Doric h a ns a, m goose, gan der; perhaps applied
.
W FdBv s, L at sviivis, -
. os va dv- i-s, AS swte, . a lso to the sw an an d lik e w aterfow l .
ing to one s self, stu dy of the V eda ) . e
gba he : cf .
xiw, Lat . a ns-er, Li thuani an
[ bri n ] i gei-s, I rish goss, Ger Guns, . AS gds, .
sv mi
i - k i ry a , n masters busin ess .
. En g goose : even the s of agha ns may b e
.
- .
- - -
. .
n ame of Skanda, god of w ar, see ki rtti En g ga nder; Old Hi gh Ger ga n a zzo,
. .
-
gan der ; AS gawe t, Eng ga nnet,
. . se a
sv mi g u na m rulervi rtu e
i -
,
.
-
.
svi nn a) . sw ea t .
[ svi dyi mi ibis ,
sw eat
; ha ta, 1 . s mi tten , slai n , killed,
m
cf lbos, lb p s, sweat, 18 in ,
. sw eat - - 2 . destroyed, ruin ed ; lost, 27
L at si d re, sweat, den om of osild a-s,
-
Q 1
; 3 po un d ed
j
. . .
.
sw eat
; si d or,
-
sweat
; L ettish sw i drs, [ w ith M mm i,
cf Galvan, . so - ,
smi te
sweat ; AS . n oun swat, En g . swea t w .
j a- ghn - us, cf . Lars slew w .
observe that though there is a word for hath, egbe ta, cf cpards, slai n w ghan h, . .
sw eat
co mmon to most In de-European q v .
, a sla i
y g
.n ,
cf My e r,
sla u g hte r
; w . .
for be
Ger gun d, AS gi li, igun ii, ba ttle
AS
- -
. . .
accord i
g
-
.
, ,
s mite , slay,
wi th Schlacht,
battle for
ha, encli tic and sli htl assever
g y ati ve part icle, sen ses un der 1, observe that AS . sleds
in the Sittras, to be sur e , of course, desig i , strik e u pon ; hurl ( a belt) upon ( lac .
[ ]
285
one s han d ) .
[ hs. lza&1
u d, force up ; uddhata r
aised . h a rmy t , n. a strong building ; dwellin g .
+ p a ri , strik e ar
ound ; m n a certain deadly poison enco mpass . h a l i h a la , . . .
str , a] , . .
ansx to broach ( ou a h a v a n j , f m
'
lan ce ,
of a substanti val nomen agen tis ha v ana , ,
rendum, t , 1 21 3 ]
desire, long for [ perhaps a transfer ( see .
irregular pass to V l hr ,
take ( reg i n g ( . to t h e g o d s ) ; a s m o b lati on bearer . .
-
(ghwel), an d conn ect it w . also ,
will, laugh .
Eng wi ll ; cf
. . also V 2 vr] .
p ra , laugh out, laugh .
h a ra , a .
-
1 . taking, recei vin g ; 2 ( like h i
. ss , m laughter
. . V h
[ as .
)
the Eng . carrying away, taking ) cha m hi s t a , as. hand ; ( of an elephan t ) trunk ;
ing ; 3 . carryi ng off, removing, destroy ( of a ti ger) paw ; at end of c
pds
[1 303 5
l
of Civs , 5531 .
[ V l hr, see i ts mgs ] . h a s t a - g th y a , grd taki n g by the hand . .
h i ra na , a holdin g [ hr
V 1 ,
. . h a s t a - g ri b h , a grasping the hand . .
yellow,
is inferrible, but quotable : h a s t i n ap u ra , n
not Hasti ni pura, a town .
cf .
x AD ds, p gre enish yellow xadn , o n t
-
h e Ga n e
g ,s home of the Ra m s, sai d
verdure L at . helas or holes or olus, to have been foun ded by ki n g Has tin .
gr
eens, vegetables helm , grayish [ p
cf un -
J
yellow
; AS geolo, Eng . .
yellow ; also h a s t i r i -
j a, m . elephan t kin g, leader of
gal-
d ( cf . a herd of elephants .
h a ri t, fallow , yellowish ;
a. as j : fallow h a s t i - sn i n a , n abluti on of an elephan t
. .
[957a] ; h istum ; hi tv i ;
put,
954
c : - dhi ta i n V eda : cf . an ds,
N yato, hiyate ) I leave, i s : . . . .
86 ; leave be hin d,
1 3 aban don , cas t w ell w ishing -
.
[ see ki n a J
o ; lay asi de, reli nquish ; - 2 . h i t e c ch a, j : desire for the w elfare ( of
hi yate, be forsak en or lef t behind ; fall another ) .
[ cchi ]
i
short or b e decient ; become deci ent, h i t o p a d e qa , m . salu tar
y i nstruction ;
e ase ; dete r
decr ed,
i orate, be lower Hi topadeca , na me of a collection of
widow ; La t fa mes,
.
-
lack, the dia lectic Ger E in w inter, a on e w in ter .
- -
+ p a ri , - 1 . forsake ; 2 .
pass . be old goat
; cf. t
x paapa,
she- goat, chi me ra
;
lacking, decrease ; co me to an en d, see see si milarnames un dervatsa : cf . further
-
xqso in baa Xm a s, ver y w in try
-
L a t
"
.
v i , leave ; v ihi y ,
a passing over .
-
himu in bi mas , ebi himu s, of tw o Wi n te rs - -
ment mv
hi , excl. f
o pa in or a stonish .
[ 1 1 35a .
] or years ; also xc v,
sn ow , x
'
[ V l hr, seize ,
963 3b ] . b i t a ny a , n go ld [ ak i n w ha ri , q v ] . . . . .
h as i n , a laughing [ V lvas ,
. . h i ra ny a g a rb h a, m frui t or sci on
- . or
V h i ( hin ti , hin ut ; j i ghi ya ; Abi isi t ; na me of a cos mogon ic pow er the persona l ,
35 31
,
83 1
, etc .
; -
2
.
gi vin
g a reason h i n a, V 2 hi
see .
orig .
, desi d . of V han , see 696 ] xv-A
d s,
o
liquid, j ui ce w . hu -
ta, cf .
l l4
9] .
a pourin g,
L at . ti
- -s
,
w aten po t
h i ns ra, a . harmin g ; as m . a savage or further, f ons, stem f ont f
s ov-ont , , pour
cru el man .
[ V bi ns , l 1 88a .
] in g , i e
. .
foun tain
h i t a, pi ,
ad
j 1 p u t.
, se t ; p lac ed ; an d
. . wi th the ex te n ded form aghud, cf L at . .
so 2 r
p ge n an tly ( lik. e E n
g i n plac e ,
i s . . . Vf ad in f und-ere,
po ur, A S ge6t d a , Ge r .
-
.
in the right place, a nd Ger gelegen, .
gi essen , pour prov incial En g .
g ut,
lyi ng ari ght, i s t, con . . w atercourse -
an d En g gut, w . . li k e
v enien t, agreeable ; yadi tatra te hitam, sense, in Gut of Canso ] .
antly, gladden .
[ for ghrs : cf . Lat horr . sacr
ice ; observe that the older word is
Ere, a ltars ere, -
bristle, shudder ; hirsi tus, ahu ti . V h
[ u,
bri stly, rough herdeans, -
Ger Gers-te, h ra d t ,
. m .
pool, lake .
[ cf . V hli d ]
barley, so called from its bristly
caus. ] h ra s ( hras ati, -
te ; hrss itt , hrast .
er lessen,
-
. . .
w .
ara j rsj o- hi na ,
u
het , m 1 . . ro
p p . an impeller
, and so h rad ( h ri date ; h r i dit a ; h rsd s y a ti ) .
h ai ma , a golden . .
[hema, 1 208f ] . from i ts rattlin g soun d, V hri d : xdha fa,
cf .
h ot r, m . 1 pr
.iest,
chi ef pri est, w hose s
xahaB-
a, j Church Slavon ic grad , L at .
yu ; Agni ,
as the chi efest hotr
, 693
,
V hli d ( hli date ; hli day ,
ati te ) -
. cool
-2 in the highly developed ritual, the rst
. o, intra ns , refresh on e s self ; ca us
. . cool
offer er ,
from V hu , o e r b u t the sense h l a d a k a , j
: - ik i
,
a . coolin g, refreshi ng .
of in voker, na turally suggested by his V hl d 8 d l
]
[ 1 1 1
i ,
a n a
ns , m
h or . a pouring into the re ; oblation ; tur
+ v i , fall ; caus over n. .
EXPLANAT
IONS AND ABBREV IAT
IONS .
CI TATI ON 8 .
line ; thus, 7 99 mean s page 79, li ne 2 When still more preci se reference is needed, the
.
line i s designated by
of a an d the secon d by b
rst half .
r
( yp g p
t o a hi ca l) p ar a ra
g p h as coun te d from the last lettered or n u mbered subsecti on .
1222 wi th
The accent of derivatives l 222c 2 , wi th
I n the
SI GN S .
A star ( ) t
a si gni e s tha t the w ord or ste m or root to w hi ch it is pr
e xed does not
A half pa re n thesis
-
on its side ( ) v
is used to show that two v ow els, w hi ch, for
the sake of clearness, ar ri n te d wi th hi tus in vi ola ti on of the rules of euphonic
e p a
I n Greek w ords, the old palatal spirant yod is represen ted by j , pron oun ced of course
as En glis h
y A very. few Sla vi c an d L i thua ni an w ords occur,
i n w hi ch the ac tu al or
ori ginal nasalins ti on of a vowel is den oted by an inverted comma, thus , , An glo-Saxon
39.
I t is hoped that most of these, if not all will be found self-explaining To preclude .
any misunder stan din g, how ever m l te h t f th abbrevi ation s i s gi v en be low p 293
, a co p e s o e ,
. .
But certain abbr eviations an d w or ds are used in an arbitrary way and requi r e
When both the letters, m and n , follow a . . ste m , they mean that it shows both
masculine an d n euter case -for s. m 0
[ 290]
An
e tc . followi n g a efer
r en ce that stan ds a fter a certain deni tion signi es that
The e vi ati on
abbr [do .
] is used to avoi d epeti ti on
r of identical items in the square
brack ets at the en d of articles ; for ex amples, see the three w ords followi ng abhi vi da ,
P 1 1 9 .
The ety mological cogn ates are usually introduced by the conventional cf. this
impli es that the w ords w hich the r compar are akin The fact
e ader i s hi dden to e .
tha t tw o related w ords are co mpared i mplies as a rule only that they ar
e radically akin,
an d n ot that theirforma ti ve su xes are identi cal . Thus wi th anta is co mpared English
end, although this cor i ctly only
re spon ds str to the Sanskrit secon dar
y derivati ve antya.
So asthan , barley, an d as are radi cally i denti cal, though not of en tirely paralle l formati on .
On the othe r hand, where i t is desired to call a tte n ti on, not to radi ca lly kin dred
w ords, b ut to w ords ana logous only in metaphor or in . transfer of meani ng , the brief
p h rase,
for m g , is u se d ; an d thi s i s to be un derstood as sta n di n g for the phrase ,
or , for an analogous
in stan ce of transition of meaning, compare
.
Specially i mportan t refere nces to the Gr a mmar ar e mar k ed by the w ord see
this w ord i s a si mple patro n c of nara, an d is not w hat the text ( at says it is, a
compound of ni ri . ( yams .
The orderof the articles is strictly an d solely a lphabeti cal ( see below ) . Respectin g
w ords w hose alphabetic place chan ges w i th theirinection , the follow i ng remarks may be
made forb eginn ers .
All noun s, w hether they be substan ti ves oradj ectives, are given un der the ste m . In
order to k now the ste m, a pre limin ary s tu dy o f the more importan t paradigms and rules
of euphon i c co mbin ation is necessar y T hu s the . no m sin g ri j a mus t be look ed for
. .
un derri j an , an d the ace . sin g . ni ma un derni man ( Whi tn ey , b ut nalo, as stan din g
for na la -
s ( 1 75amust be look ed for un dernala The stems in rorarare en tered
, .
i n the form r The stems of the perf act ppl an d of the primary comparati v es are
. . . .
ant an d si milar
,
ly those in man t an d vant and the femi nines of these and of the i n ste ms -
ar , , , , .
All verb forms mus t be sou ght un derthe root Thus i si t will be den ed on ly un der
'
-
.
lon g 5 L ik ewise preposi ti onal compoun ds of verbs wi ll be found un der the roots ( see
.
to mak e himself thoroughly familia rwi th the li st of prepositi on s ( 1 077 ) at the ou tse t .
Of the verbal adj ecti ves an d n ouns ( Whi tn ey, chapte r x iii , p 307 on ly the . .
ge nerall t
y o be sought for un derthose stems . Those from pronominal stems ( e g ki m, . .
dashes and g u r
es The colon is often used to show that several meanings
t h m i b f r r h rd b d b r
''
on p 268
.
, un der can apa , t e ean ngs e o e , ne a , a y, an y a e
co-ordinate, and are equivalent to in the pr ese nce or neighbor hood of cf a w are-a . .
allied la nguages ; and third, words showin g a develop ment of meaning analogous to that
shown by the Sanskr i t word or illustrati ve of i t If the derivation of a simple word is .
not given, i t is because i t is un kn own or too uncer tain to be worth men ti oning I n the .
Where w ords of dierent languages are given together, separated only by commas,
the denition given after the last applies to the m all ; or ,
if n o den i ti on is gi ven , the
English w ord in i talics at the end is both a cognate and a deniti on of all at the same
time ; forexamples, see ( k sa asta, rna .
The references to the Grammar may see m too nu merous ; but they ar
e r
eally a
device foravoiding the fr eq uen t repe ti ti on of exp lanati ons w hich w ould otherwise have
to be giv en in full I t would tak e half
. a doze n lines to explain the etymology of
manmatha ,
for instance but the referenw s to an d 1 002b make this needless
cf the
. references un derdaridra, i u
gg , sunv a .
I t often happens that the sta te men t in the secti on r efer red to does n ot dir
ectly cover
the poi nt ai med at in ci tin g i t ; b ut a momen t s thou ght w ill show what is mean t Thus
.
ti an d that befor
, e i t the r oot vow el sners the sa me peculi ar chan ge that is seen in the
p ast p a rti ci p le U
. n der sa rhyaton driya r eferen ce i s made to 1298 whi ch states that ,
po ssess i ve d es c rip ti v es ar e very much mor e common than [simple ] descr ipti ves of the
same for m
. The real point of the reference is plainly not to brin g out this fact but to , ,
show the begin ner in w hat catego ry o f co mpoun ds thi s w ord belongs So 1290 states .
that other compoun ds wi th adver bia l prior member s ar e qui te irr ly accented
egular
me mbe ris an adverbial e lemen t wi th the function ( of 1289) of an adj ective Many roots . .
form verb-ste ms in aya but wi thout causati ve signica ti on ; this is briey indicated by
,
the re feren ce 1 041 9 I n the case of secon dary derivatives i n v ant, mant ti and h a. a
.
, ,
st aple reference to one of the sections trea ting of these endi ngs ( 1233, 1235, 1237, 1239)
L I ST O F AB B RE V I A TI O N S .
ve .
o s s s i nn iti ve .
in tens . intensi ve .
accent
mm
.
loca ti ve .
0 0 0 0 0 asseverati ve.
metaphorically metaphor , .
meaning meanin gs , .
no te .
no mi nati ve .
n umeral .
relative.
cor opposed, opposi te.
compoun d , co mpounds . Optati ve .
deriv , der
. i derivative, derivati ves . parti cle .
forex ample .
per so n , personal .
encl. encliti c .
plural .
English .
po ss i b ly .
equi valen t .
pa rti ci ple .
an d so for th . r
p sent
e .
exclamati on .
probably, probable .
femi nin e .
an d the followin g .
future . Ri gveda .
Sutra .
i
sub stan t ve, substan tive
ly
.
superlative .
sub voce .
i mperati ve . vb l . verbal .
The arrangemen t formatterin heavy brack ets at the en d of arti cles is : in the case
of pri ma ry deri v ati v es rst th e r oo t from w hi ch t he w o r
d com es, wi th refere n ce, if
m
, ,
n ot given, i t is because i t is unkn own or too uncer tai n to be worth men tioning I n the .
thedeni ti on gi v en after the last appli es to them all ; or, if no deni tion is given , the
Engli sh w ord in i talics at the end is both a cognate an d a den ition of all at the same
The references to the Gr ammar may seem too numerous ; but they are e ally
r a
device for avoidi ng the frequen t repetiti on of exp lanations whi ch w ould otherwise have
to be gi ven in full I t would take half a dozen li nes to explain the etymology of
.
manmatha ,
for instance ; but the referen ces to 1 148 4 an d 1 002b . mak e this needless ;
cf . the referen ces un derdaridra, i u
qe , sa nv a .
I t often happens that the state men t in the section r efer ectly cover
red to does not dir
the poi n t ai med at in citin g i t ; b u t a momen t s thought will show what is meant Thus
.
un dersar hkri nti, the two references to be compared mean that the derivative su x i s
ti , an d that before i t the root vowel suers the same peculiar chan ge that is seen in the
past partici l
pe . Un der sar
ir
y a ten dri ya refer
ence is made to 1298, w hich states that
possessi ve descr
i ptives ar
e very much more co mmon than [
simple] descripti ves of the
sa me form .
The real poin t of the reference is plainly, n ot i n g out thi s fact, but to
to br
show the beginn er in w hat category of compoun ds this word belongs So 1290 states .
compoun d ( see the headin g of the pr eceding ri ght han d page, 4 41 ) in which the rst
memberis an adverbial ele men t wi th the fun ction ( cf
. 1 289) of an ad ective
j . Many roots
form verb stems in -
aya, b ut without causative signication ; thi s is briey indicated by
the reference 1 041 9 . I n the case of secon dary derivati ves in v ant, mant , ti , an d tva, a
si mple reference to one of the secti on s treating of these en dings ( 1233 , 1235, 1237, 1239)
is put in stead of a repeti ti on of i mi tive
the pr .
[ 292]
Meanings which are synonymous or n early so, ar
e separated by commas ; those
w hich follow i t an d are separated by se mi colons are co-ordi n ate wi th each other. Thus
on p 268, un
. der sam i pa - 2b t he meanin gs before, near, hard by, an d by are
n ot given , i t is becau se i t is un kn ow n or t oo u n ce r
ta i n to be w or th m en ti on in g I n t he .
memberends an d the n ext begins with a vowel or di phthong, the lattermemberis gi ven
i n square brackets at the en d of the article ; of nalopi khyi na . .
Wherew ords of dierent lan guages ar e gi ven together , separated only by com es,
the deni ti on gi ven after the last appli es to the m all ; or, if n o deni ti on is given , the
Engli sh word in i talics at the en d is both a cognate an d a deni ti on of all at the sa me
ti me ; forexamples, see ( k en asta, urna .
The references to the Gr ammar may see m too nu merous ; but they ar
e really a
devi ce foravoidi ng the freq uen t repeti ti on of explanati on s w hich w ould otherwi se have
to be given i n full I t w ould tak e half
. a dozen li nes to exp lai n the ety mology of
manma tha ,
for instance ; b ut the references to 1 1 48 4 an d 1002b . make thi s needless ;
cf the references un derdaridra , i u sunv a
.
cg , .
ti an d that before i t the root vowel suffers the same peculi ar change that is seen in the
,
-
p os ses s i ve d escri pti ves a re v y much more common than [simple] descripti ves of the
er
same for m .
The real poin t of the reference is plainly not to br i ng out this fact but to , ,
show the begin ner i n w hat categor y of compoun ds this w ord belongs So 1290 states .
compoun d ( see the headin g of the pr ecedin g ri ght hand page 4 41 ) in whi ch the rst -
,
memberis an adverbial elemen t wi th the functi on ( cf 1 289) of an adj ecti ve Many roots . .
form verb-ste ms in aya bu t wi thout causative signi cati on ; this i s briey in dicated by
,
0 0 0 0 . i nn iti ve .
instrumen tal .
s o s s o o s inu nl i ve .
accen t . interrogative .
aorist .
metaphorically metaphor , .
meaning meanings , .
. oompare . n ote .
neu ter .
comparati ve . nominati ve .
forexample .
person , personal .
81101 . a s o a en cli ti c .
p lu r al .
s s 0 English .
possibly .
equi valen t .
pa rtic i ple .
an d so for th . pr e se n t .
f , fem
. .
pr o n o u n , pron ominal .
from .
future .
superlati ve .
s o 0 .uh 7 009 .
i mperative . verbal .
dashes an d g ures The colon is often used to show that several meanings
w hi ch follow i t and ar e sepa ra te d by semi colons are co-ordi n a te wi th each other Thus .
. e, .
, e
n ot given , i t is because i t is unk nown or too uncer tain to be worth mentioning I n the .
case of se con dar y deri v ati v es, the pri mary is gi ven,
w i th a r
e ference to the secti on sho w i n g
i ts treatmen t . The analysis of co mpounds in di cated by a hyphen ; bu t if one
is often
the deni ti on gi ven after the last appli es to them all ; or, if no deni tion i s given, the
English w ord in itali cs at the en d is both a cogna te an d a den i ti on of all at the same
ti me ; forex amples, see an . asta, iirna .
devi ce for avoiding the frequent repetition of explan ati ons w hi ch w ould otherwise have
to be given i n full I t w ould tak e half
. a dozen lines to explain the etymology of
manmatha ,
for i nstance ; but the r e n ces to 1 1 4
efer 8 . 4 and l oo2b make this needless ;
cf the
. references un derdaridra, i
qc,u sun v a .
I t often happens that the sta te men t in the secti on referr ed to does not directly cover
the poin t ai med at in citin g i t ; b u t a moment s thought will show w hat i s meant Thus
.
un dersani kri nti, the two references to be compared mean that the derivative su mi z s
but the secti on is ci ted e g under sa dka mi da to indicate that this is a descr
,
. .
, i ptive
-
,
compoun d ( see the headin g of the pr ecedin g ri ght hand page 4 41 ) in which the rst -
,
memberi s an adverb ial elemen t wi th the fun ction ( of 1 289) of an adj ecti ve Many roots . .
form verb ste ms in aya b ut withou t causati ve sign i ca ti on ; this i s briey indi cated by
-
,
e n ce 1 04
the refer 1 9 . I n the case of secon dary derivatives in v an t, mant , tv a, a
ti ,
an d
simple reference to one of the secti on s treatin g of these en dings ( 1233, 1 235, 1237, 1239)
is put instead of a r
e peti ti on of the pri mi ti ve .
[ 292]
Meanings which are synonymous or nearly so, ar
e separated by co mmas ; those
whi ch differ consi derably from each other, are separa ted by se mi colons
by full faced
or -
dashes gures
an d The colon is often use d to show that several mean ings
on p 2 8,
.un er sa i pa , t e ean n gs e o e,
n ea , a .
y, an y e
The arrangemen t formatterin heavy brack ets at the en d of articles is : in the case
n ot given , i t is because i t i s unk nown or too uncertain to be w orth men ti onin g I n the .
the deni ti on gi ven after the la st applies to them all ; or, if no deni tion is given , the
English w ord in i tali cs at the end is both a cogna te an d a denition of all at the same
ti me ; forexamples, see i ksa asta, iirna .
The referen ces to the Grammar may see m too nu merous ; but they ar
e really a
device foravoidi n g the frequen t repeti ti on of explana ti ons which w ould otherwi se have
to be gi ven i n full I t w ould tak e half . a dozen lin es to explain the etymology of
manmatha ,
for i nstance ; but the referen ces to 1 14
8 . 4 an d 1002b make this needless ;
cf . the referen ces un derdaridra, i
gc,u sun v a .
I t often happen s that the state ment in the section referred to does n ot directly cover
the po in t ai med at i n ci tin g i t ; b ut a momen t
s thou ght will show w hat is meant Thus
mi
.
past parti ci l
pe . m
Un der sa yatendriya refer
e nce is made to 1 298, w hi ch states that
posse ssi ve descripti ves are very much more co mmon than [ m
siple ] descripti ves of the
me form
sa . The real poin t of the reference is plainly, not to bring out this fact, but to
show the beginn er in w hat mpounds this w ord belongs So 1290 states
categor
y of co .
compoun d ( see the heading of the pr ecedin g ri ghthan d page 4 41 ) in w hi ch the rst ,
memberis an adverbial element wi th the fun ction ( cf 1289) of an adj ecti ve Many roots . .
form verb ste ms in aya but without ca usative signi cati on ; this is briey indi cated by
-
,
h
t e refere n ce 1 041 3 . I n the ca se of secon dary deri vati ves in v an t, mant ti , an d tva, a
,
simple reference to one of the secti on s treatin g of these endings ( 1233, 1235, 1237, 1239)
is put instead of a epeti tion
r of the primitive .
L I ST O F A B B REV I ATI O N S .
intensive .
interr o ative
g .
Latin .
li terally, liter al .
locati ve .
masculine .
Mahi bharata .
meanin g, meanings .
causative. middle .
note .
comparative . nomina ti ve .
desid
. desiderati ve . perfect.
encli tic .
p lu ra l .
English . possibly .
an d so for th . presen t .
pr on oun, pr on ominal .
an d followin g
the . r
p po e r ly .
future . Rigveda .
Sutra .
su pe rlati ve.
that i s . sub voce.
i mpe rfect . transitive, tran sitively .
Taittiriya Amnyaka
_
M i i trayani .
a -
.
V aj asaneyi ai k hayan
Kathaks . arask ar a
Proceedings
Z ei tschrift der Deu tschen M orgenlandischen Gesellschaft .
G e ldn r
e , Kas g i , a nd Roth
s Siebe n zi g Li eder see p x i x , n o 1 5 . . .
V ol V ol
U U
. .
1 nisads. 1 xv alands 2
gz Y
. . . . .
mba
_
iv . A ves ta 1
. . end ldii d . xxv. M an n .
Brah ma a 2
g
vi i . L aw s
. V is n u . atapatha . .
x. D hammapada , e tc .
rhya sutras 1 GS , -
. . . AGS . P08 . .
xi v. ws 2
. V as lgtha, Baud hayana
. . xxxi . A vesta 8. Yasns etc. . .
Siyu ki
- -
B uddhist Records of the Weste rn World Trans] by S Beal, Lon don, 1 884 . . . .
nr
ssunscr usI .
Tu r
n Sro nv
'
or N AL A AN D Da u a vm f .
5 1 . The trend of Aryan migration in I n dia has been from the extre me north
west to the sou tthe region drain ed by the I n dus an d i ts aluen ts, an d
h-
east, across
of the Ju mna an d Ganges . One promi nen t group of Aryan i mmigrant tribes w as
that of